TRTS0950 En-Us August 2022 A

Troubleshooting Guide
Endurant HD Automated
Transmission
TRTS0950EN-US
August 2022
EEO-14F112C
EEO-15F112C
EEO-16F112C
EEO-17F112C
EEO-18F112C
EHD-14112C-N
EE-17F111B
TRTS0950 Table of Contents |
General Information Fault Code 127 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105

Warnings and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Fault Code 128: Cruise Control Resume Command . .108
Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Fault Code 128 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Transmission Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Fault Code 129: Cruise Control Pause Command . . .112
Transmission Service Lamps and Display Fault Code 129 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Fault Code 135: Primary Shift Device (J1939) . . . . . .116
Product Diagnostic (PD) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Fault Code 135 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Driver Questionnaire Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Fault Code 137: Source Address of Controlling
Device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Fault Code 137 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Fault Code 140: EBS Brake Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure . . .17
Fault Code 141: XBR Brake Hold Mode . . . . . . . . . . .132
Eaton Breakout Box and Eaton Diagnostic Adapter
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Fault Code 141 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (3-Way EDA) . . . . . .25 Fault Code 145: Secondary Shift Device (PWM) . . . .136
Eaton 20-Way Diagnostic Adapter Procedure . . . . . . .27 Fault Code 145 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Fault Code 148: Performance Goal Calibrations . . . .144
Electrical Pretest Procedures
Fault Code 150: ASR Engine Control Active . . . . . . . .146
Power-Up Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Power-Up Sequence Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Fault Code 151: ASR Brake Control Active . . . . . . . .150
Fault Isolation Procedures Fault Code 152: ABS Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Fault Code 100: Battery Voltage1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Fault Code 152 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Fault Code 100 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Fault Code 153: ASR Hill Holder Switch . . . . . . . . . .158
Fault Code 105: Battery Voltage2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Fault Code 153 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Fault Code 105 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Fault Code 154: Hill Holder Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Fault Code 110: Ignition Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Fault Code 154 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Fault Code 110 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Fault Code 155: Park Brake Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
Fault Code 115: Primary Data Link (J1939 A) . . . . . . .57 Fault Code 155 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Fault Code 115 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Fault Code 156: Brake Pedal Position . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Fault Code 116: Secondary Data Link (J1939 B) . . . . .70 Fault Code 156 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
Fault Code 116 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Fault Code 157: XBR System State . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Fault Code 120: Start Enable Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Fault Code 157 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Fault Code 120 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Fault Code 158: XBR Active Control Mode . . . . . . . .177
Fault Code 122: Primary ADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Fault Code 158 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
Fault Code 122 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Fault Code 159: Service Brake Circuit 2 . . . . . . . . . . .181
Fault Code 123: Secondary ADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Fault Code 159 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
Fault Code 123 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Fault Code 160: Service Brake Switch . . . . . . . . . . .185
Fault Code 124: Source Address of Controlling Fault Code 160 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
Device for Automated Driving System (ADS) . . . . . . .98 Fault Code 161: Brake Application Pressure . . . . . . .188
Fault Code 124 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Fault Code 125: Primary ADS Operation Status . . . . .100
Fault Code 162: Brake Secondary Pressure . . . . . . . .191
Fault Code 125 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Fault Code 162 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
Fault Code 126: Secondary ADS Operation Status . .102
Fault Code 163: Demanded Brake Application
Fault Code 126 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
Fault Code 127: Cruise Control Active . . . . . . . . . . . .104
2022.08.24 © 2022 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. i
| Table of Contents TRTS0950
Fault Isolation Procedures (Cont’d) Fault Code 192 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Fault Code 163 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Fault Code 193: Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed . . . . 253
Fault Code 164: Service Brake Switch 2 . . . . . . . . . . 198 Fault Code 193 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Fault Code 164 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Fault Code 199: Direction Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Fault Code 165: Primary Accelerator Pedal Position . 202 Fault Code 199 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Fault Code 165 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Fault Code 200: TCM Operation 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Fault Code 166: Secondary Accelerator Pedal Fault Code 200 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Fault Code 205: TCM Operation 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Fault Code 166 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Fault Code 205 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Fault Code 167: Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Fault Code 206: TCM Program Memory . . . . . . . . . . 263
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Fault Code 206 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Fault Code 167 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil Pressure
Fault Code 168: Brake Primary Pressure . . . . . . . . . 212 (Fluid Pressure Sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Fault Code 168 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Fault Code 210 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Fault Code 170: Front Axle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Fault Code 212: Transmission Oil Temperature
Fault Code 170 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 (Fluid Temperature Sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Fault Code 171: Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Fault Code 212 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Fault Code 171 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Fault Code 215: Transmission Air Supply Pressure
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Fault Code 172: Secondary Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . 222
Fault Code 215 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Fault Code 250: Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA)
Fault Code 174: Engine Default Torque Limit . . . . . . 225
Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Fault Code 175: Engine Requested Torque . . . . . . . . 227
Fault Code 275: Rail B Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Fault Code 180: Engine Configuration Message . . . . 229
Fault Code 295: Rail C Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Fault Code 181: Engine Configuration Identification . 232
Fault Code 315: Rail D Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Fault Code 183: Powertrain Adaptive Cruise Control . 234
Fault Code 320: Rail E Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Fault Code 184: Engine Demand Percent Torque . . . 237
Fault Code 345 Engine (Over) Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Fault Code 185: Driver Demanded Torque . . . . . . . . 239
Fault Code 350 Input Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Fault Code 186: Engine Default Idle Torque Limit . . . 241
Fault Code 370: Countershaft Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Fault Code 187: Idle Governor Fueling Inhibit . . . . . . 243
Fault Code 375: Output Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Fault Code 188: Source Address (SA) of Controlling
Device for Engine Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Fault Code 385: Grade Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Fault Code 390: Transmission Control Module
Fault Code 190: Front Axle Left Wheel Speed . . . . . . 247
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Fault Code 191: Front Axle Right Wheel Speed . . . . . 249
Fault Code 511: Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (C4) –
Fault Code 191 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Coarse Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Fault Code 192: Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed . . . . . 251
ii © 2022 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2022.08.24
TRTS0950 Table of Contents |
Fault Isolation Procedures (Cont’d) Fault Code 760: Rail C Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530
Fault Code 512: Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 (C3) – Fault Code 760 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533
Fine Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387 Fault Code 775: Rail D Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537
Fault Code 513: Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (C5) – Fault Code 780: Rail E Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543
Coarse Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395 Fault Code 780 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546
Fault Code 513 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398 Fault Code 786: Rail B Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549
Fault Code 514: Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (C6) – Fault Code 786 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551
Fine Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404 Fault Code 787: Rail C Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554
Fault Code 570: Inertia Brake Solenoid (A5) . . . . . . .413 Fault Code 788: Rail D Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .559
Fault Code 596: Rail B Fore Solenoid (A5) . . . . . . . .423 Fault Code 789: Rail E Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564
Fault Code 597: Rail B Aft Solenoid (A1) . . . . . . . . . .433 Fault Code 815: Clutch Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . .569
Fault Code 616: Rail C Fore Solenoid (C1) . . . . . . . .443 Fault Code 900: PTO 1 Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .571
Fault Code 617: Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1) . . . . . . . . . .452 Fault Code 905: PTO 2 Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .574
Fault Code 636: Rail D Fore Solenoid (C2) . . . . . . . .462 Fault Code 910: PTO 1 Engage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577
Fault Code 637: Rail D Aft Solenoid (B3) . . . . . . . . . .471 Fault Code 915: PTO 2 Engage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580
Fault Code 646: Rail E Fore Solenoid (A6) . . . . . . . . .480 Fault Code 920: PTO 1 Confirm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583
Fault Code 647: Rail E Aft Solenoid (A4) . . . . . . . . . .489 Fault Code 925: PTO 2 Confirm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587
Fault Code 700: Clutch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498 Fault Code 950: Neutral Status 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591
Fault Code 701: Clutch Engagement Status . . . . . . . .503 Fault Code 960: Neutral Status 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593
Fault Code 702: Driveline Engagement . . . . . . . . . . .506 Fault Code 970: Neutral Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595
Fault Code 705: Transmission Clutch Actuator . . . . .511 Fault Code 975: Reverse Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598
Fault Code 706: Clutch Position Out of Range . . . . . .514
Symptom Isolation Procedures
Fault Code 715: Transmission Current Gear . . . . . . .516
Start Enable Relay Contact Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602
Start Enable Relay Contact Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606
Fault Code 716: Transmission Selected Gear . . . . . .518
Brake Switch Functionality Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612
Brake Switch Functionality Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613
Fault Code 717: Transmission Requested Gear . . . . .521
Transmission Shift Complaint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615
Transmission Shift Complaint Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . .617
Fault Code 740: Rail B Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619
J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .620
2022.08.24 © 2022 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. iii
| Table of Contents TRTS0950
Symptom Isolation Procedures (Cont’d)

Manually Actuate Rail B Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Manually Actuate Rail E Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
Appendix
Manually Vent Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA)
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
Software Download Process of SW-18187-P . . . . . . 634
TAIB-0876 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
Issue Description: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
Containment/Corrective Action: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
Section 6: Pneumatic System Requirements . . . 641
TAIB-0882 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
Warranty Information: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
TAIB-0885 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
Affected Models/Population: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
Field Strategy: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Update Transmission Software as Indicated . . . . 644
5516023 PACCAR Transmission Calibrations . . . 644
5516024 Endurant Transmission Calibrations . . 645
ServiceRanger 4 Procedure for Endurant: . . . . . . 648
Fix as Fail: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
Campaign: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
TAIB-0889 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
Affected Models/Population: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
Field Strategy: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
Service Strategy: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
Warranty Parts (if warrantable): . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
Warranty Labor (if warrantable): . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Connector Pin Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
Configure Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Change Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
iv © 2022 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2022.08.24
TRTS0950 General Information | Warnings and Cautions
Warnings and Cautions

DANGER: Indicates you will be Severely Injured or Killed if When parking or working on a vehicle, or leav-
! you do not follow the indicated procedure ing the vehicle cab with engine running:
! WARNING: Indicates an Immediate Hazard, which could 1. Safely come to a complete stop.
result in Severe Personal Injury or death if you do not fol-
low the indicated procedure. 2. Continue to depress and hold the service brake.
! CAUTION: Indicates vehicle or property damage could 3. Select Neutral on the Transmission Driver Interface
occur if you do not follow the indicated procedure. Device.
NOTICE: Indicates vehicle component or property damage 4. Confirm Neutral was achieved; indicated by a solid
could occur if you do not follow the indicated procedure. “N” (neutral) in the vehicle display.
5. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
Note: Indicates additional detail that will aid in the diagnosis
or repair of a component or system. WARNING: Apply vehicle parking brake and follow vehicle
! manufacturer parking instructions. Failure to follow these
Before starting a vehicle: instructions could cause unintended movement and may
result in major vehicle component damage, property dam-
• Refer to the vehicle's OEM operator's manual prior age, severe injury or death.
to operating the vehicle.
! WARNING: Failure to follow OEM instructions could Vehicle Towing:

result in vehicle component damage, property damage, When towing a vehicle equipped with the Endurant HD
personal injury or death. Transmission do not allow the output shaft of the transmis-
sion to rotate. If the vehicle is towed with the drive wheels
• Confirm vehicle parking brake is set.
still in contact with the road surface, the vehicle axle shafts
• Confirm Neutral is selected on the Transmission or driveline must be removed or disconnected prior to tow-
Driver Interface Device. ing vehicle.
• Confirm the vehicle air system achieves normal ! CAUTION: Failure to follow the Vehicle Towing procedure
operating range prior to operating the transmis- could result in transmission damage and voids the trans-
sion. mission warranty
! CAUTION: Refer to OEM regarding vehicle air system
operation. For vehicles equipped with an air brake sys- Preferred
tem, do not release the parking brake or attempt to
select a gear until the vehicle's air system achieves
normal operating pressure. Failure to allow the system
to achieve normal operating pressure could result in
vehicle component damage, property damage or per-
sonal injury.
Must remove vehicle axle shafts or driveline prior to towing
2022.08.24 © 2022 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 1
Required Tools | General Information TRTS0950
Required Tools
Diagnostic Tools Volt/Ohm Meter

• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
Adapter - RR1029TR
• 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter - RR1060TR PC-Based Service Tool
• Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool - RR1088TR
• ServiceRanger
• MTM Alignment Tool - RR1086TR-1
• Approved Communication Adapter
• 0-200 psi (0-1379 kPa) air pressure gauge
• 9-Pin Deutsch Diagnostic Adapter
Available at www.klineind.com or contact K-Line at
1-800-824-5546
Service Publications
Publication Title
TRSM0950 Endurant HD Automated Transmission Service Manual
TRDR0950 Endurant HD Automated Transmission Driver Instructions
TCMT0072 ServiceRanger™ User’s Guide
TCMT0073 ServiceRanger™ Quick Start Guide
TCMT0020 Eaton Approved Lubricant Suppliers
TCMT0021 Roadranger Lubricant Products Manual
TRIG0950 Installation Guide
TRIG2600 PTO Installation Guide
TCWY0900 Eaton Warranty Guide
For additional information, go to www.EatonCumminsJV.com or contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies
at +1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic instructions.
2 © 2022 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2022.08.24
TRTS0950 General Information | Transmission Models
Transmission Models
EEO-14F112C
EEO-15F112C
EEO-16F112C
EEO-17F112C
EEO-18F112C
EE-17F111B
Transmission Service Lamps and Display Descriptions | General Information TRTS0950
Transmission Service Lamps and Display Descriptions
Overview Display Descriptions

The Endurant HD Transmission utilizes the OEM display to
indicate the current state of the transmission. Two trans-
mission service lamps, amber and red, may also be illumi- Solid “N” in Display
nated to indicate an issue exists with the transmission
system. The service lamps and display are controlled by the
Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a message over
the vehicles J1939 Data Link. Indicates that the transmission is currently in Neutral.
Transmission Service Lamps Flashing “F” in Display

The amber transmission service lamp indicates a least
severe issue exists. In the event the amber lamp is illumi-
nated the transmission may experience a degraded mode
and requires service as soon as possible. The amber and
red transmission service lamps together indicate a most
severe issue exists. In the event both the amber and red Indicates that the transmission has detected an Active
lamps are illuminated the transmission may experience a fault code. This fault code can be accessed with diagnostic
degraded mode and requires immediate service. software. Go to the Diagnostic Procedure on page 10.
• Under normal conditions, the transmission service

lamps are on momentarily at key-on as part of the Double Stars “* *” in Display
TCM self-test.
• A solid transmission service lamp indicates a fault
code is currently active. However, not all fault
codes will turn on the service lamp. Indicates that the gear display is receiving no communica-
tion over the data link. The display may communicate over
the J1939 data link depending upon the specific display
type. If no problem is found, troubleshoot the display con-
nection to the J1939 data link per OEM guidelines.
Double Dashes “- -” in Display
Indicates that the gear display has lost communication with

the TCM over the data link. The gear display may communi-
cate over the J1939 data link depending upon the specific
display type. If no problem is found, troubleshoot the dis-
play connection to the J1939 data link per OEM guidelines.
Blank Gear Display
Indicates the display has lost communication over the data

link.
TRTS0950 General Information | Transmission Service Lamps and Display Descriptions
“PD” in Display
Indicates that the transmission is in Product Diagnostic

(PD) Test. Refer to Product Diagnostic (PD) Test on page 6.
“CA” in Display
Indicates that a clutch abuse event is occurring.
“ST” in Display
Indicates a driver triggered snapshot was requested and

recorded. Snapshot is a diagnostic tool used to capture
specific data at the time an event is occurring. This data
should be collected and reviewed at the direction of Eaton
Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies.
“CC” in Display
Indicates that a clutch calibration is required or in process.
Product Diagnostic (PD) Test | General Information TRTS0950
Product Diagnostic (PD) Test

PD Test is used to diagnose Inactive fault codes that may Troubleshooting Using PD Test
have set during normal operation. This diagnostic test
increases the fault sensing capability of the transmission • Wiggle the wiring harness and connector bodies
system, making it more likely to detect intermittent electri- appropriate for the intermittent fault condition
cal or wiring issues. The PD Test procedure tests loose, while the transmission is in PD Test.
degraded and intermittent connections.
• “PD” will remain in display until an Active fault
When troubleshooting an Inactive fault code, use the Fault code has been set during the PD Test fault isolation
Isolation Procedures to guide you to the wiring and connec- procedure.
tors associated with that fault. Once PD Test is activated, • If an Active fault code is set during PD Test, the dis-
flex the wiring harness and connectors to attempt to recre- play will flash “F” and “PD” until PD Test is com-
ate the fault. pleted. A warning tone will sound when the fault
code is Active. “PD” will continue to be shown in
This procedure may be used prior to performing any trou-
the display until the transmission has powered
bleshooting or as directed by a Fault Isolation Procedure.
down.
PD Test may be used to troubleshoot intermittent electrical
fault issues when there are no Active fault codes present. • Fault codes that occur in PD Test will not be stored
in the TCM as Inactive fault codes.
Note: The vehicle will not start in PD Test. You must turn
vehicle key off, and allow the transmission to fully power
down to exit PD Test before the vehicle will start. Identifying a Problem in PD Test
• Identify any areas of wear or damage to wiring har-
PD Test Inactive Fault Codes nesses or connectors.
PD Test supports specific Inactive fault codes and their
• If a fault occurs while wiggling the wiring harness
associated FMIs. To verify PD Test supports the fault code
and/or connector, exit PD Test. Disconnect the con-
and FMI set, reference the Fault Code Isolation Procedure
nector and inspect both sides for damage, corro-
Index on page 13.
sion and spread or loose pins.
• Refer to the Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index
Entering PD Test on page 13 for the troubleshooting procedures for
a specific fault code.
Note: Vehicle must have no Active fault codes.
Note: Vehicle must be stationary, engine off with vehicle
parking brake set.
1. Key on with engine off.
2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Service Routines”
4. Start “Product Diagnostic Test” and follow
on-screen prompts.
Note: Solid “PD” may appear in display when PD Test is
active.
TRTS0950 General Information | Driver Questionnaire Overview
Driver Questionnaire Overview
Overview The questionnaire should be completed by a driver that

experienced the specific vehicle symptoms pertaining to
The Driver Questionnaire is used to document vehicle
this repair. The Driver Questionnaire can be printed from
symptoms that may be critical to the diagnosis or repair of
this Troubleshooting Guide.
the transmission system.
Note: A first hand account of the symptoms may offer spe-
cific details that are critical to the repair.
Driver Questionnaire
Fleet: Fleet Unit # Date:
Dealer: RO # Email to [email protected]
1. Describe what happened (report any observations not captured below):
2. If problem happens when first turning the key, on skip to question #8.
3. Does engine RPM rev up and down a few times in an effort to make a shift? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
If Yes:
a. What gears is the transmission trying to shift? Circle any that apply or describe.
1-2 4-5 5-6 6-7 7-8 8-9 9-10 10-11 11-12

b. Does the transmission eventually make the shift? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
c. Does the transmission shift back into the gear it is trying to shift out of? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
If No:
a. What gears does the transmission stick in? Circle one or more below.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
b. Are you able to go to Manual mode and make the transmission shift? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
4. Do you have to stop the truck when the problem happens? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
5. Does the transmission find neutral? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
6. Do you have to shut the truck off in gear? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
7. Does the transmission find neutral after turning the key back on? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
Driver Questionnaire Overview | General Information TRTS0950
8. Does the engine start with the key? Yes No Don’t NA

Know
9. What is in the display when the problem happens? Circle one or more below.
“-” Single dash “- -” Double dash Flashing gear number Solid gear number flashing “F” Flashing “CA”
Blank display
10. Does the transmission service, check engine or anti-lock brake light come on Trans Check ABS None
when the problem happens? Service Engine
Red /
Amber
11. If there is a transmission service light did you experience a degraded mode? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
12. Is your vehicle air pressure above 90 PSI? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
13. Does the problem happen when the transmission is cold, hot or both? Cold Hot Both NA
14. Does the problem happen when operating in wet weather, dry weather or Wet Dry Both NA
both?
15. How many times a day, week or month does the problem happen? Day Week Month NA
Number of times _________
16. How long has the truck had the problem? First Time Past 2 Past Several
weeks Month Months
17. How long have you been driving this truck? Days Weeks Months Years
18. List any known problems the truck has had in the past: Circle one or more below or describe known problem.
OEM electrical ABS (truck) ABS (trailer) Accident Flood damage Lightning strike
19. How long has it been since any known problems listed above happened? First Time Past 2 Past Several
weeks Month Months
TRTS0950 General Information | Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index
Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index

Electrical Pretest Procedures Symptom Page #
Power-up Sequence Test Transmission fails to power up at ignition page 30
Isolation Procedures Symptom Page #
Start Enable Relay Contact Test Engine cranking issues without any fault codes page 602
Brake Switch Functionality Test Transmission does not engage a gear from Neutral (N) page 612
Transmission Shift Complaint Test Shift complaint exists without any fault codes page 615
J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test No J1939 communication page 619
Diagnostic Procedure | General Information TRTS0950
Diagnostic Procedure
Purpose: Document the vehicle symptom and Purpose: Clear Inactive Transmission Fault
A check for Active or Inactive fault codes. B Code(s).
1. Document the vehicle symptoms by completing the 1. Key on with engine off.
Driver Questionnaire on page 7.
3. Go To Fault Codes.
• Select "Clear Eaton Faults" and follow
4. Connect ServiceRanger. on-screen prompts. Go to Step C.
5. Select “Service Activity Report”.
6. Enter information and select “Start Report”.
Note: Fault code and transmission information is
downloaded into the report.
7. Select “Send to Eaton”.
Purpose: Verify the engine cranks.
Note: Internet connection is required. C
8. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps. 1. Key on with engine running.
• If a vehicle/engine fault code(s) is Active, con- • If the engine cranks and runs, go to Step D.
tact OEM for further diagnostic instructions.
• If the display indicates “F” during the engine
• If a transmission fault code(s) is Active, go to crank or while the engine is running, retrieve
Step G. fault code(s) with ServiceRanger. Go to Step
• If a transmission fault code(s) is Inactive, go G.
to Step B. • If the engine does not crank and the display
• If a transmission fault code is not set, go to indicates “N”, go to Start Enable Relay Contact
Step C. Test on page 602.
• If ServiceRanger does not connect to the Note: If the engine was shut off with the trans-
Transmission Control Module (TCM), go to the mission in gear, confirm the vehicle parking
Power-Up Sequence on page 30 brake is set and service brake is depressed
when attempting to start the engine.
TRTS0950 General Information | Diagnostic Procedure
Purpose: Verify the transmission engages a gear Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
D from neutral. F
1. Key on with engine running. 1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
2. Depress and hold the service brake. 2. Key off and allow the TCM to perform a complete
power down.
3. Select a forward and reverse mode from neutral.
3. Key on.
• If the transmission engages a gear, re-select
neutral mode. Go to Step E. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
• If the display indicates “F” during the mode 5. Select “Service Activity Report”.
selection and/or engagement of a gear,
re-select neutral mode. Retrieve fault code(s)
with ServiceRanger, go to Step G. Note: Fault code and transmission information is
• If the transmission does not engage a gear and
the display indicates “N”, re-select neutral 7. Select “Send to Eaton”.
mode and go to the Brake Switch Functionality
Test on page 612 Note: Internet connection is required.
• If a vehicle/engine fault code(s) set during the
road test, contact OEM for further diagnostic
instructions.
• If a transmission fault code(s) set during the
road test, go to Step G.
• If a fault code did not set during the road test
Purpose: Operate vehicle (road test) and attempt to and the symptom was duplicated, go to the
E duplicate the vehicle symptom. Transmission Shift Complaint on page 615.
1. Drive or operate the vehicle (road test), attempt to

duplicate the vehicle symptom and set a fault code
under the conditions reported in the Driver Ques-
tionnaire.
• If the symptom was duplicated and/or the dis-
play indicated “F”, go to Step F.
• If the symptom was not duplicated, no prob-
lem was found. Contact Eaton Cummins Auto-
mated Transmission Technologies at
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions.
Diagnostic Procedure | General Information TRTS0950
Purpose: Prioritize fault codes for troubleshooting.

G
1. Determine the fault code to troubleshoot first by
using the priority index below (with 1 highest prior-
ity and 4 least priority).
- Priority 1: Vehicle Interface Fault Codes 100-199
- Priority 2: Component Fault Codes 200-499
- Priority 3: System Fault Codes 500-899
- Priority 4: Feature Fault Codes 900-999
2. Go to the Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
page 13 and troubleshoot the fault code with the
highest priority level.
• If more than one fault code within a level
applies, troubleshoot Active fault codes before
Inactive fault codes.
• If only Inactive fault codes are present, trou-
bleshoot the fault code that has the highest
occurrence count or most recent timestamp.
• If no fault codes are found, match the vehicle
symptom to the appropriate item in the Symp-
tom-Driven Diagnostics Index on page 9
TRTS0950 General Information | Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index

Page
Fault Code SPN FMI Description
Number
100 168 0, 1, 4, 17, 18 Battery Voltage 1 page 38
105 444 0, 1, 4, 17, 18 Battery Voltage 2 page 45
110 158 2 Ignition Voltage page 52
115 639 2, 8, 9, 14, 19, 31 Primary Data Link page 57
116 1231 9, 14 Secondary Data Link page 70
120 1321 3, 4, 5, 7, 12 Start Enable Relay page 82
122 3651 2, 9, 11, 13, 14, 19 Primary ADS page 94
123 3654 9, 13, 19 Secondary ADS page 96
124 15250 9, 13 Source Address of Controlling page 98
Device for Automated Driving Sys-
tem (ADS)
125 20870 9, 11, 13, 14, 19 Primary ADS Operation Status page 100
126 20874 9.13.19 Secondary ADS Operation Status page 102
127 595 13, 19 Cruise Control Active page 104
128 5604 9, 13, 19 Cruise Control Resume Command page 108
129 5605 13, 19 Cruise Control Pause Command page 112
135 751 2, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19 Primary Shift Device (J1939) page 116
137 11756 9, 13 Source Address of Controlling page 127
Device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7
140 1121 13, 19 EBS Brake Switch page 129
141 15264 13, 19 XBR Brake Hold Mode page 132
145 752 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 12, 13, 14 Secondary Shift Device (PWM) page 136
148 630 13, 14, 31 Performance Goal Calibrations page 144
150 561 13, 19 ASR Engine Control Active page 146
151 562 13, 19 ASR Brake Control Active page 150
152 563 9, 13, 19 ABS Active page 154
153 577 9, 13, 19 ASR Hill Holder Switch page 158
154 2912 9, 13, 19 Hill Holder Mode page 162
155 70 9, 13, 19 Park Brake Switch page 166
156 521 9, 13, 19 Brake Pedal Position page 169
157 2917 13 XBR System State page 173
158 2918 9, 13, 19 XBR Active Control Mode page 177
159 1088 9, 13, 19 Service Brake Circuit 2 page 181
160 597 9, 13, 14, 19 Service Brake Switch page 185
161 116 9, 13, 14, 19 Brake Application Pressure page 188
162 118 9, 13, 18, 19 Brake Secondary Pressure page 191
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index | General Information TRTS0950
Page
Number
163 8484 9, 13, 19 Demanded Brake Application page 195
Pressure
164 603 9, 13, 19 Service Brake Switch 2 page 198
165 91 9, 13, 19 Primary Accelerator Pedal Position page 202
166 29 9, 13, 19 Secondary Accelerator Pedal page 205
Position
167 559 13, 19, 20 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch page 208
168 117 9, 13, 18, 19 Brake Primary Pressure page 212
170 904 9, 13, 19 Front Axle Speed page 216
171 190 9, 13, 19 Engine Speed page 219
172 723 9, 13, 19 Secondary Engine Speed page 222
174 1846 12, 13, 19 Engine Default Torque Limit page 225
175 518 11, 12, 14 Engine Requested Torque page 227
180 188 1, 9, 13, 19 Engine Configuration Message page 229
181 6395 13 Engine Configuration Identification page 232
183 10294 13, 14 Powertrain Adaptive Cruise Control page 234
184 2432 13, 19 Engine Demand Percent Torque page 237
185 512 13, 19 Driver Demanded Torque page 239
186 7828 12, 13, 19 Engine Default Idle Torque Limit page 241
187 7830 9, 13, 19 Idle Governor Fueling Inhibit page 243
188 1483 12, 13, 19 Source Address (SA) of Controlling page 245
Device for Engine Control
190 905 13, 19 Front Axle Left Wheel Speed page 247
191 906 13, 19 Front Axle Right Wheel Speed page 249
192 907 13, 19 Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed page 251
193 908 13, 19 Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed page 253
199 1571 12 Direction Mismatch page 255
200 629 0, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 18, 19, 20, 21 TCM Operation 1 page 257
205 609 9, 12, 19 TCM Operation 2 page 261
206 628 2, 11, 12, 13, 14, 31 TCM Program Memory page 263
210 127 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 13, 18, 20, 21 Transmission Oil Pressure page 266
212 177 0, 2, 4, 5, 6, 10, 15, 16 Transmission Oil Temperature page 275
(Fluid Temperature Sensor)
215 37 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 17, 18, 20, 21 Transmission Air Supply Pressure page 284
Sensor
250 33 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) page 295
20 Position
275 4219 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 21, Rail B Position page 305
31
TRTS0950 General Information | Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index
Page
Number
295 4220 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, Rail C Position page 320
21, 31
315 5941 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, Rail D Position page 330
21, 31
320 5942 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 16, 18, 20, 21 Rail E Position page 340
345 5052 0 Engine (Over) Speed page 349
350 161 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 14, 20, 21, 31 Input Speed page 351
370 160 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 14, 20, 21, 31 Countershaft Speed page 359
375 191 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 14, 20, 21, 31 Output Speed page 368
385 583 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 21, 31 Grade Sensor page 375
390 5912 17 Transmission Control Module page 377
Temperature
511 5614 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18 Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (C4) page 379
512 5615 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18 Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 (C3) page 387
513 5616 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18 Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (C5) page 395
514 5617 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18 Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (C6) page 404
570 787 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18 Inertia Brake Solenoid (A5) page 413
596 5901 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18, 31 Rail B Fore Solenoid (A5) page 423
597 5909 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18, 31 Rail B Aft Solenoid (A1) page 433
616 5902 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31 Rail C Fore Solenoid (C1) page 443
617 5910 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31 Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1) page 452
636 5903 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31 Rail D Fore Solenoid (C2) page 462
637 4216 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31 Rail D Aft Solenoid (B3) page 471
646 768 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18 Rail E Fore Solenoid (A6) page 480
647 769 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18 Rail E Aft Solenoid (A4) page 489
700 6150 0, 1, 12, 14, 17, 18 Clutch Operation page 498
701 7847 14, 31 Clutch Engagement Status page 503
702 560 2, 12, 14, 20, 21, 31 Driveline Engagement page 506
705 788 12, 14 Transmission Clutch Actuator page 511
706 2983 17, 18 Clutch Position Out of Range page 514
715 523 9 Transmission Current Gear page 516
716 524 12 Transmission Selected Gear page 518
717 525 12 Transmission Requested Gear page 521
740 6145 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21 Rail B Operation page 523
760 6146 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21 Rail C Operation page 530
775 6147 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21 Rail D Operation page 537
780 6148 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21 Rail E Operation page 543
786 5952 7, 20, 21, 31 Rail B Calibration page 549
787 5953 7, 20, 21, 31 Rail C Calibration page 554
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index | General Information TRTS0950
Page
Number
788 5954 7, 20, 21, 31 Rail D Calibration page 559
789 5955 7, 20, 21, 31 Rail E Calibration page 564
815 5939 0, 15, 16 Clutch Temperature page 569
900 3452 3, 9, 13, 19, 20, 21 PTO 1 Request page 571
905 3453 9, 13, 19, 20 PTO 2 Request page 574
910 3456 3, 4, 5, 7, 12, 13 PTO 1 Engage page 577
915 3457 3, 4, 5, 7 PTO 2 Engage page 580
920 3460 3, 7, 9, 13, 19, 20, 21 PTO 1 Confirm page 583
925 3461 7, 9, 13, 19 PTO 2 Confirm page 587
950 3648 12 Neutral Status 1 page 591
960 6159 12 Neutral Status 2 page 593
970 604 3, 4, 5 Neutral Output page 595
975 767 3, 4, 5 Reverse Output page 598
TRTS0950 General Information | Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure
Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure

Overview Use PD Test mode for Intermittent Issues
This is a set of recommendations for how to troubleshoot
• If there are no Active fault codes, refer to Product
potential wiring issues in the vehicle. These issues may be
Diagnostic (PD) Test on page 6 to diagnose inter-
resident in the OEM supplied Vehicle Harness, Body Har-
mittent wiring or connection issues.
ness, or other ancillary wiring, depending upon the fault
code or condition that is taking place. When troubleshoot-
ing wiring, consider that wiring failures can be continuous, Recommendations for Using a Volt/Ohm Meter
intermittent or there may be no failure of the wiring at all. 1. Use a quality digital auto-ranging volt/ohm meter.
This procedure describes a visual inspection of wiring and 2. When using a volt/ohm meter without auto-ranging
connectors and how to use a volt/ohm meter to inspect for capabilities, use the correct range setting for the
open circuits, short circuits to other wires, and short cir- reading.
cuits to ground. Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode is a wig-
gle-wire test that can be used to detect intermittent open 3. Verify that the battery and fuse are in good working
circuit and short circuit conditions that exist while a wire is order.
being moved or flexed. Instructions for PD Mode are 4. Some volt/ohm meters have multiple sockets for
included on page 6. test leads. Use the correct socket for the type of
reading you need.
Possible Causes 5. Reset the volt/ohm meter to zero before testing by
• Various Wires holding the leads together and verifying that the
scale shows zero ohms.
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power
or open 6. Use the correct pin test adapter for the connec-
tor(s) that are being tested. Incorrect test lead sizes
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals may cause permanent damage to connector pins.
- Missing or failed connector seals 7. When measuring resistance, be sure that the igni-
- Wiring damaged, pinched or rubbed through tion is off and the circuit is completely unpowered.
Visual Inspection
1. Make sure all connectors are clean and tight.
2. Inspect the length of the wiring between connec-
tions and look for signs of pinched or chafed wir-
ing.
3. Inspect connectors for debris and contamination.
Only clean if necessary.
4. When taking a volt/ohm meter reading at a connec-
tor, inspect for loose terminals, corrosion and bent
or spread pins.
Note: If damage is found to OEM wiring, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of wiring and con-
nectors.
5. When reconnecting, the use of NyoGel 760G on
electrical contacts is recommended. Ensure all con-
nectors are clean and tight.
Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure | General Information TRTS0950
Example Voltage Readings Example Circuit Continuity Readings
Voltage Reading Circuit has Continuity

Verify the voltage measurement is within range. Low volt- The circuit is complete when the resistance reading is
age readings may be a sign of poor voltage supply or exces- within range. A circuit reading infinite resistance or Open
sive in-line resistance. Pay close attention to whether the Lead (OL) does not have continuity.
reading requires a key-on or key-off condition.
8 7
B C
B C
8 7
Pins Range Reading(s)

B to C Within 0.6 V of 12.5 V
Battery Voltage 7 to 8 2.0k – 4.5k ohms 3.2k ohms
Open Circuit Example End to End Resistance

The circuit is incomplete when the resistance reading is
infinite or Open Lead (OL). In cases where resistance read-
ings are greater than 10k ohms, the circuit has some conti-
End to End Resistance is Within Range
nuity, but is not making good contact. These can generally The wire has continuity when the resistance reading is
be treated as an open circuit. within range. A wire reading infinite resistance or Open
Lead (OL) does not have continuity.
8 7
7
8 7
7 1

7 to 8 2.0k – 4.5k ohms OL

7 to 1 0.0 – 0.3 ohms 0.2 ohms
End to End Resistance is Too High Open Circuit

When the resistance is higher than the acceptable range The circuit is incomplete when the resistance reading is
there is additional resistance in this wire. Check for corro- infinite or Open Lead (OL). Check for wire abrasions, cuts,
sion, loose or spread pins or damage to the harness. loose or spread pins and unseated connectors.
7 7
1 1
7 1 7 1
Pins Range Reading(s) Pins Range Reading(s)
7 to 1 0.0 – 0.3 ohms 2.0 ohms 7 to 1 0.0 – 0.3 ohms OL
Short Circuit to Chassis Ground No Short to Ground

The wire is not shorted to ground when the resistance
between a non-ground wire and chassis ground is infinite
Short to Ground or Open Lead (OL). This wire has no continuity to chassis
A wire is shorted to ground when the resistance between a ground.
non-ground wire and chassis ground shows continuity.
Low resistance values (near 0 ohms) indicate a direct short 7
to ground. Higher resistance values may indicate a par-
tial-short.
7
7 to Ground Open Circuit (OL) OL
7 to Ground Open Circuit (OL) 2.0 ohms
Short to Another Circuit Two Circuits Not Shorted Together

When wires from the two unrelated circuits show an infinite
resistance or Open Lead (OL) between one another, these
Two Circuits Shorted Together wires are not shorted together.
When wires from two unrelated circuits show continuity
(low resistance) to one another, these circuits are shorted 15 7
together.
15 7
15 7
15 7
7 to 15 Open Circuit (OL) OL

7 to 15 Open Circuit (OL) 2.0 ohms
TRTS0950 General Information | Eaton Breakout Box and Eaton Diagnostic Adapter Procedure
Eaton Breakout Box and Eaton Diagnostic Adapter Procedure

Overview
This procedure describes how to use the Eaton Breakout
Box (RR1029TR). This diagnostic tool eliminates the need
for a diagnostic pin kit and simplifies access to component
electrical circuits.
1. Eaton Breakout Box (RR1029TR)

2. 74-Way EDA Transmission Control Module Connector - part of RR1029TR
3. 74-Way EDA Transmission Harness Connector - part of RR1029TR
Eaton Breakout Box and Eaton Diagnostic Adapter Procedure | General Information TRTS0950
Troubleshooting TCM Signals with the Eaton Troubleshooting Internal Components and
Breakout Box Circuits with the Eaton Breakout Box
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Remove the TCM from the MTM with the 20-Way 2. Remove the TCM from the MTM with the 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM TCM Vehicle Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM
Body Harness Connector connected. Body Harness Connector connected..
3. Connect the Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton 3. Connect the Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to the TCM side of the 74-Way Diagnostic Adapter to the MTM side of the 74-Way
Transmission Harness Connector and hand tighten Transmission Harness Connector and hand tighten
TCM jack screw. jack screw on connector.
4. Key on.
5. Measure voltage at the Eaton Breakout Box
4. Measure resistance at the Eaton Breakout Box
between Pin 42 and Pin 46.
between Pin 31 and Pin 34.
46
42 34
31
42 46
31 34
TRTS0950 General Information | 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (3-Way EDA)
3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (3-Way EDA)

Overview
This procedure describes how to use RR1060TR 3-Way
Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (3-Way EDA). This diagnostic tool
eliminates the need for a diagnostic pin kit and simplifies
access to component electrical circuits. 3-Way EDA is one
tool containing two pieces that troubleshoots both the Fluid
Pressure Sensor and Output Speed Sensor circuits.
1. 3-Way EDA (RR1060TR)

2. Output Speed Sensor Connector - part of RR1060TR
3. Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector - part of RR1060TR
3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (3-Way EDA) | General Information TRTS0950
Troubleshooting the Output Speed Sensor using Troubleshooting the Fluid Pressure Sensor
the 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter using the 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter
2. Disconnect the 3-Way Output Speed Sensor Con- 2. Disconnect the 3-Way FPS Harness Connector.
nector at the MTM by lifting up on the yellow latch.
3. Connect the 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (EDA)

to the 3-Way FPS Harness Connector.

to the 3-Way Output Speed Sensor Connector at
the MTM.
4. Measure resistance between 3-Way EDA Pin 2

(Ground) and Pin 3 (Signal).
2 3
4. Key on.
2 3
5. Measure voltage at the 3-Way EDA between Pin 2
(signal) and Pin 3 (5V). Record reading in table. 5. Key on.
2 3 6. Measure voltage at the 3-Way EDA Pin 1 (5V) and
Pin 2 (Ground). Record reading in table.
1 2
2 3
1 2
TRTS0950 General Information | Eaton 20-Way Diagnostic Adapter Procedure
Eaton 20-Way Diagnostic Adapter Procedure

Overview
This procedure describes how to use the Eaton 20-Way
Diagnostic Adapter (20-Way EDA), RR1030TR. The 20-Way
EDA is used to verify vehicle battery and ignition voltage is
being received by the TCM. The 20-Way EDA is also used to
verify J1939 circuit integrity to the TCM.
1
1. Eaton 20-Way Diagnostic Adapter (RR1030TR)
2. 20-Way EDA Transmission Control Module Body Harness Connector - part of RR1030TR
Eaton 20-Way Diagnostic Adapter Procedure | General Information TRTS0950
Verifying TCM is Receiving Vehicle Battery and 6. Measure voltage at the Eaton 20-Way EDA between
Ignition Voltage with the Eaton 20-Way EDA Pin "Ignition" and Pin "Ground" for vehicle ignition
voltage.
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector.
Ground Ignition Ground Ignition
3. Connect the Eaton 20-Way EDA Transmission Con-

trol Module Body Harness Connector to the TCM
side of the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector.
4. Key on.
5. Measure voltage at the Eaton 20-Way EDA between
Pin "Vbatt" and pin "Ground" for vehicle battery volt-
age.
Ground Vbatt Ground Vbatt
TRTS0950 General Information | Eaton 20-Way Diagnostic Adapter Procedure
Verifying J1939 Circuit Integrity to the TCM with

the Eaton 20-Way EDA
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector.
3. Connect the Eaton 20-Way EDA Transmission Con-

trol Module Body Harness Connector to the TCM
side of the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector.
4. Measure resistance at the Eaton 20-Way EDA

between Pin "J1939 High" and Pin "J1939 Low" to
verify J1939 circuit integrity to the TCM.
J1939 J1939 J1939 J1939

Low High Low High
Power-Up Sequence | Electrical Pretest Procedures TRTS0950
Power-Up Sequence
Overview Possible Causes
This symptom-driven test is performed if the transmission • Vehicle Power Supply Wiring
system fails to fully power up at ignition on.
- Poor power or ground supply to TCM
Detection - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Wires grounded, open or shorted
• Display may be blank. • Vehicle Batteries
• Engine may not crank. - Internal failure
• ServiceRanger may not connect to Transmission • Vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939 A)
Control Module (TCM). - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Note: Fault codes that set give additional information about open
performance issues detected on the vehicle. If a unit has an - Bent, spread, or loose terminals
Active fault code, or repeated occurrences of an Inactive • TCM
fault code, troubleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13. - Internal Failure
TRTS0950 Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence
Component Identification
1. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
Power-Up Sequence | Electrical Pretest Procedures TRTS0950
1
3 4
6
5
− + 5 6
16
15
− +
7 8
10
IGN
15 16 10 6 5
12
11

3. In-line Fuse Holder Battery Voltage1
4. 15-amp Fuse Battery Voltage1
7. In-line Fuse Holder
8. 10-amp Fuse
Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver
TRTS0950 Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Test
Power-Up Sequence Test

Purpose: Inspect the batteries, in-line fuses and
A power and ground supplies to the TCM.

2. Key off.
3. Inspect the vehicle charging/battery system and
connections, verify the connectors are free from
contamination and corrosion; the terminals are not
bent, spread or loose; and there is no damage to
the connector bodies.
4. Inspect the transmission 10-amp Ignition and both
15-amp fuses/fusible links, verify the connectors
are free from contamination and corrosion; the ter-
minals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to the connector bodies.
5. Inspect the vehicle harness and connectors from
the power supply to the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Har-
ness Connector, verify the connectors are free from
the connector bodies or harness.
Note: Some chassis use a power and ground distri-
bution block separate from the battery or may route
power and ground to the starter. Be sure to clean
and inspect connections at this location and at the
battery.
6. Measure voltage across all batteries. Record read-
ing in table.
7. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range or damage is
found, refer to OEM guidelines for repair or
replacement of the vehicle charging/battery
system, vehicle harness and/or 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Harness Connector. Test complete.
• If readings are in range and no damage is
found, go to Step B.
Range Reading(s)
11–15 V
Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures TRTS0950

Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage1 at the TCM.
B • If readings are in range, go to Step C.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the
1. Key off. power supply to the TCM.
2. Disconnect the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
nector.
3. Inspect the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
tor, verify the connector is free from contamination
and corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or 5 to 6 11–15 V
loose; and there is no damage to the connector
body.
4. Inspect the TCM side of the 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector, verify the connector is free
from contamination and corrosion; the terminals
are not bent, spread or loose; and there is no dam-
age to the connector body.
5. Measure voltage between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector Pin 6 (Battery positive) and Pin
5 (Battery negative). Record reading in table.
5 6
5 6
Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage2 at the TCM. Purpose: Verify Ignition Voltage at the TCM.
C D
1. Key off. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Measure voltage between 20-Way TCM Vehicle 2. Measure voltage between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector Pin 16 (Battery positive) and Harness Connector Pin 10 (Ignition positive) and
Pin 15 (Battery negative). Record reading in table. Pin 5 (Battery negative). Record reading in table.
15 16 5 10
15 16 5 10
3. Compare reading(s) in table. 3. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D. • If readings are in range, go to Step E.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the guidelines for repair or replacement of ignition
power supply to the TCM. voltage supply to TCM.
Pins Range Reading(s) Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State
15 to 16 11–15 V
Key on 5 to 10 11–15 V
Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures TRTS0950
Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle J1939 Data Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
E Link at 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. F
2. Disconnect the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
nector. nents are properly installed.
3. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle 3. Key on.
Harness Connector Pin 11 and Pin 12. Record
reading in table.
5. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes,
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
11 12
• If ServiceRanger connects and a fault code is
Active, go to Step G.
• If ServiceRanger connects and no fault code is
Active, an intermittent wiring issue exists
within the Vehicle Harness between the:
- Vehicle power supply and 20-Way TCM

11 12
Vehicle Harness Connector.
or
4. Reconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
- Vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939 A) and
tor.
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
5. Compare reading(s) in table. tor.
Refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
ment. Go to Step V.
Primary Data Link (J1939 A). Go to Step V.
• If ServiceRanger does not connect, replace the
• If readings are in range, go to Step F.
TCM, go to Step V.
Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State
Key off 11 to 12 50-70

Ohms
Purpose: Prioritize fault codes for troubleshooting. Purpose: Verify repair.

G V
1. Determine the fault code to troubleshoot first by 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
nents are properly installed.
- Priority 2: Component Fault Codes 200-499 3. Key on.
- Priority 3: System Fault Codes 500-899 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
- Priority 4: Feature Fault Codes 900-999 5. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
• Go to the Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index duplicate the previous complaint.
on page 13 and troubleshoot the fault code 6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
with the highest priority level.
• If no codes set and the vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If a fault code sets, troubleshoot per Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 13.
Fault Code 100: Battery Voltage1 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 100: Battery Voltage1

J1939: SA 3 SPN 168 FMI 0, 1, 4, 17, 18
Overview Fallback
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) requires a battery FMI 0:
power and ground supply. The TCM has redundant power
and ground sources (Battery Voltage1 and Battery Volt- • No degraded performance
age2) and will function normally if either source becomes FMI 1, 18:
unavailable. The Battery Voltage1 circuit is contained within
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. • Amber warning lamp on
• No degraded performance
Detection • If Fault Code 100 and 105 are Active:
The TCM monitors Battery Voltage1 power and ground
source. If the system detects voltage out of range, the fault - Non neutral modes prohibited
is set active. - PTO Mode prohibited
• If Fault Code 100 and 105 are Active and the vehicle
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active is moving:
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe):
Battery Voltage1 more than 16.5V for 1 second. - Red stop lamp on
- Clutch engagement prohibited, vehicle may
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): coast to a stop
Battery Voltage1 less than 8V for 1 second.
FMI 4, 17:
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Battery
Voltage1 less than 4V during power up. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 17 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Least Severe):
Battery Voltage1 less than 11V for 1 second with engine Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
above 1000 RPM. FMI 0, 1, 17, 18: Battery Voltage1 in range for 10 seconds.
FMI 18 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Moderately FMI 4: Key cycle.
Severe): Battery Voltage1 less than 10.2V for 1 second with
engine above 550 RPM. Possible Causes
FMI 0:
• Vehicle jump-started
• Vehicle charging/battery system failure
FMI 1, 4, 17, 18:
• Vehicle Harness
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded or loose
• Vehicle charging/battery system failure
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 100: Battery Voltage1

3 4
6
5
− +
5 6

4. 15-amp Fuse Battery 1

TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 100 Troubleshooting
Fault Code 100 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Test to
A B locate intermittent failures.
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Start Product Diagnostic Test and follow on-screen
• If Fault Code 100 is Inactive and there are
prompts.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go Note: Solid “PD” may appear in display when PD
to Step V. Test is active.
• If Fault Code 100 FMI 0 is Active, go to Step G. Note: TCM will not enter PD Test mode when there
• If Fault Code 100 FMI 0 is Inactive, the TCM are Active fault code.
experienced an over-voltage condition. Vehicle
may have been jump-started or vehicle
charging/battery system is failing. Refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
the vehicle charging/battery system. Go to
Step V.
5. Wiggle the vehicle harness and connections
• If Fault Code 100 FMI 1, 17 or 18 is Active, go between the charging/battery system and 20-Way
to Step C. TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Look for signs of
• If Fault Code 100 FMI 1, 17 or 18 is Inactive, rubbing or chafing on the wires. Refer to OEM wir-
go to Step B. ing diagrams.
• If Fault Code 100 FMI 4 is Active or Inactive, 6. To end the test, press the stop button.
create a Service Activity Report, select "Send • If fault codes set Active while wiggling the
to Eaton" and contact Eaton Cummins Auto- vehicle harness, refer to OEM guidelines for
mated Transmission Technologies at repair or replacement of the vehicle harness
800-826-4357 for further diagnostic instruc- and/or the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
tions. Go to Step V.. nector. Go to Step V.
• If no fault codes become Active, go to Step C.
Fault Code 100 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage1 supply to the TCM Purpose: Verify condition of charging/battery sys-
C with ServiceRanger. D tem, fuse, power and ground supplies to the TCM.
1. Key on with engine off. 1. Key off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Inspect the vehicle charging/battery system and
fuses, verify the connectors are free from contami-
3. Go To “Data Monitor”.
nation and corrosion; the terminals are not bent,
4. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select spread or loose; and there is no damage to the con-
“Transmission Supplied Voltages”. nector bodies.
5. Monitor 168 - Battery voltage value. Record read- • If no fault found, go to Step E.
ing in table.
• If fault found, refer to OEM guidelines for
6. Monitor 444 - Battery 2 voltage value. Record read- repair or replacement of the vehicle
ing in table. charging/battery system. Go to Step V.
7. Compare reading(s) in table. Note: Some chassis use a power distribution
• If readings are out of range, go to Step D. system separate from the batteries, inspect all
connections.
• If readings are in range, no fault was found.
The intermittent nature of the fault makes it
likely that the problem is in the Vehicle Har-
ness between the charging/battery system and
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Refer
to OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
the Vehicle Harness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehi-
cle Harness Connector. Go to Step V.
Parameter Range Reading(s)
168-Battery 11–15 V
voltage
444-Battery 2 11–15 V
voltage
Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con- Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage1 at the 20-Way
E nector condition. F TCM Vehicle Harness Connector.

2. Disconnect the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con- 2. Measure voltage between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
nector. Harness Connector Pin 5 (-) and Pin 6 (+). Record
reading in table.
and corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or
5 6
body.
• If contamination or damage is found, refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of 5 6
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector.
Go to Step V.
3. Compare reading(s) in table:
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step F. • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
vehicle charging/battery system, Vehicle Har-
ness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
Connector. Go to Step V.
likely that the problem is between the vehicle
charging/battery system and 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Harness Connector. Refer to OEM
Vehicle Harness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector. Go to Step V.
5 to 6 11–15V
Condition Parameter Range Reading(s)

Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage1 supply to the TCM
G with ServiceRanger.
Key on with 168-Battery 13–15V
engine running voltage
2. Connect ServiceRanger. Key on with 444-Battery 13–15V
engine 2 voltage
3. Go To “Data Monitor”. running
4. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select
“Transmission Supplied Voltages”.
5. Monitor 168 - Battery voltage value. Record read-
ing in table.
6. Monitor 444 - Battery 2 voltage value. Record read-
ing in table.
7. Key on with engine running. Purpose: Verify repair.
V
ing in table.
1. Key off.
ing in table. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
guidelines for repair or replacement of the 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
vehicle charging/battery system. Go to Step V.
5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
• If readings are in range and Fault Code 100
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
FMI 0 is Inactive, vehicle may have been
jump-started or the intermittent nature of the 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
fault makes it likely that the problem is with the or duplicate the previous complaint.
vehicle charging/battery system. Refer to OEM
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
guidelines for diagnosing the vehicle
charging/battery system. Go to Step V. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
properly, test complete.
FMI 0 is Active, replace the TCM. Go to Step V. • If Fault Code 100 sets Active during Operation,
go to Step A.
Note: Troubleshooting indicates no fault found
with the wiring or connections to the TCM. • If a fault code other than 100 sets Active, trou-
Ensure an intermittent issue does not exist bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
with the wiring or connections. dure Index on page 13.
Key on with 168-Battery 11–13 V

engine off voltage
Key on with 444-Battery 2 11–13 V

engine off voltage
Fault Code 105: Battery Voltage2

J1939: SA 3 SPN 444 FMI 0, 1, 4, 17, 18
Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) requires a battery FMI 0, 1, 17, 18: Battery Voltage2 in range for 10 seconds.
power and ground supply. The TCM has redundant power
and ground sources (Battery Voltage1 and Battery Volt- FMI 4: Key cycle.
age2) and will function normal if either source becomes
unavailable. The Battery Voltage2 circuit is contained within Possible Causes
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. FMI 0:
• Vehicle jump-started
Detection
The TCM monitors Battery Voltage2 power and ground • Vehicle charging system failure
source. If the system detects voltage out of range, the fault FMI 1, 4, 17, 18:
is set active.
• Vehicle Harness
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): open
Battery Voltage2 more than 16.5V for 1 second. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded or loose
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): • Vehicle charging/battery system failure
Battery Voltage2 less than 8V for 1 second.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Battery

Voltage2 less than 4V during power up.

Battery Voltage2 less than 11V for 1 second with engine
above 1000 RPM.
FMI 18 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Moderately

Severe): Battery Voltage2 less than 10.2V for 1 second with
engine above 550 RPM.
Fallback
FMI 0:
FMI 1, 4, 17, 18:
• Amber warning lamp on


3 4
16
15
− +
15 16



Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Test to
A B locate intermittent failures.
prompts.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go Note: Solid “PD” may appear in display when PD
• If Fault Code 105 FMI 0 is Active, go to Step G. Note: TCM will not enter PD Test mode when there
• If Fault Code 105 FMI 0 is Inactive, the TCM are Active fault code.
experienced an over-voltage condition. Vehicle
may have been jump-started or vehicle
charging/battery system is failing. Refer to
the vehicle charging/battery system. Go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 105 FMI 1, 17 or 18 is Active, go between the charging/battery system and 20-Way
to Step C. TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Look for signs of
• If Fault Code 105 FMI 1, 17 or 18 is Inactive, rubbing or chafing on the wires. Refer to OEM wir-
go to Step B. ing diagrams.
• If Fault Code 105 FMI 4 is Active or Inactive, 6. To end the test, press the stop button.
create a Service Activity Report, select "Send • If fault codes set Active while wiggling the
to Eaton" and contact Eaton Cummins Auto- vehicle harness, refer to OEM guidelines for
mated Transmission Technologies at repair or replacement of the vehicle harness
800-826-4357 for further diagnostic instruc- and/or the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
tions. Go to Step V.. nector. Go to Step V.
• If no fault codes become Active, go to Step C.
Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage2 supply to the TCM Purpose: Verify condition of charging/battery sys-
C with ServiceRanger. D tem, fuse, power and ground supplies to the TCM.

2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Inspect the vehicle charging/battery system and
fuses, verify the connectors are free from contami-
nation and corrosion; the terminals are not bent,
4. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select spread or loose; and there is no damage to the con-
“Transmission Supplied Voltages”. nector bodies.
5. Monitor 168 - Battery voltage value. Record read- • If no fault found, go to Step E.
ing in table.
• If fault found, refer to OEM guidelines for
6. Monitor 444 - Battery 2 voltage value. Record read- repair or replacement of the vehicle
ing in table. charging/battery system. Go to Step V.
7. Compare reading(s) in table. Note: Some chassis use a power distribution
• If readings are out of range, go to Step D. system separate from the batteries, inspect all
connections.
likely that the problem is in the Vehicle Har-
ness between the charging/battery system and
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Refer
to OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
the Vehicle Harness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehi-
cle Harness Connector.Go to Step V.
voltage
2 Voltage
Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage2 at the 20-Way
E Connector condition. F TCM Vehicle Harness Connector.

2. Disconnect the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con- 2. Measure voltage between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
nector. Harness Connector Pin 15 (-) and Pin 16 (+).
Record reading in table.
15 16
body.
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of 5 6
Go to Step V.
Step F. • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
vehicle charging/battery system, Vehicle Har-
ness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
likely that the problem is between the vehicle
charging/battery system and 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Harness Connector. Refer to OEM
Vehicle Harness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector. Go to Step V.
15 to 16 11–15 V

Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage2 supply to the TCM
G with ServiceRanger.
Key on with 168-Battery 13–15V
engine running voltage
2. Connect ServiceRanger. Key on with 444-Battery 13–15V
engine 2 Voltage
3. Go To “Data Monitor”. running
ing in table.
ing in table.
7. Key on with engine running. Purpose: Verify repair.
V
ing in table.
1. Key off.
ing in table. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
guidelines for repair or replacement of the 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
vehicle charging/battery system. Go to Step V.
FMI 0 is Inactive, vehicle may have been
jump-started or the intermittent nature of the 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
fault makes it likely that the problem is with the or duplicate the previous complaint.
vehicle charging/battery system. Refer to OEM
guidelines for diagnosing the vehicle
charging/battery system. Go to Step V. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
FMI 0 is Active, replace the TCM. Go to Step V. • If Fault Code 105 sets Active during operation,
go to Step A.
with the wiring or connections to the TCM. • If a fault code other than 105 sets Active, trou-
Ensure an intermittent issue does not exist bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
with the wiring or connections. Index on page 13
Key on with 168-Battery 11–13 V

engine off voltage
Key on with 444-Battery 2 11–13 V

engine off Voltage
Fault Code 110: Ignition Voltage | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 110: Ignition Voltage

J1939: SA 3 SPN 158 FMI 2
Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) requires a key on
battery voltage ignition supply. The Ignition Voltage initiates
TCM operation at and during key on. The Ignition Voltage
circuit is contained within the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
Connector.
Detection
The TCM monitors the vehicle’s Ignition Voltage supply. If
the system detects a loss of Ignition Voltage while driving,
the fault is set active.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Loss of Ignition Voltage with output
shaft speed greater than 10 RPM.
Fallback
FMI 2:
• Engine communications may not be available

• If vehicle comes to a stop, TCM will shut down
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed sys-
tem. Engine fallback modes may vary. If Engine ECU
loses Ignition supply, Engine may shut down.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 2: Ignition Voltage is available with output shaft speed
less than 10 RPM.
Possible Causes
All FMIs:
• Ignition switch keyed off during operation

• Ignition switch failure
• Vehicle Harness
- Wiring shorted to ground or open
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 110: Ignition Voltage

Fault Code 110: Ignition Voltage | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
3 4
10
IGN
10

3. In-line Fuse Holder
4. 10-amp Fuse


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify battery voltage ignition supply.
A B
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
Note: If vehicle comes to a stop, TCM will shut
down, and Fault Code 110 will be Inactive.
5. Monitor 158 - Battery voltage - switched value.
• If Fault Code 110 is Inactive and there are Record reading in table.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 6. Compare reading(s) in table.
to Step V. • If readings are within range:
• If Fault Code 110 FMI 2 is Inactive, go to Step - Driver may have cycled the key off while the
B. vehicle was moving.
or
- The intermittent nature of the fault makes it
likely that the problem is between the vehi-
cle’s Ignition Voltage supply and 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Harness Connector Pin 10.
Refer to OEM guidelines for repair or
replacement of the Ignition Voltage supply
circuit. Go to Step V.
voltage - switched
Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
• If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
• If Fault Code 110 sets Active during operation,
go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 110 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 115: Primary Data Link (J1939 A)
Fault Code 115: Primary Data Link (J1939 A)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 639 FMI 2, 8, 9, 14, 19, 31
Overview FMI 9, 14:

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) communicates
with other vehicle Electronic Control Units (ECUs) over the
vehicle J1939 data link. The TCM uses two vehicle J1939 • If vehicle is configured for J1939 Start Enable fea-
data links to send and receive messages called the Primary ture, engine may not crank
Data Link and Secondary Data Link. The Primary Data Link • Lowest available start gear only
is used by the TCM to communicate with the Engine, ABS,
• Urge to Move and Creep prohibited
Body, and other vehicle ECUs during normal operation. The
Secondary Data Link is used as a backup in the event that • Launch quality may degrade
the Primary Data Link is inoperative. The Primary Data Link • Upshifts prohibited
is connected to the TCM at the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Har-
• PTO mode prohibited
ness Connector.
• If vehicle is moving and transmission is in a gear
Detection higher than the lowest available start gear and Sec-
The TCM monitors messages broadcast over the vehicle ondary Data Link is not available:
Primary Data Link (J1939 A). If vehicle or engine messages • Red stop lamp on
are not received or in error, the fault is set active.
• Clutch engagement prohibited, vehicle may
coast to stop
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939 A) • Transmission downshifts to lowest available
messages not received for 1 second (Service). start gear
FMI 31:
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Engine Primary Data Link
(J1939 A) messages not received for 1 second while the • Amber warning lamp on
TCM is receiving messages from other vehicle ECUs (Ser-
• If vehicle is configured for J1939 Start Enable fea-
vice).
ture, engine may not crank
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Vehicle Primary Data Link • Lowest available start gear only
(J1939 A) messages not received for 5 seconds.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Engine Primary Data Link • Launch quality may degrade
(J1939 A) messages not received for 5 seconds while the
• Upshifts prohibited
TCM is receiving messages from other vehicle ECUs.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Vehicle Primary
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
Data Link (J1939 A) messages received but in error.
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Vehicle Primary Data Link Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
(J1939 A) receiving a “Stop Start Broadcast” message. FMI 2: Valid vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939 A) messages
received for 20 seconds.
Fallback
FMI 8: Valid engine Primary Data Link (J1939 A) messages
FMI 2, 8, 19:
received for 20 seconds.
FMI 9: Valid vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939 A) messages
• No degraded modes received for 10 seconds.
FMI 14: Valid engine Primary Data Link (J1939 A) mes-

sages received for 10 seconds.
FMI 19: Key cycle and condition no longer exists.
FMI 31: Condition no longer exists.
Fault Code 115: Primary Data Link (J1939 A) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Possible Causes
FMI 2, 9:
• Vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939 A)

- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open
- Bent, spread, or loose terminals
- Excessive electrical noise
- Missing or additional terminating resistors
• Other Vehicle ECU(s)
- Internal failure
FMI 8, 14:
• Vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939 A) – Between

Engine ECU and TCM
open
• Engine ECU
- Not powering up
- Internal failure
FMI 19:

- Internal failure
FMI 31:

- Informational only, indicates a Vehicle ECU expe-
rienced a programming event.
Additional Tools
• Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
• Digital Volt Ohm Meter (DVOM)
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 115: Primary Data Link (J1939 A)
1 2

2. 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector
4. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (In Cab)
Fault Code 115: Primary Data Link (J1939 A) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
8 7
4A
7 J1939 B High C
8 J1939 B Low D
− A
+ B
11 J1939 A High F
12 J1939 A Low G
- OR -
4B
7 J1939 B High H
8 J1939 B Low J
− A
+ B
11 J1939 A High C
12 J1939 A Low D
11 12

4A. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (OEM-Specific Primary Data Link FG)
4B. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (OEM-Specific Primary Data Link CD)


• If Fault Code 115 FMI 31 is Inactive or Active,
Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. informational only, indicates a vehicle ECU
A experienced a programming event. Test com-
plete.

2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
• If Fault Code 115 FMI 2, 9 is Active, go to Step
C.
• If Fault Code 115 FMI 2, 9 is Inactive, go to
Step B.
Note: If ServiceRanger connects to the TCM,
the vehicle data link is currently functional
between the 9-Way Diagnostic Connector and
TCM. Refer to OEM guidelines for vehicle data
link diagnostic instructions.
• If Fault Code 115 FMI 14 is Active, go to Step
O.
Note: If ServiceRanger connects to the TCM,
the vehicle data link is currently functional
between the 9-Way Diagnostic Connector and
TCM. Refer to OEM guidelines for Engine ECU
and vehicle data link diagnostic instructions.
• If Fault Code 115 FMI 14 is Inactive, an inter-
mittent condition may exist on the Primary
Data Link with the following:
- Power up issue with the Engine ECU
- Vehicle Primary Data Link to the Engine ECU
- Fault(s) reported from the Engine ECU
- Refer to OEM guidelines for repair or
replacement of vehicle Primary Data Link
(J1939A) or Engine ECU. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 115 FMI 19 is Active, a condition
may exist on the Primary Data Link with the
Engine ECU or other Vehicle ECU(s) reporting
an issue. Refer to OEM for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 115 FMI 19 is Inactive, an inter-
mittent condition may exist on the Primary
Data Link with the Engine ECU or other Vehicle
ECU(s) reporting an issue. Contact OEM for
further diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Test to Purpose: Verify fault status with 20-Way TCM Body
B locate intermittent failures. C Harness Connector disconnected.

2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector.
3. Go To “Service Routines” 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Start Product Diagnostic Test and follow on-screen 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
prompts.
Note: Solid “PD” may appear in display when PD FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
Test is active.
• If Fault Code 115 is now Inactive, a wiring
Note: TCM will not enter PD Test mode when there issue exists with the Secondary Data Link
are Active fault code. (J1939 B) within the 20-Way TCM Body Har-
ness Connector or harness. Refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement. Go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 115 was Inactive or remains
Active, key off and reconnect 20-Way TCM
Body Harness Connector. Go to Step D.
between the charging/battery system and 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Look for signs of
rubbing or chafing on the wires. Refer to OEM wir-
ing diagrams.
6. To end the test, press the stop button.
• If fault codes set Active while wiggling the
Purpose: Identify TCM location on Vehicle Primary
vehicle harness, refer to OEM guidelines for
repair or replacement of the vehicle harness
D Data Link (J1939 A).
and/or the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
nector. Go to Step V. 1. Key off.
• If no fault codes become Active, go to Step D. 2. Refer to the OEM and identify the TCM location on
the Vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939A) at the
9-Way Diagnostic Connector.
• If the TCM is on 9-Way Diagnostic Connector
Pin C and Pin D, go to Step J.
Pin F and Pin G, go to Step E.
4. Record the total voltage by adding together the

Purpose: Verify Vehicle Primary Data Link voltage readings.
E (J1939 A) signal voltage. 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
2. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con- guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
nector Pin F and Pin A. Record reading in table. Primary Data Link (J1939 A). Go to Step V.
F A Pins Range Reading(s)
F to A N/A
G to A N/A +
Total Voltage 4.5–5.5 V =

F A
3. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con-

nector Pin G and Pin A. Record reading in table.
G A
G A
Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle Primary Data Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
F Link (J1939 A). G nector condition.

2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic 2. Disconnect the 20-way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
Connector Pin F and Pin G. Record reading in table. nector.
F G
body.
F G
3. Compare reading(s) in table. OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
Go to Step V.
Primary Data Link (J1939 A). Go to Step V. • If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step H.
• If readings are in range, go to Step G.
F to G 50–70 Ohms
Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle Primary Data Purpose: Purpose: Verify fault code status.
H Link (J1939 A) at 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness I
Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle nents are properly installed.
reading in table. 3. Key on with engine off.
11 12
• If Fault Code 115 is Inactive, an intermittent
wiring issue exists within the vehicle Primary
Data Link (J1939 A), refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 115 is Active and no fault was
found with the vehicle Primary Data Link
11 12 (J1939 A), replace the TCM. Go to Step V.
3. Compare reading(s) in table. with the wiring or connections to the TCM.
Ensure an intermittent issue does not exist
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM with the wiring or connections.
• If readings are in range, go to Step I.
11 to 12 50–70 Ohms

Purpose: Verify Vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939 voltage readings.
J A) signal voltage. 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are in range, go to Step K.
nector Pin C and Pin A. Record reading in table. Primary Data Link (J1939 A). Go to Step V.
A C Pins Range Reading(s)
C to A N/A
D to A N/A +

A C

nector Pin D and Pin A. Record reading in table.
A D
A D
K Link (J1939 A). L nector condition.

2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic 2. Disconnect the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
Connector Pin C and Pin D. Record reading in table. nector.
D C
body.
D C
Go to Step V.
Step M.
• If readings are in range, go to Step L.
C to D 50–70 Ohms
Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle Primary Data Purpose: Verify fault code status.
M Link (J1939 A) at 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness N
Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle nents are properly installed.
reading in table. 3. Key on with engine off.
11 12
wiring issue exists within the vehicle Primary
Data Link (J1939 A), refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement. Go to Step V.
found with the vehicle Primary Data Link
11 12 (J1939 A), replace the TCM. Go to Step V.
3. 3.Compare reading(s) in table. with the wiring or connections to the TCM.
• If readings are in range, go to Step N.
11 to 12 50–70 Ohms
Purpose: Verify resistance of the Vehicle Primary

O Data Link (J1939 A) at Engine ECU Vehicle Harness
Connector. Purpose: Verify repair.
V
1. Key off.
2. Locate and disconnect the Engine ECU vehicle har- 1. Key off.
ness connector containing the vehicle Primary Data 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
Link (J1939 A). nents are properly installed.
Note: Refer to OEM guidelines for Engine ECU vehi- 3. Key on with engine off.
cle harness connector location, connector removal,
and J1939 High (+) and J1939 Low (-) connector
pin locations. 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
3. Measure resistance between Engine ECU vehicle 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
harness connector Pin J1939 High (+) and Pin
J1939 Low (-). Record reading in table.
go to Step A.
ECU ECU
J1939 (–) J1939 (+)
dure Index on page 13

• If readings are in range, Engine ECU has conti-
nuity to the vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939
A). A condition may exist with the following:
- Power up issue with the Engine ECU
- Fault message from the Engine ECU
- Contact OEM for further diagnostic instruc-
tions. Go to Step V.
J1939 High (+) to 50–70 Ohms

J1939 Low (-)
Fault Code 116: Secondary Data Link (J1939 B) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 116: Secondary Data Link (J1939 B)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 1231 FMI 9, 14

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) communicates FMI 9: Valid vehicle Secondary Data Link (J1939 B) mes-
with other vehicle Electronic Control Units (ECUs) via the sages received for 10 seconds.
vehicle J1939 data link. The TCM uses two vehicle J1939
data links to send and receive messages called the Primary FMI 14: Valid vehicle Secondary Data Link (J1939 B)
Data Link and Secondary Data Link. The Primary Data Link Engine messages received for 10 seconds.
is used by the TCM to communicate with the Engine, ABS,
Body, and other vehicle ECUs during normal operation. The Possible Causes
Secondary Data Link is used as a backup in the event that FMI 9:
the Primary Data Link is inoperative. The Secondary Data • Secondary Data Link (J1939 B) not configured cor-
Link is connected to the TCM at the 20-Way TCM Body Har- rectly in the TCM
ness Connector.
• Vehicle Secondary Data Link (J1939 B)
Detection - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
The TCM monitors messages broadcast over the vehicle open
Secondary Data Link (J1939 B). If engine or vehicle mes- - Bent, spread, or loose terminals
sages are not received or in error, the fault is set active.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Missing or additional terminating resistors
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Vehicle Secondary Data • Other Vehicle ECU(s)
Link (J1939 B) messages not received for 5 seconds.
- Internal failure
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Vehicle Secondary Data Link FMI 14:
(J1939 B) Engine messages not received for 5 seconds
while the TCM is receiving messages from other vehicle • Vehicle Secondary Data Link (J1939 B) – Between
ECUs. Engine ECU and TCM
Fallback open
FMI 9, 14:
• Amber warning lamp on - Excessive electrical noise
• If Fault Code 115, 165 or 176 is Active and the - Missing or additional terminating resistors
transmission is in neutral:
• Engine ECU
- Non neutral modes prohibited
- Not powering up
- PTO Mode prohibited
- Internal failure
• If Fault Code 115, 165 or 176 is Active, the vehicle
is moving or the transmission is in a gear higher Additional Tools
than the lowest available start gear:
- Red stop lamp on
coast to a stop
- Transmission downshifts to lowest available
start gear
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 116: Secondary Data Link (J1939 B)
1 2

Fault Code 116: Secondary Data Link (J1939 B) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
8 7
4A
7 J1939 B High C
8 J1939 B Low D
− A
+ B
11 J1939 A High F
12 J1939 A Low G
- OR -
4B
7 J1939 B High H
8 J1939 B Low J
− A
+ B
11 J1939 A High C
12 J1939 A Low D
11 12



Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Secondary Data Link (J1939 B)
A B Baud Rate configured in the TCM and installed on
the vehicle.
1. Key off.
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity 2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. 3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 116 FMI 9 is Active or Inactive, 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
go to Step B.
5. Go to “Configuration”.
N. 6. Select “Vehicle”.
• If Fault Code 116 FMI 14 is Inactive, an inter- 7. Record the “Secondary J1939 Baud Rate” "Current
mittent condition may exist on the Secondary Value" in table.
Data Link with the following: 8. Record the “Secondary J1939 Baud Rate” installed
- Power up issue with the Engine ECU on the vehicle in table.
- Vehicle Secondary Data Link to the Engine
ECU Note: The vehicle's Secondary J1939 Baud Rate
- Fault(s) reported from the Engine ECU (250K or 500K) is determined by OEM. Refer to the
- Refer to OEM guidelines for repair or OEM regarding the Secondary J1939 Baud Rate
replacement of vehicle Secondary Data Link installed on the vehicle.
(J1939A) or Engine ECU. Go to Step V.
• If “Secondary J1939 Baud Rate” is not config-
ured correctly, select the correct configuration
from the “New Value” drop down, select
“Apply” and follow on screen prompt. Go to
Step V.
• If FMI 9 is Active and “Secondary J1939 Baud
Rate” is configured correctly, go to Step C.
Location Secondary J1939

Baud Rate
TCM
(Ser-
viceRanger)
Vehicle

Purpose: Identify TCM location on Secondary Data voltage readings.
C Link (J1939 B). 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are in range, go to Step E.
1. Key off.
2. Refer to the OEM and identify the TCM location on guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
the Vehicle Secondary Data Link (J1939 B) at the Secondary Data Link (J1939 B). Go to Step V.
Pin C and Pin D, go to go to Step D. Pins Range Reading(s)
Pin H and Pin J, go to Step I. C to A N/A
D to A N/A +
Purpose: Verify Vehicle Secondary Data Link

D (J1939 B) signal voltage.

nector Pin C and Pin A. Record reading in table.
A C
A C

A D
A D
Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle Secondary Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Body Harness Con-
E Data Link (J1939 B). F nector condition.

2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic 2. Disconnect the 20-way TCM Body Harness Con-
3. Inspect the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector,
verify the connector is free from contamination and
D C
corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or
body.
4. Inspect the TCM side of the 20-Way TCM Body Har-
ness Connector, verify the connector is free from
D C
the connector body.
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. Go
to Step V.
Secondary Data Link (J1939 B). Go to Step V. • If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step G.
C to D 50–70 Ohms
Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle Secondary Purpose: Verify fault code status.
G Data Link (J1939 B) at 20-Way TCM Body Harness H
Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Body nents are properly installed.
Harness Connector Pin 7 and Pin 8. Record reading
in table. 3. Key on with engine off.
8 7
wiring issue exists within the vehicle Second-
ary Data Link (J1939 B), refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement. Go to Step V.
found with the vehicle Secondary Data Link
8 7 (J1939 B), replace the TCM. Go to Step V.
Secondary Data Link (J1939 B). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step H.
7 to 8 50–70 Ohms

Purpose: Verify Vehicle Secondary Data Link voltage readings.
I (J1939 B) signal voltage. 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are in range, go to Step J.
nector Pin H and Pin A. Record reading in table. Secondary Data Link (J1939 B). Go to Step V.
H A Pins Range Reading(s)
H to A N/A
J to A N/A +

H A

nector Pin J and Pin A. Record reading in table.
A J
A J
Purpose: Verify resistance of the Vehicle Second- Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Body Harness Con-
J ary Data Link (J1939 B). K nector condition.

2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic 2. Disconnect the 20-way TCM Body Harness Con-
Connector Pin H and Pin J. Record reading in table. nector.
3. Inspect the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector,
verify the connector is free from contamination and
H J
corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or
body.
4. Inspect the TCM side of the 20-Way TCM Body Har-
ness Connector, verify the connector is free from
H J
the connector body.
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. Go
• If reading is out of range, refer to OEM guide-
to Step V.
lines for repair or replacement of vehicle Sec-
ondary Data Link (J1939 B). Go to Step V. • If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step L.
• If reading is in range, go to Step K.
H to J 50–70 Ohms
Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle Secondary Purpose: Verify fault code status.
L Data Link (J1939 B) at 20-Way TCM Body Harness M
Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Body nents are properly installed.
Harness Connector Pin 7 and Pin 8. Record reading
in table. 3. Key on, engine off.
8 7
wiring issue exists within the vehicle Second-
ary Data Link (J1939 B), refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement. Go to Step V.
found with the vehicle Secondary Data Link
8 7 (J1939 B), replace the TCM. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step M.
7 to 8 50–70 Ohms

Purpose: Verify resistance of the Vehicle Second- • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
N ary Data Link (J1939 B) at Engine ECU Vehicle Har-
ness Connector.
• If readings are in range, Engine ECU has conti-
1. Key off. nuity to the vehicle Secondary Data Link
2. Locate and disconnect the Engine ECU vehicle har- (J1939 B). A condition may exist with the fol-
ness connector containing the vehicle Secondary lowing:
Data Link (J1939 B). - Power up issue with the Engine ECU
- Fault message from the Engine ECU
Note: Refer to OEM guidelines for Engine ECU vehi-
cle harness connector location, connector removal, Contact OEM for further diagnostic instruc-
and J1939 High (+) and J1939 Low (-) connector tions. Go to Step V.
pin locations.
3. Measure resistance between Engine ECU vehicle
harness connector Pin J1939 High (+) and Pin
J1939 Low (-). Record reading in table.
J1939 High (+) to 50–70 Ohms
J1939 Low (-)
ECU ECU
J1939 (–) J1939 (+)

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Fault Code 120: Start Enable Relay | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 120: Start Enable Relay

J1939: SA 3 SPN 1321 FMI 3, 4, 5, 7, 12

The Endurant Transmission disables engine cranking when FMI 3: SER circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.
the transmission is in a non-neutral gear position. Some
vehicles prevent non-neutral engine cranking through the FMI 4: SER circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.
use of a normally open Start Enable Relay (SER) actuated FMI 5: SER circuit not open for 10 seconds.
by the Transmission Control Module (TCM) to interrupt
power to the starter. Other vehicles rely on the TCM to send FMI 7: SER wiring issue corrected and ignition key cycle.
a Transmission Engine Crank Enable message over the Pri-
mary Data Link before the engine ECU will allow cranking. FMI 12: Key cycle.
The SER and control circuits are contained within the
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Consult OEM wir- Possible Causes
ing diagrams. FMI 3, 4, 5:
This fault indicates an electrical failure was detected in the • Start enable type not configured correctly in the
SER or control circuits when the start enable type is config- TCM
ured for a relay in the TCM. This fault code will not set on • SER
vehicles that use J1939 messaging to enable engine crank- - Internal failure
ing.
• SER circuit wiring
Detection - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground, or
The TCM monitors the SER control circuits. If a system fail- open.
ure is detected, the fault is set active. - Terminals may be bent, spread, or corroded.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active FMI 7:
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: • SER
SER circuit shorted to power for 1 second.
- Internal failure
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: • SER circuit wiring
SER circuit shorted to ground for 1 second.
- Incorrectly wired
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: - Bypassed or “jumped” circuit wiring
SER circuit open for 1 second.
FMI 12:
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Engine
cranked when SER was not energized by the TCM for 2 sec- • TCM
onds. - Internal failure
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: SER enabled under inap- - Software issue
propriate conditions. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Fallback Additional Tools

FMI 3, 4, 5, 7: Digital Volt Ohm Meter
• Amber Warning lamp on
• No degraded modes
• Engine may not crank
FMI 12:
• Engine cranking prohibited
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 120: Start Enable Relay

3. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket
Fault Code 120: Start Enable Relay | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
3 4
Starter 87
14 86
4 85
IGN 30
14 4

4. 5-Way Start Enable Relay

TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 120: Start Enable Relay
1 + 2 +
ACC ACC
OFF OFF
ON ON
START START
85 86 87 30 87A 85 86 87 30 87A
Starter Starter
4 14 4 14
3 + 4 +
ACC ACC
OFF OFF
ON ON
START START
85 86 87 30 87A 85 86 87 30 87A
Starter Starter
4 14 4 14
Start Enable Relay Circuit States (Normally Open)

1. Open Relay - Key On and Transmission is Unable to Confirm Neutral
2. Open Relay - Key Start and Transmission is Unable to Confirm Neutral
3. Closed Relay - Key On and Transmission Confirmed in Neutral
4. Closed Relay - Key Start and Transmission Confirmed in Neutral


Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Start Enable Relay Type configured
A B in the TCM and installed on the vehicle.
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
Note: If Fault Code 120 is inactive and engine
cranks, but does not run, refer to OEM for trouble- 5. Go to “Configuration”.
shooting a failed system.
6. Select “Vehicle”.
Note: Some OEMs and chassis may use an alter- 7. Record the “Start Enable Type” "Current Value" in
nate wiring pattern, which may include the use of table.
second relay for other vehicle systems. Consult
OEM wiring diagrams. 8. Record the “Start Enable Type” installed on the
vehicle in table.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault Note: The vehicle's start enable type (Start Enable
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go Relay or J1939) is determined by OEM. Refer to the
to Step V. OEM regarding the start enable type installed on
the vehicle.
• If Fault Code 120 FMI 3, 4, or 5 is Active, go to
Step B. 9. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If Fault Code 120 FMI 3, 4 or 5 is Inactive, go • If “Start Enable Type” is not configured cor-
to Step C. rectly, select the correct configuration from the
“New Value” drop down, select “Apply” and
• If Fault Code 120 FMI 7 is set, go to Step L. follow on screen prompt. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 120 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
• If FMI 3, 4 or 5 is active and “Start Enable
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
Type” is configured correctly, go to Step E.
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
Location Start Enable Type
TCM
(ServiceRanger)
Vehicle
Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Test to lo- Purpose: Verify SER Connector condition.
C cate intermittent failures. D
2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Remove SER from 4-Way relay socket.
3. Go To “Service Routines” 3. Inspect the SER and 4-Way relay socket, verify SER
socket is not damaged, is free from contamination
and corrosion, and terminals are not bent, spread
prompts.
or loose.
Note: Solid “PD” may appear in display when PD
Test is active.
Note: TCM will not enter PD Test mode when there the SER and/or 4-Way relay socket. Go to Step
are Active fault code. V.
Step E.

between the charging/battery system and 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Look for signs of
rubbing or chafing on the wires. Refer to OEM wir-
Purpose: Verify SER coil supply voltage.
ing diagrams. E
6. To end the test, press the stop button.
• If fault codes set Active while wiggling the 1. Key off.
vehicle harness, refer to OEM guidelines for 2. Remove SER.
repair or replacement of the vehicle harness
and/or the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con- 3. Inspect SER and connector body for damage, bent,
nector. Go to Step V. spread, corroded or loose terminals.
• If no fault codes become Active, go to Step D. 4. Key on with engine off.
5. Measure voltage between SER socket Pin 86 and
Pin 85. Record reading in table.
Note: SER types may vary, refer to OEM wiring dia-
grams and connector views.
85 86
85 86

Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
• If readings are out of range, go to Step H.
G nector condition.
1. Key off.
Pins Range Reading(s) 2. Disconnect the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
nector.
85 to 86 11–13 V 3. Inspect the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
body.
Purpose: Verify SER coil resistance. are not bent, spread or loose; and there is no dam-
F age to the connector body.
1. Key off. OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
2. Measure resistance across the SER Pin 85 and Pin
Go to Step V.
86. Record reading in table.
Step H.
86 85
86 85

guidelines for SER replacement. Go to Step V.
85 to 86 40–200 ohms
4. Measure resistance between SER socket Pin 85

Purpose: Verify SER coil control circuits continuity and Pin 86. Record reading in table.
H and not shorted together.
1. Key off. 85 86
2. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle

Harness Connector Pin 14 and SER socket Pin 86.
14 85 86
86
guidelines for repair or replacement of 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V.
14 86

Harness Connector Pin 4 and SER socket Pin 85. 14 to 86 0.0–0.3 Ohms
4 to 85 0.0–0.3 Ohms
4 85 to 86 Open Circuit (OL)
85
4 85

Purpose: Verify SER Negative (-) circuit is not
I shorted to ground or power.
guidelines for repair or replacement of 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V.
1. Key off. • If readings are in range, go to Step J.
and Ground. Record reading.
85 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

85
85 to Battery Open Circuit (OL)

Positive (+)
85

and Battery Positive. Record reading.
Purpose: Verify SER Positive (+) circuit is not
J shorted to ground or power.
85
1. Key off.
and Ground. Record reading in table.
85 + 86
86

and Battery Positive. Record reading in table. Purpose: Verify fault code status.
K
86 1. Key off.
86 +
• If Fault Code 120 is Inactive, no problem was
found. The intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is between the
4. Compare reading(s) in table. SER Socket and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM Connector. Refer to OEM guidelines for repair
guidelines for repair or replacement of 20-Way or replacement of 20-Way TCM Vehicle Har-
TCM Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V. ness. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step K. • If Fault Code 120 is Active and no fault was
found with the vehicle SER wiring, replace the
TCM. Go to Step V.
Pins Range Reading(s) Note: Troubleshooting indicates no fault found
with the wiring or connections to the TCM.
86 to Ground Open Circuit (OL) Ensure an intermittent issue does not exist
with the wiring or connections.
86 to Battery Open Circuit (OL)
Positive (+)
Purpose: Verify if fault was inadvertently set. Purpose: Verify SER latch control circuits are not
L M shorted together.

2. Verify SER is properly installed and wired, refer to 2. Remove SER.
OEM wiring diagrams and connector views.
Note: Fault Code 120 FMI 7 sets Active only during and Pin 87. Record reading in table.
engine cranking.
Note: SER types may vary, refer to OEM wiring dia-
3. Key on with engine off grams and connector views.
5. Attempt to crank engine.
87
• If Fault Code 120 FMI 7 is Inactive and the
engine cranks, SER may have been incorrectly
wired and repaired or bypassed (jumped). Test
30
complete. Go to Step V.
87 30
• If Fault Code 120 FMI 7 sets Active, go to Step
M.
guidelines for repair or replacement of the SER
latch control circuits. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step N.
30 to 87 Open Circuit (OL)
Purpose: Verify SER latch (internal) is not shorted Purpose: Verify repair.
N closed. V
1. Key off 1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance across the SER Pin 30 and Pin 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
87. Record reading in table. nents are properly installed.
87
30
87 30
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM go to Step A.
guidelines for SER replacement. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step V. bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
30 to 87 Open Circuit (OL)
Fault Code 122: Primary ADS | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960
Fault Code 122: Primary ADS

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3651 FMI 2, 9, 11, 13, 14, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 2, 9, 13, 19: Primary ADS Select messages received
cle’s Primary Automated Driving System (ADS) Select mes- and valid for 10 seconds.
sage from the vehicle ADS Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This information is FMI 11: Primary ADS Select messages received and valid
used to verify the transmission Shift Mode from the trans- for 1 second.
mission driver interface device to the vehicle ADS ECU. FMI 14: Primary or Secondary ADS Select source config-
The TCM also receives a Secondary Automated Driving ured as Default.
System (ADS) Select message from the vehicle ADS Elec-
tronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link Possible Causes
(J1939A). This redundancy allows the TCM to maintain FMI 2, 9, 11, 13, 19:
transmission function in a degraded mode in the event • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
either message is not available.
- Primary ADS Select message not enabled
Detection - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
The TCM monitors Primary ADS Select messages. If mes- • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
sages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active.
- Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active cuit
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Primary ADS Select messages out of - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
range for 5 seconds. FMI 14:
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Primary ADS Select mes- • TCM
sage not received for 5 seconds.
- Incorrect configuration - Both Primary and Sec-
FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: Primary and Secondary ondary ADS Select message sources set as
ADS Select messages do not match for 1 second. Default
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Primary ADS Select messages Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
not available for 5 seconds.
Additional Tools
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: TCM incorrectly configured.
• None
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Primary ADS
Select messages invalid for 5 seconds.
Fallback
FMI 2, 9, 11, 13, 14, 19:
If fault codes 122 and 123 are Active:

• Hill Start Aid prohibited
• If the vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity nents are properly installed.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 122 FMI 2, 9, 11, 19 is Active or
Inactive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of
the vehicle Primary ADS Select message (SPN
3651). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 122 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable vehicle Primary ADS Select erly, test complete.
message (SPN 3651). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 122 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 122 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V.
• If Fault Code 122 FMI 14 is Active, contact dure Index on page 13.
Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
V.
Fault Code 123: Secondary ADS | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960
Fault Code 123: Secondary ADS

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3654 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19:
cle’s Primary Automated Driving System (ADS) Select mes-
sage from the vehicle ADS Electronic Control Unit (ECU) • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This information is - Secondary ADS Select message not enabled
used to verify the transmission Shift Mode from the trans- - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
mission driver interface device to the vehicle ADS ECU.
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
The TCM also receives a Secondary Automated Driving - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
System (ADS) Select message from the vehicle ADS Elec- cuit
tronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link
(J1939A). This redundancy allows the TCM to maintain - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
transmission function in a degraded mode in the event Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
either message is not available.
Additional Tools
Detection
• None
The TCM monitors Secondary ADS Select messages. If
messages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set
Active.

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Secondary ADS Select
message not received for 5 seconds.
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Secondary ADS Select mes-

sages not available for 5 seconds.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Secondary ADS

Select messages invalid for 5 seconds.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19

- Red stop lamp on

FMI 9, 13, 19: Secondary ADS Select messages received
and valid for 10 seconds.

A V
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 123 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
vehicle Secondary ADS Select message (SPN
3654). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
OEM and enable vehicle Secondary ADS Select erly, test complete.
V.
Fault Code 124: Source Address of Controlling Device for Automated Driving System (ADS) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures
Fault Code 124: Source Address of Controlling Device for Automated Driving
System (ADS)
J1939: SA 3 SPN 15250 FMI 9, 13

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a Source FMI 9, 13: Source Address of Controlling Device for ADS
Address message from the Automated Driving System Vehicle messages received and valid for 10 seconds.
(ADS) controlling device over the Primary Data Link
(J1939A). This information is used to determine transmis- Possible Causes
sion operation. FMI 9, 13:
Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors Source Address of Controlling Device - Vehicle Source Address of Controlling Device for
for ADS Vehicle messages. If messages are not received or ADS Vehicle message not enabled
are invalid, the fault is set Active. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 9: Abnormal Update Rate: ADS Source Address mes- - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
sage not received for 5 seconds. cuit
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: ADS Source Address mes- - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
sages not available for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed sys-
tem.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13: Additional Tools
• Amber warning lamp on • None
• ADS torque control prohibited

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 1. Key off.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
to Step V.
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the vehi-
cle Source Address of Controlling Device for 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
ADS Vehicle message (SPN 15250). Go to or duplicate the previous complaint.
Step V.
• If Fault Code 124 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable vehicle Source Address of
Controlling Device for ADS Vehicle message
(SPN 15250). Go to Step V. • If Fault Code 124 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 124 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • If a fault code other than 124 sets Active, trou-
V.. bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 125: Primary ADS Operation Status | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960
Fault Code 125: Primary ADS Operation Status

J1939: SA 3 SPN 20870 FMI 9,11, 13, 14, 19
Overview Fallback
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 11, 13, 14, 19:
cle’s primary Automated Driving System (ADS) Operation
Status message from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit If fault codes 125 and 126 are Active:
(ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This informa- • Amber warning lamp on
tion is used to determine transmission operation.
• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
The TCM also receives a secondary Automated Driving Sys- • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
tem (ADS) Operation Status message from a vehicle Elec-
tronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link • ADS Operation prohibited
(J1939A). This redundancy allows the TCM to maintain
transmission function in a degraded mode in the event Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
either message is not available. FMI 9, 13, 19: Primary ADS Operation Status messages
received and valid for 10 seconds.
Detection FMI 11: Primary ADS Operation Status messages received
The TCM monitors primary ADS Operation Status mes- and valid for 1 second.
sages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the fault
is set Active. FMI 14: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Possible Causes

FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Primary ADS Operation FMI 9, 11, 13, 14, 19:
Status message not received for 5 seconds.
• Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
FMI 11 - Root Cause Unknown: Primary and secondary - Primary ADS Operation Status message not
ADS Operation Status messages do not match for 5 sec- enabled
onds.
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Primary ADS Operation Status • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
messages not available for 5 seconds.
FMI 14 - Special Instructions: Primary and secondary ADS cuit
Operation Status message sources not configured. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: Primary ADS Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Operation Status messages invalid for 5 seconds.
Additional Tools
• None

A V
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 125 FMI 9, 11, 19 is Active or
Inactive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of
the vehicle ADS Operation Status message
(SPN 20870). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
OEM and enable vehicle primary ADS Opera- erly, test complete.
tion Status message (SPN 20870). Go to Step
V.
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
V.
Index on page 13.
• If Fault Code 125 FMI 14 is Active, contact
V.
Fault Code 126: Secondary ADS Operation Status | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960
Fault Code 126: Secondary ADS Operation Status

J1939: SA 3 SPN 20874 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Secondary ADS Operation Status messages
cle’s primary Automated Driving System (ADS) Operation received and valid for 10 seconds.
Status message from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit
(ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This informa- Possible Causes
tion is used to determine transmission operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:
The TCM also receives a secondary Automated Driving Sys- • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
tem (ADS) Operation Status message from a vehicle Elec- - Secondary ADS Operation Status message not
tronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link enabled
(J1939A). This redundancy allows the TCM to maintain
transmission function in a degraded mode in the event - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
either message is not available. • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
Detection cuit
The TCM monitors secondary ADS Operation Status mes-
sages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the fault - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
is set Active. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Additional Tools

FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Secondary ADS Operation
• None
Status message not received for 5 seconds.
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Secondary ADS Operation Sta-

tus messages not available for 5 seconds.
FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: Secondary ADS

Operation Status messages invalid for 5 seconds.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited
• Clutch Engagements prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited
• ADS Operation prohibited

A V
to Step V.
vehicle secondary ADS Operation Status mes-
sage (SPN 20874). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
OEM and enable vehicle Secondary ADS Oper- erly, test complete.
ation Status message (SPN 20874). Go to
Step V.
V.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 127: Cruise Control Active | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 127: Cruise Control Active

J1939: SA 3 SPN 595 FMI 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 19: Cruise Control Active messages received and
cle’s Cruise Control Active message from a vehicle Elec- valid for 10 seconds.
tronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link
Detection • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)

The TCM monitors Cruise Control Active messages. If mes- - Vehicle Cruise Control Active J1939 message
sages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active. not enabled
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Cruise Control Active mes- • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
sages not available for 5 seconds. - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
cuit
FMI 19: Received Network Data In Error: Cruise Control
Active messages invalid for 5 seconds. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Fallback tem.
FMI 13, 19:

Additional Tools
• None

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes.Go
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Cruise Control Active
V.
cle Cruise Control Active message (SPN 595).
Go to Step V.

Purpose: Monitor Brake Secondary Pressure and
B vehicle air pressure.
vehicle air system or Brake Secondary Pres-
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. sure signal. Go to Step V.
2. Key on with engine running. • If readings are in range, no fault was found.
3. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off. likely that the problem is in the vehicle air sys-
4. Key off. tem or Brake Secondary Pressure signal mes-
sage. Contact OEM for further help
5. Key on with engine off. troubleshooting the issue. Go to Step V.
Parameter/ Range Reading(s)
8. Select “Pressure”. Source
9. Select “Brake secondary pressure”.
Vehicle air 90–120 psi
10. Select all of the “- 118” SPN sources. pressure
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
Brake secondary Within 0-15 psi of
11. Monitor vehicle air pressure gauge and record pressure Vehicle air pressure
reading in table.
12. Monitor Brake secondary pressure value and
record reading in table.
Purpose: Verify Repair.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 128: Cruise Control Resume Command | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 128: Cruise Control Resume Command

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5604 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Cruise Control Resume Command messages
cle’s Cruise Control Resume Command message from a received and valid for 10 seconds.
vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data
Link (J1939A). This information is used to determine trans- Possible Causes
mission operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:

The TCM monitors Cruise Control Resume Command mes- - Vehicle Cruise Control Resume Command J1939
sages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the fault message not enabled
is set Active. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Cruise Control Resume - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
Command message not received for 5 seconds. cuit
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Cruise Control Resume Com- - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
mand messages not available for 5 seconds Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed sys-
tem.
FMI 19: Received Network Data In Error: Cruise Control
Resume Command messages invalid for 5 seconds.
Additional Tools
Fallback • None
FMI 9, 13, 19:


A
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 128 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac-
vehicle Cruise Control Resume Command
OEM and enable vehicle Cruise Control
Resume Command message (SPN 5604). Go
to Step V.
V.

reading in table.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 129: Cruise Control Pause Command | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 129: Cruise Control Pause Command

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5605 FMI 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 19: Cruise Control Pause Command messages
cle’s Cruise Control Pause Command message from a vehi- received and valid for 10 seconds.
cle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link

The TCM monitors Cruise Control Pause Command mes- - Vehicle Cruise Control Pause Command J1939
sages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the fault message not enabled
is set Active. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Cruise Control Pause Com- - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
mand messages not available for 5 seconds. cuit
FMI 19 - Received Network Data In Error: Cruise Control - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Pause Command messages invalid for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed sys-
tem.
Fallback

A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Cruise Control Pause
Command message (SPN 5605). Go to Step
V.
V.
cle Cruise Control Pause Command message
(SPN 5605). Go to Step V.

reading in table.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 135: Primary Shift Device (J1939) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 135: Primary Shift Device (J1939)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 751 FMI 2, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19
Overview Fallback
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a primary FMI 2, 9, 11, 19:
shift mode request messages from the OEM Driver Inter-
face Device over the Primary Data Link. The TCM also • Amber warning lamp on
receives a secondary shift mode request signal from the • Manual shifting not available
OEM Driver Interface Device over a separate circuit. The • If fault codes 135 and 145 are active:
secondary shift mode request allows a driver to engage the
transmission into gear in the event the primary shift mode - Engine may not crank
request message is not available. The primary and second- - Transmission stays in current gear
ary shift mode requests are contained within the 20-Way - PTO mode prohibited
TCM Vehicle Harness.
- Hill Start Aid prohibited
Note: Freightliner chassis (OEM Supplied Driver Interface • If the vehicle is moving and the transmission is
Device) does not have a secondary shift device and must be configured:
configured (ACN 19) to J1939 CAN Device (w/o secondary).
- Red stop lamp on
Detection FMI 12:
The TCM monitors the Primary shift mode request mes-
sage. If an invalid message is received, the TCM sets the • Transmission stays in current gear
fault code active. FMI 13:
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Amber warning lamp on

FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Primary shift mode request message • Engine cranking prohibited
out of range for 5 seconds. FMI 14:
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Primary shift mode • Non neutral modes prohibited
request message not received for 5 seconds.
FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: Primary and Secondary
shift mode requests do not match. Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 2: Primary shift mode request message in range for 10
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Shift mode request into a seconds.
gear that is in the opposite direction of vehicle travel at a
speed greater than allowable shuttle shifting speed (Ser- FMI 9: Primary shift mode request message received for 10
vice). second.
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Primary shift mode message FMI 11: Primary and Secondary shift mode requests match
not available. for 10 seconds.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Shift mode request into a FMI 12: Key cycle.
gear from Neutral received but delayed acceptance of mode
request (Service). FMI 13: Driver Interface Type properly configured or condi-
tion no longer exists.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Primary shift
mode request message received but in error for 5 seconds. FMI 14: Neutral mode re-selected and achieved.
FMI 19: Primary shift mode request message valid for 10

seconds.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 135: Primary Shift Device (J1939)
Possible Causes
FMI 2, 9, 19:
• Vehicle Wiring (power supply and J1939 Data Link)

- Wires shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open
• Driver Interface Device
- Internal Failure
FMI 11:
• Vehicle Wiring (power supply, J1939 Data Link and

secondary shift mode request)
- Wires shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open
• Driver Interface Device
- Internal Failure
FMI 12, 14:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 13:
• TCM
- Driver Interface Device not configured
Fault Code 135: Primary Shift Device (J1939) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
3
4

3. 9-Way Driver Interface Device Connector
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 135: Primary Shift Device (J1939)
9 4
8 2
17 1
11 7
12 8
4A
11 12 17 9 8
A
2 + B
11 J1939 A High F
12 J1939 A Low G
- OR - 4B
A
+ B
11 J1939 A High C
12 J1939 A Low D



A
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 135 FMI 2, 9, or 19 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step B.
go to Step E.
• If Fault Code 135 FMI 12 or 14 is Active or
Inactive, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies at
• If Fault Code 135 FMI 13 is Active, configure
Driver Interface Device using ServiceRanger.
Test complete.
• If Fault Code 135 FMI 13 is Inactive, Driver
Interface Device is configured. Test complete.
Purpose: Verify power and ground supply at the

B 9-Way Driver Interface Device Connector.
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect the 9-Way Driver Interface Device Con-
nector.
3. Inspect the 9-Way Driver Interface Device Connec-
body.
4. Key on.
5. Measure voltage between 9-Way Driver Interface
Connector Pin 1 (TCM supplied 12v) and Pin 2
(TCM supplied ground). Record reading in table.
Note: Refer to OEM wiring diagrams.
2 1
2 1

• If readings are in range, go to Step C.
Driver Interface Device power supply circuits
between the 9-Way Driver Interface Device
Connector and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
1 to 2 11–13 V

Purpose: Verify voltage of the J1939 Data Link at
C the 9-Way Driver Interface Device Connector.
• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
1. Key on. J1939 Data Link. Go to Step V.
Device Connector Pin 7 (J1939 Data Link High) and
9-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin A (ground). Pins Range Reading(s)
7 to A 2.25–2.75 V
8 to A 2.25–2.75 V
A 7
A 7

Device Connector Pin 8 (J1939 Data Link Low) and
9-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin A (ground).
A 8
A 8
Purpose: Verify fault code status.

D
1. Key off.
3. Key on.
5. Retrieve and record the fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 135 is Active, refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement of the Driver
Interface Device.Go to Step V.
makes it likely that the problem is with the:
- Driver Interface Device
- J1939 Data link wiring to the Driver Interface
Device
- Power and ground supply wiring to the
Driver Interface Device from the 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
- Refer to OEM for further diagnostic instruc-
tions.

Purpose: Verify power and ground supply at the
E 9-Way Driver Interface Device Connector.
1. Key off. Driver Interface Device power supply circuits
2. Disconnect the 9-Way Driver Interface Device Con- between the 9-Way Driver Interface Device
nector. Connector and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
3. Inspect the 9-Way Driver Interface Device Connec-
body.
1 to 2 11–13 V
4. Key on.
Device Connector Pin 1 (TCM supplied 12v) and
Pin 2 (TCM supplied ground). Record reading in
table.
2 1
2 1

Purpose: Verify continuity of the secondary shift
F mode request circuit and not shorted to ground.
guidelines for repair or replacement of the sec-
1. Key off. ondary shift mode request circuit between the
2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec- 9-Way Driver Interface Device Connector and
tor. the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector.
Go to Step V.
body.
4 to 9 0.0 –0.3 Ohms
4. Measure resistance between the 9-Way Driver
Interface Device Connector Pin 4 and 20-Way TCM 4 to Ground Open Circuit
Vehicle Harness Connector Pin 9. Record reading (OL)
in table.
9
4
9 4

Interface Device Connector Pin 4 and Ground.
Purpose: Verify fault code status. Purpose: Verify repair.

G V
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
components are properly installed. nents are properly installed.
3. Key on. 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Retrieve and record the fault codes, FMIs, occur- 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
rences and timestamps.
lines for repair or replacement of the Driver
Interface Device. Go to Step V.
found. The intermittent nature of the fault • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
makes it likely that the problem is with the: properly, test complete.
- Driver Interface Device • If Fault Code 135 sets Active during test drive,
- Secondary shift mode request circuit go to Step A.
between the Driver Interface Device and
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. • If a fault code other than 135 sets Active, trou-
- J1939 Data link wiring to the Driver Interface
Device
tions.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 137: Source Address of Controlling Device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7
Fault Code 137: Source Address of Controlling Device for TSC1 Control
Purpose P7
J1939: SA 3 SPN 11756 FMI 9, 13

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a Source FMI 9, 13 Source Address of Controlling Device for TSC1
Address message from the Automated Driving System Control Purpose P7 messages received and valid for 10
(ADS) controlling device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7 over seconds.
the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This information is used to
determine transmission operation. Possible Causes
FMI 9, 13:
Detection
The TCM monitors Source Address of Controlling Device • Vehicle Components
for TSC1 Control Purpose P7 messages. If messages are - Source Address of Controlling Device for TSC1
not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active. Control Purpose P7 message not enabled
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Source Address message • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
not received for 5 seconds. - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
cuit
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Source Address messages not
available for 5 seconds. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Fallback tem.
FMI 9, 13:

Additional Tools
• None
• ADS torque control prohibited

A V
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
to Step V.
cle Source Address of Controlling Device for 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
TSC1 Control Purpose P7 message (SPN or duplicate the previous complaint.
11756). Go to Step V.
Controlling Device for TSC1 Control Purpose
P7 message (SPN 11756). Go to Step V. • If Fault Code 137 sets Active during operation,
go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 137 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to
Step V. • If a fault code other than 137 sets Active, trou-
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 140: EBS Brake Switch
Fault Code 140: EBS Brake Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 1121 FMI 13, 19
Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi-
cle’s Electronic Braking System (EBS) Brake Switch mes-
sage from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the
Primary Data Link (J1939A). This information is used to
determine vehicle state.
Detection
The TCM monitors EBS Brake Switch messages. If mes-
sages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active.

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: EBS Brake Switch messages
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: EBS Brake

Switch messages invalid for 10 seconds.
Fallback
FMI 13, 19: .


FMI 13, 19: EBS Brake Switch messages received and valid
for 10 seconds.
Possible Causes
FMI 13, 19:
• Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)

- Vehicle EBS Brake Switch J1939 message not
enabled
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
cuit
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Additional Tools
• None

A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle EBS Brake Switch
V..
go to Step B.
Purpose: Monitor vehicle EBS Brake Switch signal

B message.
1. Key on with engine running.
V
2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
1. Key off.
3. Key off.
4. Key on with engine off. nents are properly installed.
5. Connect ServiceRanger. 3. Key on with engine off.
6. Go To “Data Monitor”. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
7. Select “Status”. 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
8. Select “EBS brake switch”. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
9. Select all of the “- 1121” SPN sources. 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
10. Monitor 1121 - EBS brake switch value. Record
reading in table. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
11. Depress and hold service brake.
12. Release vehicle parking brake.
13. Monitor 1121 - EBS brake switch value. Record bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
reading in table. Index on page 13.
14. Set vehicle parking brake.
guidelines for repair of the vehicle EBS Brake
Switch signal message (SPN 1121). Go to
Step V.
likely that the problem is in the vehicle EBS
Brake Switch signal message (SPN 1121).
Contact OEM for further diagnostic instruc-
EBS Brake Parameter Range Reading(s)

State
Set 1121-EBS Set

brake switch
Released 1121-EBS Not set

brake switch
Fault Code 141: XBR Brake Hold Mode | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 141: XBR Brake Hold Mode

J1939: SA 3 SPN 15264 FMI 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 19: XBR Brake Hold Mode messages received and
cle’s eXternal Brake Request (XBR) Brake Hold Mode mes- valid for 10 seconds.
sage from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the
Primary Data Link (J1939A). This information is used to Possible Causes
determine transmission operation. FMI 13, 19:

The TCM monitors XBR Brake Hold Mode messages. If - Vehicle XBR Brake Hold Mode J1939 message
messages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set not enabled
Active. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: XBR Brake Hold Mode mes- - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
sage not available for 5 seconds. cuit
FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: XBR Brake Hold - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Mode messages invalid for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed sys-
tem.
Fallback

A
to Step V.
B.
V.
cle XBR Brake Hold Mode message (SPN
15264). Go to Step V.

reading in table.
Purpose: Verify External Braking Integration con- Purpose: Verify Repair.

B figuration with ServiceRanger and availability of ve- V
hicle XBR Brake Hold Mode message.
1. Key off.
2. Connect ServiceRanger. nents are properly installed.
3. Go To “Configuration”. 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Select “Vehicle”. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Record "External Braking Integration" Current 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
Value.
6. Refer to OEM and verify availability of the vehicle
XBR Brake Hold Mode message (SPN 15264) from 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
an OEM ECU. or duplicate the previous complaint.
• If message is available, refer to OEM and 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
enable vehicle XBR Brake Hold Mode message • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
(SPN 15264). Go to Step V. properly, test complete.
• If message is not available and "External • If Fault Code 141 sets Active during operation,
Braking Integration" Current Value in go to Step A.
ServiceRanger indicates “Supported”, select
“Not Supported” and follow on-screen • If a fault code other than 141 sets Active, trou-
prompts. Go to Step V. bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 145: Secondary Shift Device (PWM) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 145: Secondary Shift Device (PWM)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 752 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 12, 13, 14
Overview Fallback
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a primary FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 8
shift mode request messages from the OEM Driver Inter-
face Device over the Primary Data Link. The TCM also • Amber warning lamp on
receives a secondary shift mode request signal from the • No degraded performance
OEM Driver Interface Device over a separate circuit. The • If engine off and fault codes 135 and 145 are active:
secondary shift mode request allows a driver to engage the
transmission into gear in the event the primary shift mode - Engine cranking prohibited
request message is not available. The primary and second- • If engine running and fault codes 135 and 145 are
ary shift mode requests are contained within the 20-Way active:
TCM Vehicle Harness. - Transmission stays in current gear
Note: Freightliner chassis (OEM Supplied Driver Interface - PTO mode prohibited
Device) does not have a secondary shift device and must be • If vehicle is moving and fault codes 135 and 145
configured (ACN 19) to J1939 CAN Device (w/o secondary). are active:
Detection - Red stop lamp on
The TCM monitors the Secondary shift mode request sig- FMI 12:
nal. If an invalid signal is received, the TCM sets the fault
code active. • Amber warning lamp on
• Transmission stays in current gear
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • PTO mode prohibited
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Secondary shift mode request signal
invalid for 5 seconds. • If vehicle is moving
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Second-
ary shift mode request signal greater than 5.25 volts for 5 FMI 13:
seconds. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Secondary • Engine cranking prohibited
shift mode request circuit shorted to ground for 5 seconds. FMI 14:
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Secondary • Non neutral modes prohibited
shift mode request signal less than 4.75 volts for 5 sec-
onds. • PTO mode prohibited
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Secondary shift mode Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
request signal frequency out of range for 5 seconds. FMI 2: Secondary shift mode request signal valid for 10
seconds.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Inappropriate acceptance
of non-neutral mode without service brake depressed. FMI 3, 4, 5: Secondary shift mode request signal open or
short circuit condition not detected for 10 seconds.
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Driver Interface Device not
configured. FMI 8: Secondary shift mode request signal frequency in
range for 10 seconds.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Gear engagement delayed
after mode change (Service). FMI 12, 14: Key cycle.
FMI 13: Driver interface device configured.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 145: Secondary Shift Device (PWM)
Possible Causes
FMI 2, 3, 5, 8:
• Vehicle Harness
- Wires shorted to power, shorted to ground, or
open
• OEM Driver Interface Device
- Freightliner Chassis Driver Interface Device
Incorrectly Configured
- Internal Failure
• TCM
- Internal Failure
FMI 4:
• Fluid Pressure Sensor and/or Vehicle Harness

- Power supply shorted to ground (low)
• Vehicle Harness
- Wires shorted to power, shorted to ground, or
open
• OEM Driver Interface Device
- Internal Failure
• TCM
- Internal Failure
FMI 12, 14:
• TCM
- Software Issue
- Internal Issue
FMI 13:
• TCM
- Driver Interface Device not configured
Fault Code 145: Secondary Shift Device (PWM) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
3
4

TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 145: Secondary Shift Device (PWM)
9 4
8 2
17 1
11 7
12 8
4A
11 12 17 9 8
A
2 + B
11 J1939 A High F
12 J1939 A Low G
- OR - 4B
A
+ B
11 J1939 A High C
12 J1939 A Low D

4. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector - OEM Specific CD (in cab)
5. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector - OEM Specific FG (in cab)


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to lo-
A B cate intermittent failures.
prompts.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes.Go Note: Solid “PD” may appear in display when PD
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 4 and Fault Code 210 Note: TCM will not enter PD Test mode when there
FMI 4 are both set Active or Inactive, trouble- are Active fault code.
shoot per Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil
Pressure (Fluid Pressure Sensor) on page 266.
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 is Inactive,
go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 5 is Active in a Freight-
liner Chassis ACN 19 (Driver Interface Device) 5. Wiggle the vehicle harness and connections
must be configured to J1939 CAN Device (w/o between the charging/battery system and 20-Way
secondary). Test complete. TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Look for signs of
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 5 is Active in an OEM rubbing or chafing on the wires. Refer to OEM wir-
other than Freightliner, go to Step C.. ing diagrams.
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 2, 3, 4, 8 is Active, go to 6. To end the test, press the stop button.
Step C. • If fault codes set Active while wiggling the
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 13 is Active, configure vehicle harness, refer to OEM guidelines for
Driver Interface Device using ServiceRanger. repair or replacement of the vehicle harness
Test complete. and/or the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
nector. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 13 is Inactive, Driver
Interface Device is configured. Test complete. • If no fault codes become Active, go to Step C.

go to Step F.
Purpose: Verify power and ground supply at the Purpose: Verify continuity of the secondary shift
C 9-Way Driver Interface Device Connector. D mode request circuit and not shorted to ground.

2. Disconnect the 9-Way Driver Interface Device Con- 2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
nector. tor.
3. Inspect the 9-Way Driver Interface Device Connec- 3. Inspect the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
tor, verify the connector is free from contamination tor, verify the connector is free from contamination
and corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or and corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or
loose; and there is no damage to the connector loose; and there is no damage to the connector
body. body.
4. Key on. 4. Measure resistance between the 9-Way Driver
Interface Device Connector Pin 4 and 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Harness Connector Pin 9. Record reading
Connector Pin 1 (TCM supplied 12v) and Pin 2
in table.
(TCM supplied ground). Record reading in table.
2 1 9
4
2 1
9 4

• If readings are in range, go to Step D. Interface Device Connector Pin 4 and Ground.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM Record reading in table.
Driver Interface Device power supply circuits
between the 9-Way Driver Interface Device 4
Connector and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
1 to 2 11–13 V 4

Purpose: Verify fault code status.
E
guidelines for repair or replacement of the sec-
ondary shift mode request circuit between the 1. Key off.
9-Way Driver Interface Device Connector and 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. nents are properly installed.
Go to Step V.
3. Key on.
4 to 9 0.0 –0.3 Ohms
4 to Ground Open Circuit lines for repair or replacement of the Driver
(OL) Interface Device. Go to Step V.
makes it likely that the problem is with the:
- Driver Interface Device
- Secondary shift mode request circuit
between the Driver Interface Device and
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
tions.
Purpose: Verify TCM Software. Purpose: Verify repair.

F V
2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
5. Go to “Programming”.
6. Under “Software Information”, record TCM soft-
ware in table. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If TCM software is less than 5516036, update 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
TCM software to latest available version. Go to or duplicate the previous complaint.
Step V.
• If TCM software is 5516036 or greater, contact
Technologies at 800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. • If Fault Code 145 sets Active during test drive,
go to Step A.
Fault Code 148: Performance Goal Calibrations | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960
Fault Code 148: Performance Goal Calibrations

J1939: SA 3 SPN 630 FMI 13, 14, 31

The Endurant HD transmission incorporates enhanced con- FMI 13, 14, 31: Key cycle and fault condition no longer
trols that allow the driver to select a different transmission exists.
performance mode to suit vehicle operating conditions.
Possible Causes
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) can be configured FMI 13, 14, 31:
with two selectable performance modes, a Primary and a
Secondary, each providing different launch characteristics • TCM
and shift strategies for improved performance in specific - Software issue
driving conditions, on and off highway.
- Internal failure
Detection
The TCM monitors the Primary and Secondary performance Additional Tools
mode configuration. If the configuration is invalid, the fault • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
is set Active.

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: TCM invalid calibration.
FMI 14 - Special Instructions: TCM invalid calibration.
FMI 31 - Condition Exists: TCM invalid calibration.
Fallback
FMI 13, 14, 31:

• High start gears prohibited

A V
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 148 FMI 13, 14, 31 is Active, con-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 150: ASR Engine Control Active | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 150: ASR Engine Control Active

J1939: SA 3 SPN 561 FMI 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 19: ASR Engine Control Active message.
cle’s Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) Engine Control Active mes-
sage over the Primary Data Link. This information is used to Possible Causes

The TCM monitors the ASR Engine Control Active message. - Module(s)
If a failure is detected the fault is set Active. - ASR Engine Control Active message
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Primary Data Link
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: ASR Engine Control Active
message not available for 5 seconds. Additional Tools
• None
FMI 19: ASR Engine Control Active message invalid for 5
seconds.
Fallback
FMI 13, 19:

• Engine commanded features prohibited

A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle ASR Engine Control
Active SPN 561. Go to Step V.
V..
refer to OEM guidelines regarding ASR Engine
Control Active message repair or replacement.
Go to Step V.

reading in table.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 151: ASR Brake Control Active | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 151: ASR Brake Control Active

J1939: SA 3 SPN 562 FMI 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 19: ASR Brake Control Active message.
cle’s Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) Brake Control Active mes-
sage over the Primary Data Link. This information is used to Possible Causes

The TCM monitors the ASR Brake Control Active message. - Module(s)
If a failure is detected the fault is set Active. - ASR Brake Control Active message
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: ASR Brake Control Active mes-
sage not available for 5 seconds. Additional Tools
• None
FMI 19: ASR Brake Control Active message invalid for 5
seconds.
Fallback
FMI 13, 19:


A
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes.Go
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle ASR Brake Control
Active SPN 562. Go to Step V.
V.
refer to OEM guidelines regarding ASR Brake
Control Active message repair or replacement.
Go to Step V.

reading in table.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 152: ABS Active | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 152: ABS Active

J1939: SA 3 SPN 563 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: ABS Active message.
cle’s Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Active message over
the Primary Data Link. This information is used to deter- Possible Causes
mine transmission operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:

The TCM monitors the ABS Active message. If a failure is - Module(s)
detected the fault is set Active. - ABS Active
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: ABS Active message not
received for 5 seconds. Additional Tools
• None
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: ABS Active message not avail-
able for 5 seconds.
FMI 19: ABS Active message invalid for 5 seconds.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:


A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle ABS Active SPN 563.
Go to Step V.
V.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines regarding ABS
Active message repair or replacement. Go to
Step V.

reading in table.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 153: ASR Hill Holder Switch | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 153: ASR Hill Holder Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 577 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: ASR Hill Holder Switch message.
cle’s Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) Hill Holder Switch message
over the Primary Data Link. This information is used to Possible Causes
determine transmission operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:

The TCM monitors the ASR Hill Holder Switch message. If a - Module(s)
failure is detected the fault is set Active. - ASR Hill Holder Switch
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: ASR Hill Holder Switch
message not received for 5 seconds. Additional Tools
• None
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: ASR Hill Holder Switch mes-
sage not available for 5 seconds.
FMI 19: ASR Hill Holder Switch message invalid for 5 sec-
onds.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:


A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle ASR Hill Holder
Switch SPN 2912. Go to Step V.
V.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines regarding ASR
Hill Holder Switch repair or replacement. Go to
Step V.

reading in table.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 154: Hill Holder Mode | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 154: Hill Holder Mode

J1939: SA 3 SPN 2912 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Hill Holder Mode message.
cle’s Hill Holder Mode message over the Primary Data Link.
This information is used to determine transmission opera- Possible Causes
tion. FMI 9, 13, 19:

The TCM monitors the Hill Holder Mode message. If a fail- - Module(s)
ure is detected the fault is set Active. - Hill Holder Mode
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Hill Holder Mode message
not received for 5 seconds. Additional Tools
• None
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Hill Holder Mode message not
available for 5 seconds.
FMI 19: Hill Holder Mode message invalid for 5 seconds.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:


A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Hill Holder Mode SPN
2912. Go to Step V.
V.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines regarding Hill
Holder Mode repair or replacement. Go to Step
V.

reading in table.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 155: Park Brake Switch | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 155: Park Brake Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 70 FMI 9, 13, 19
Overview
cle’s Park Brake Switch message over the Primary Data
Link. This information is used by the Transmission Control
Module (TCM) to determine the vehicle state.
Detection
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) monitors the Park
Brake Switch signal. If the message is not received or
invalid, the fault is set active.

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Park Brake Switch mes-
sage not received for 10 seconds.
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Park Brake Switch message

not available.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Park Brake

Switch message invalid for 1 second.
Fallback
All FMIs: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Brake system fallback modes may vary.


All FMIs: Valid Park Brake Switch message received for 10
seconds.
Possible Causes
All FMIs:
• Vehicle Components
- Park Brake Switch and/or Wiring
- Module(s)
- J1939 Data Link

A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Parking Brake Switch
SPN 70. Go to Step V.
V..
tive, go to Step B.
Purpose: Monitor vehicle Parking Brake Switch

B signal message.
V
1. Key off.
3. Key off.
8. Select “Parking brake switch status”. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
10. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status value.
Record reading in table. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
13. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status value. bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Record reading in table. Index on page 13.
Park Brake Switch signal message. Go to Step
V.
likely that the problem is in the Park Brake
Switch signal message. Contact OEM for fur-
Parking Parameter Range Reading(s)

Brake State
Set 70-Parking Set

brake switch
status
Released 70-Parking Not set

brake switch
status
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 156: Brake Pedal Position
Fault Code 156: Brake Pedal Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 521 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Brake Pedal Position message.
cle’s Brake Pedal Position message over the Primary Data
Link. This information is used to determine transmission Possible Causes
operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:

The TCM monitors the Brake Pedal Position message. If a - Module(s)
failure is detected the fault is set Active. - Brake Pedal Position
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Brake Pedal Position mes-
sage not received for 5 seconds. Additional Tools
• None
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Brake Pedal Position message
FMI 19: Brake Pedal Position message invalid for 5 sec-

onds.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:


A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Brake Pedal Position
V.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines regarding Brake
Pedal Position repair or replacement. Go to
Step V.

reading in table.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 157: XBR System State
Fault Code 157: XBR System State

J1939: SA 3 SPN 2917 FMI 13

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13: External Braking Integration configuration is prop-
cle’s eXternal Brake Request (XBR) System State message erly configured in the TCM.
over the Primary Data Link. This information is used to
FMI 13:
Detection
The TCM monitors the XBR System State message. If a fail- • External Braking Integration is not configured in the
ure is detected the fault is set Active. TCM to support the XBR System State message.

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: XBR System State message is • None
available but TCM is not configured to support External
Braking Integration.
Fallback
FMI 13:

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode Prohibited

A
to Step V.
B.
• If Fault Code 157 FMI 13 is Inactive, External
Braking Integration configuration is properly
configured. Go to Step V.

reading in table.
Purpose: Verify External Braking Integration con-

B figuration with ServiceRanger.
1. Key on.
3. Go To “Configurations”.
5. Record External Braking Integration Current Value.
• If External Braking Integration Current Value
indicates “Not Supported”, select appropriate
"Supported” option and follow on-screen
prompts. Go to Step V.
Note: Contact OEM for vehicle External Brak-
ing Integration system "Supported" option.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 158: XBR Active Control Mode
Fault Code 158: XBR Active Control Mode

J1939: SA 3 SPN 2918 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: XBR Active Control Mode message valid for
cle’s eXternal Brake Request (XBR) Active Control Mode 10 seconds.
message over the Primary Data Link. This information is
used to determine transmission operation. Possible Causes
FMI 9, 13, 19:
Detection
The TCM monitors the XBR Active Control Mode message. • Vehicle Components
If a failure is detected the fault is set Active. - Module(s)
- Primary Data Link
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: XBR Active Control Mode Additional Tools
message not received for 5 seconds.
• None
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: XBR Active Control Mode mes-
FMI 19: XBR Active Control Mode message invalid for 5

seconds.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode Prohibited

A
to Step V.
B.
• If Fault Code 158 FMI 13 is Inactive, the XBR
Active Control Mode message is available. Go
to Step V.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines regarding XBR
Active Control Mode message repair or
replacement. Go to Step V.

reading in table.
Purpose: Verify External Braking Integration con- Purpose: Verify Repair.

B figuration with ServiceRanger and availability of ve- V
hicle XBR Active Control Mode message.
1. Key off.
1. Key on.
2. Connect ServiceRanger. nents are properly installed.
3. Go To “Configurations”. 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Select “Vehicle”. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Record External Braking Integration Current Value. 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
6. Refer to OEM and verify availability of the vehicle 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
XBR Active Control Mode SPN 2918 message.
• If the vehicle XBR Active Control Mode SPN or duplicate the previous complaint.
2918 message is available, refer to OEM and
enable vehicle XBR Active Control Mode SPN 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
2918 message. Go to Step V. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
• If the vehicle XBR Active Control Mode SPN properly, test complete.
2918 message is not available and the External • If Fault Code 158 sets Active during operation,
Braking Integration Current Value in Ser- go to Step A.
viceRanger indicates “Supported”, select “Not
Supported” and follow on-screen prompts. Go • If a fault code other than 158 sets Active, trou-
to Step V. bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 159: Service Brake Circuit 2
Fault Code 159: Service Brake Circuit 2

J1939: SA 3 SPN 1088 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Service Brake Circuit 2 message.
cle’s Service Brake Circuit 2 message over the Primary Data

The TCM monitors the Service Brake Circuit 2 message. If a - Module(s)
failure is detected the fault is set Active. - Service Brake Circuit 2
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Service Brake Circuit 2
• None
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Service Brake Circuit 2 mes-
FMI 19: Service Brake Circuit 2 message invalid for 10 sec-

onds.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• No degraded mode

A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Service Brake Circuit 2
V.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines regarding Service
Brake Circuit 2 repair or replacement. Go to
Step V.

reading in table.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 160: Service Brake Switch
Fault Code 160: Service Brake Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 597 FMI 9, 13, 14, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- All FMIs:
cle’s Service Brake Switch signal message over the Primary
Data Link. This information is used to determine transmis- • Vehicle Components
sion operation. - Module(s)
- Service Brake Switch
Detection
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) monitors the - J1939 Data link
Service Brake Switch signal. If the message is not received Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
or invalid, the fault is set active.
Additional Tools
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active None
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Service Brake Pedal Switch
signal not received for 5 seconds.
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Service Brake Switch mes-

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Service Brake Switch signal

not received after a launch for 1 second.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Service Brake

Switch message invalid for 5 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:

• Transmission may not allow a shift out of neutral
Note: Refer to OEM regarding vehicle fallback modes.

FMI 9, 13, 14, 19: Service Brake Switch signal received

A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Brake Switch SPN
597. Go to Step V.
V.
• If Fault Code 160 FMI 9, 14 or 19 is Active or
Purpose: Monitor Service Brake Switch signal

B message.
V
1. Key off.
3. Key off.
8. Select “Brake switch”. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
10. Monitor 597 - Brake switch value. Record reading
in table. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
12. Monitor 597 - Brake switch value. Record reading go to Step A.
in table.
13. Compare reading(s) in table. bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM Index on page 13.
guidelines for repair or replacement of the Ser-
vice Brake Switch signal message. Go to Step
V.
likely that the problem is in the Service Brake
Switch signal message. Contact OEM for fur-
Service Parameter Range Reading(s)

Brake State
Released 597 - Brake Released

Switch
Depressed 597 - Brake Depressed

Switch
Fault Code 161: Brake Application Pressure | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 161: Brake Application Pressure

J1939: SA 3 SPN 116 FMI 9, 13, 14, 19

cle’s Brake Application Pressure signal message over the
Primary Data Link. This information is used to determine • Vehicle Components
transmission operation. - Module(s)
- Brake Application Pressure
Detection
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) monitors the - J1939 Data link
Brake Application Pressure signal. If the message is not Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
received or invalid, the fault is set active.
Additional Tools
• None
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Brake Application Pressure
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Brake Application Pressure

message not available for 5 seconds.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Brake Application Pressure

signal not received after a launch for 1 second.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Brake Applica-

tion Pressure message invalid for 5 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:

• Transmission may not allow a shift out of neutral
Note: Refer to OEM regarding vehicle fallback modes.

FMI 9, 13, 14, 19: Brake Application Pressure signal

A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Brake Application
Pressure SPN 116. Go to Step V.
V.
• If Fault Code 161 FMI 9, 14 or 19 is Active or
Purpose: Monitor Brake Application Pressure

B signal message.
V
1. Key off.
3. Key off.
7. Select “Pressure”. 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
8. Select “Brake application pressure”. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
10. Monitor 116 - Brake application pressure value.
Record reading in table. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
12. Monitor 116 - Brake application pressure value. go to Step A.
Brake application pressure signal message. Go
to Step V.
likely that the problem is in the Brake applica-
tion pressure signal message. Contact OEM
for further diagnostic instructions. Go to Step
V.

Brake State
Released 116 - Brake 0 PSI

Application
Pressure
Depressed 116 - Brake Greater

Application Than 0 PSI
Pressure
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 162: Brake Secondary Pressure
Fault Code 162: Brake Secondary Pressure

J1939: SA 3 SPN 118 FMI 9, 13, 18, 19

cle’s Brake Secondary Pressure signal message over the
Primary Data Link. The Brake Secondary Pressure signal is • Vehicle Components
used as a secondary vehicle air pressure input by the TCM - Module(s)
to ensure air pressure is adequate for transmission opera- - Brake Secondary Pressure Sensor
tion.
- Primary Data Link
Note: The vehicle air supply comes from a dedicated trans- FMI 18:
mission air tank. The primary and secondary air gauges in
the cab of the vehicle may not reflect the pressure of the • Vehicle Components
transmission air supply line. The transmission air tank is - Air system
often isolated from the rest of the vehicle air system with a
Pressure Protection Valve and/or Check Valve. Additional Tools
Detection • None
The TCM monitors the Brake Secondary Pressure signal. If
the message is not received or invalid, the fault is set active.

FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Brake Secondary Pressure
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Brake Secondary Pressure

FMI 18 - Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately

Severe): Brake Secondary Pressure and Transmission Air
Supply Pressure reported greater than 90 psi (6.2 bar) and
then fell below 80 psi (5.5 bar) with the vehicle stationary
and the transmission in neutral.
FMI 19: Brake Secondary Pressure message invalid for 10

seconds.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

FMI 18:
• Non-neutral modes prohibited


FMI 9, 13, 19: Brake Secondary Pressure signal received
FMI 18: Brake Secondary Pressure above 90 psi.

A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Brake Secondary
Pressure SPN 118. Go to Step V.
V.
tive, go to Step B.
go to Step C.

Purpose: Monitor Brake Secondary Pressure,
1. Key on with engine running. C Transmission Air Supply Pressure and vehicle air
pressure.
3. Key off. 1. Key on with engine running.
4. Key on with engine off. 2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
5. Connect ServiceRanger. 3. Key off.
6. Go To “Data Monitor”. 4. Key on with engine off.
7. Select “Pressure”. 5. Connect ServiceRanger.
8. Select “Brake secondary pressure”. 6. Go To “Data Monitor”.
9. Select all of the “- 118” SPN sources. 7. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select
“Transmission Pressure”.
8. Monitor 520524 - Line Pressure Feedback value.
10. Monitor 118 - Brake secondary pressure value. Record reading in table.
9. Select “Pressure”.
11. Monitor vehicle in-dash air pressure gauge. Record
reading in table. 10. Select “Brake secondary pressure”.
12. Compare reading(s) in table. 11. Select all of the “- 118" SPN sources.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
guidelines for repair or replacement of the 12. Monitor 118 - Brake secondary pressure value.
vehicle air system or Brake Secondary Pres- Record reading in table.
sure signal. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, no fault was found. reading in table.
likely that the problem is in the vehicle air sys-
tem or Brake Secondary Pressure signal mes-
sage. Contact OEM for further diagnostic

Source
118 - Brake sec- Within 0-20 psi of

ondary pressure Vehicle air pressure
Vehicle in-dash 100-135 psi

secondary air
pressure gauge

guidelines for repair or replacement of the V
vehicle air system. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, no fault was found. 1. Key off.
The intermittent nature of the fault makes it 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
likely that the problem is in the vehicle air sys- nents are properly installed.
tem. Contact OEM for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V. 3. Key on with engine off.
Source 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
520524 - Line Within 0–20 psi of or duplicate the previous complaint.
Pressure Vehicle air pressure
Feedback 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
118 - Brake sec- Within 0–20 psi of properly, test complete.
ondary pressure Vehicle air pressure
go to Step A.
Vehicle in-dash 100–135 psi
secondary air • If a fault code other than 162 sets Active, trou-
pressure gauge bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 163: Demanded Brake Application Pressure
Fault Code 163: Demanded Brake Application Pressure

J1939: SA 3 SPN 8484 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Demanded Brake Application Pressure sig-
cle’s Demanded Brake Application Pressure signal message nal received and valid for 10 seconds.
over the Primary Data Link. This information is used to
FMI 9, 13, 19:
Detection
The TCM monitors the Demanded Brake Application Pres- • Vehicle Components
sure signal message. If a failure is detected the fault is set - Module(s)
Active. - Demanded Brake Application Pressure Sensor
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Demanded Brake Applica-
tion Pressure signal not received for 10 seconds. Additional Tools
• None
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Demanded Brake Application
Pressure message not available for 5 seconds.
FMI 19: Demanded Brake Application Pressure message

invalid for 5 seconds.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:


A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Demanded Brake
Application Pressure SPN 8484. Go to Step V.
V.
tive, go to Step B.
Purpose: Monitor Demanded Brake Application

B Pressure signal message.
V
1. Key off.
3. Key off.
7. Select “Pressure”. 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
8. Select “Demanded brake application pressure”. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
10. Monitor 8484 - Demanded brake application pres-
sure value. Record reading in table. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
12. Monitor 8484 - Demanded brake application pres- go to Step A.
sure value. Record reading in table.
Demanded brake application pressure signal
message. Go to Step V.
likely that the problem is in the Demanded
brake application pressure signal message.

Brake State
Released 8484 - Demanded 0 PSI

Brake Application
Pressure
Depressed 8484 - Demanded Greater

Brake Application Than
Pressure 0 PSI
Fault Code 164: Service Brake Switch 2 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 164: Service Brake Switch 2

J1939: SA 3 SPN 603 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Service Brake Switch 2 message.
cle’s Service Brake Switch 2 message over the Primary Data

The TCM monitors the Service Brake Switch 2 message. If a - Module(s)
failure is detected the fault is set Active. - Service Brake Switch 2
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Service Brake Switch 2
• None
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Service Brake Switch 2 mes-
FMI 19: Service Brake Switch 2 message invalid for 5 sec-

onds.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:


A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Service Brake Switch
2 SPN 603. Go to Step V.
V.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines regarding Service
Brake Switch 2 repair or replacement. Go to
Step V.

reading in table.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 165: Primary Accelerator Pedal Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 165: Primary Accelerator Pedal Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 91 FMI 9, 13, 19

cle's Primary Accelerator Pedal Position message over the
Primary Data Link. The Primary Accelerator Pedal Position • Vehicle components
provides the TCM with the driver's demand to launch and - Module(s)
accelerate the vehicle. The TCM also receives a Secondary - Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor and/or wiring
Accelerator Pedal Position message over the Secondary
Data Link. The Secondary Accelerator Pedal Position mes- - J1939 Data Link
sage allows the vehicle to operate in a degraded mode in
the event the Primary Accelerator Pedal Position message Additional Tools
is not available. • None
Detection
The TCM monitors the Primary Accelerator Pedal Position
message. If an invalid message is received, the TCM sets
the fault code active.

FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Primary Accelerator Pedal
Position message not received for 5 seconds.
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Primary Accelerator Pedal

Position message not available for 5 seconds.
FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: Primary Acceler-

ator Pedal Position message invalid for 5 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:

• Lowest available start gear only
• If the vehicle is moving and the transmission is in a
gear higher than the lowest available start gear:
- Red stop lamp on
- Upshifts prohibited

All FMIs: Primary Accelerator Pedal Position signal

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes.
A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Primary Accelerator
Pedal Position SPN 91. Go to Step V.
V.
Purpose: Monitor Primary Accelerator Pedal Purpose: Verify repair.

B Position signal message. V
2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
4. Select “Position”.
5. Select “Percent accelerator pedal position”.
6. Select all of the “-91” SPN sources.
7. Monitor Percent accelerator pedal position and or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Depress and hold the accelerator pedal.
9. Monitor Percent accelerator pedal position and properly, test complete.
10. Compare reading(s) in table. go to Step A.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM • If a fault code other than 165 sets Active, trou-
guidelines for repair or replacement of the Pri- bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
mary Accelerator Pedal Position signal mes- Index on page 13
sage. Go to Step V.
likely that the problem is in the Primary Accel-
erator Pedal Position signal message. Contact
OEM for further diagnostic instructions. Go to
Step V.
Accelerator Parameter Range Reading(s)

Pedal State
Released 91 - Percent accel- 0%

erator pedal
position
Depressed 91 - Percent accel- Greater

erator pedal than 0%
position
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 166: Secondary Accelerator Pedal Position
Fault Code 166: Secondary Accelerator Pedal Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 29 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- All FMIs: Secondary Accelerator Pedal Position signal
cle's Secondary Accelerator Pedal Position message over received and valid for 10 seconds.
the Secondary Data Link. The Primary Accelerator Pedal
Position provides the TCM with the driver's demand to Possible Causes
launch and accelerate the vehicle. The TCM also receives a All FMIs:
Secondary Accelerator Pedal Position message over the
Secondary Data Link. The Secondary Accelerator Pedal • Vehicle components
Position message allows the vehicle to operate in a - Module(s)
degraded mode in the event the Primary Accelerator Pedal - Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor and/or wiring
Position message is not available. The Secondary Accelera-
tor Pedal Position message is contained within the 20-Way - J1939 Data Link
TCM Body Harness Connector.
Additional Tools
Detection • None
The TCM monitors the Secondary Accelerator Pedal Posi-
tion message. If an invalid message is received, the TCM
sets the fault code active.

FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Secondary Accelerator
Pedal Position message not received for 5 seconds.
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Secondary Accelerator Pedal

Position message not available for 5 seconds.
FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: Secondary

Accelerator Pedal Position message invalid for 5 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:

• If Fault Code 135, 165, 166 and 177 are Active and
the transmission is in neutral:
- PTO mode prohibited
• If Fault Code 135, 165, 166 and 177 are Active, the
vehicle is moving and the transmission is in a gear
higher than the lowest available start gear:
- Red stop lamp on
coast to a stop
start gear

A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Secondary Accelerator
Pedal Position SPN 29. Go to Step V.
V.
tive, go to Step B.
Purpose: Monitor Secondary Accelerator Pedal Po- Purpose: Verify repair.

B sition signal message. V
4. Select “Position”.
5. Select “Percent accelerator pedal position 2”.
7. Monitor Percent accelerator pedal position 2 and or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Depress and hold the accelerator pedal.
9. Monitor Percent accelerator pedal position 2 and properly, test complete.
10. Compare reading(s) in table. go to Step A.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM • If a fault code other than 165 sets Active, trou-
guidelines for repair or replacement of the bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Secondary Accelerator Pedal Position signal Index on page 13
message. Go to Step V.
likely that the problem is in the Secondary
Accelerator Pedal Position signal message.
Accelerator Parameter Range Reading(s)

Pedal State
Released 29 - Percent 0%
accelerator pedal
position 2
Depressed 29 - Percent Greater

accelerator pedal than 0%
position 2
Fault Code 167: Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 167: Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 559 FMI 13, 19, 20

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 19, 20: Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch mes-
cle's Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch message over the sage.
Primary Data Link. The Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
provides the TCM with the driver's demand to operate the Possible Causes
vehicle. FMI 13, 19, 20:

The TCM monitors the Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch - Module(s)
message. If an invalid message is received, the TCM sets - Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
the fault code Active.
- J1939 Data Link
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Additional Tools
Switch message not available for 5 seconds. • None
FMI 19: Received Network Data in Error: Accelerator Pedal

Kickdown Switch message invalid for 5 seconds.
FMI 20 - Data Drifted High: Accelerator Pedal Kickdown

Switch message not received for 5 seconds.
Fallback
FMI 13, 19, 20:

• Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch may be inoper-
ative

A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Accelerator Pedal
Kickdown Switch SPN 559. Go to Step V.
V.
Inactive, refer to OEM guidelines regarding
Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch repair or

reading in table.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 168: Brake Primary Pressure | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 168: Brake Primary Pressure

J1939: SA 3 SPN 117 FMI 9, 13, 18, 19

cle’s Brake Primary Pressure signal message over the Pri-
mary Data Link. The Brake Primary Pressure signal is used • Vehicle Components
as a secondary vehicle air pressure input by the TCM to - Module(s)
ensure air pressure is adequate for transmission operation. - Brake Primary Pressure Sensor
Note: The vehicle air supply comes from a dedicated trans- - Primary Data Link
mission air tank. The primary and secondary air gauges in FMI 18:
the cab of the vehicle may not reflect the pressure of the
transmission air supply line. The transmission air tank is • Vehicle Components
often isolated from the rest of the vehicle air system with a - Air system
Pressure Protection Valve and/or Check Valve.
Additional Tools
Detection
The TCM monitors the Brake Primary Pressure signal. If the • None
message is not received or invalid, the fault is set active.

FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Brake Primary Pressure
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Brake Primary Pressure mes-

FMI 18 - Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately

Severe): Brake Primary Pressure and Transmission Air
Supply Pressure reported greater than 90 psi (6.2 bar) and
then fell below 80 psi (5.5 bar) with the vehicle stationary
and the transmission in neutral.
FMI 19: Brake Primary Pressure message invalid for 10

seconds.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

FMI 18:
• Non-neutral modes prohibited


FMI 9, 13, 19: Brake Primary Pressure signal received and
valid for 10 seconds.
FMI 18: Brake Primary Pressure above 90 psi.

A
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Brake Primary Pres-
sure SPN 117. Go to Step V.
V.
tive, go to Step B.
go to Step C.
Purpose: Monitor Brake Primary Pressure and ve-

B hicle air pressure.
Purpose: Monitor Brake Primary Pressure, Trans-
1. Key on with engine running. C mission Air Supply Pressure and vehicle air pres-
sure.
3. Key off. 1. Key on with engine running.
4. Key on with engine off. 2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
5. Connect ServiceRanger. 3. Key off.
6. Go To “Data Monitor”. 4. Key on with engine off.
7. Select “Pressure”. 5. Connect ServiceRanger.
8. Select “Brake primary pressure”. 6. Go To “Data Monitor”.
9. Select all of the “- 117” SPN sources. 7. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select
“Transmission Pressure”.
8. Monitor 520524 - Line Pressure Feedback value.
10. Monitor 117 - Brake primary pressure value. Record reading in table.
9. Select “Pressure”.
reading in table. 10. Select “Brake primary pressure”.
12. Compare reading(s) in table. 11. Select all of the “- 117" SPN sources.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
guidelines for repair or replacement of the 12. Monitor 117 - Brake primary pressure value.
vehicle air system or Brake Primary Pressure Record reading in table.
signal. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, no fault was found. reading in table.
likely that the problem is in the vehicle air sys-
tem or Brake Primary Pressure signal mes-
sage. Contact OEM for further diagnostic

Source
117 - Brake pri- Within 0-20 psi of

mary pressure Vehicle air pressure
Vehicle in-dash 100-135 psi

primary air pres-
sure gauge

guidelines for repair or replacement of the V
• If readings are in range, no fault was found. 1. Key off.
The intermittent nature of the fault makes it 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
likely that the problem is in the vehicle air sys- nents are properly installed.
tem. Contact OEM for further diagnostic
Source 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
520524 - Line Within 0–20 psi of or duplicate the previous complaint.
Pressure Vehicle air pressure
Feedback 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
117 - Brake pri- Within 0–20 psi of properly, test complete.
mary pressure Vehicle air pressure
go to Step A.
Vehicle in-dash 100–135 psi
primary air pres- • If a fault code other than 168 sets Active, trou-
sure gauge bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 170: Front Axle Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 170: Front Axle Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 904 FMI 9, 13, 19
Overview
cle’s Front Axle Speed message over the Primary Data Link.
The transmission can utilize this input in the event Output
Shaft Speed is unavailable.
Detection
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) monitors the
Front Axle Speed message. If message is not received or
invalid, the fault is set active.

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Front Axle Speed message
not received for 10 seconds.
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Front Axle Speed message not

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Front Axle

Speed message invalid for 10 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:

Brake system fallback modes will vary.

All FMIs: Front Axle Speed signal received and valid for 10
seconds.
Possible Causes
All FMIs:
• Front Axle Speed Sensor

- Internal or circuit failure
- Not configured or installed
• Vehicle ECU
- Internal failure

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Monitor Front Axle Speed signal mes-
A B sage.
4. Select “Speed”.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Select “Front axle speed”.
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Front Axle Speed SPN 7. Monitor Front axle speed and record reading in
904. Go to Step V. table.
• If Fault Code 170 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step 8. Compare reading(s) in table.
V.
• If Fault Code 170 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac- guidelines for repair or replacement of the
tive, go to Step B. Front Axle Speed signal message. Go to Step
V.
likely that the problem is in the Front Axle
Speed signal message. Contact OEM for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions.
904 - Front Axle 0 RPM

Speed

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 171: Engine Speed
Fault Code 171: Engine Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 190 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM)) receives the vehi- All FMIs: Engine Speed signal received and valid for 10 sec-
cle’s Engine Speed message over the Primary Data Link and onds.
Engine Speed Sensor #2 message over the Secondary Data
Link. The TCM uses the Engine Speed as the primary engine Possible Causes
speed message during normal transmission operation. If All FMIs:
Engine Speed becomes unavailable, the Engine Speed Sen-
sor #2 message allows the transmission to operate in a Vehicle Components
degraded mode. • Module(s)
Detection • Engine speed sensor
The TCM monitors the Engine Speed message. If the mes- • J1939 Data link
sage is not received or invalid, the TCM sets the fault code
Note: Refer to OEM or engine manufacture for trouble-
active.
shooting a failed system.
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Engine Speed message not
Additional Tools
received for 5 seconds. • None
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Engine Speed message not

FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Engine Speed

messages invalid for 5 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:

- Lowest available start gear only
- Urge to Move and Creep Modes prohibited
Note: Engine fallback modes will vary.

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Engine speed signal message.
A B
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine on at idle.
3. Go to “Data Monitor”.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Select “Engine speed”.
6. Select all of the “- 190” SPN sources.
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Engine speed SPN 7. Monitor vehicle tachometer and record engine idle
190 signal message. Go to Step V. RPM value in table.
• If Fault Code 171 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step 8. Monitor ServiceRanger and record “Engine speed”
V. rpm value in table.
• If Fault Code 171 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac- 9. Compare reading(s) in table.
tive, go to Step B.
Engine speed signal message. Go to Step V.
likely that the problem is in the Engine speed
signal message. Contact OEM for further diag-
nostic instructions. Go to Step V.
Engine Speed Range Reading(s)

Signal Source
Vehicle Idle RPM

Tachometer
190 - Engine Within 150 RPM

Speed of Engine Idle

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 172: Secondary Engine Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 172: Secondary Engine Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 723 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- All FMIs: Secondary Engine Speed signal received and valid
cle’s Engine Speed message over the Primary Data Link and for 10 seconds.
Secondary Engine Speed message over the Secondary Data
Link. The TCM uses the Engine Speed as the primary engine Possible Causes
speed message during normal transmission operation. If All FMIs:
the Engine Speed becomes unavailable, the Secondary
Engine Speed allows the transmission to operate in a • Vehicle Components
degraded mode. - Module(s)
- Engine speed sensor
Detection
The TCM monitors the Secondary Engine Speed message. - J1939 Data link
If the message is not received or invalid, the TCM sets the Note: Refer to OEM or engine manufacture for trouble-
fault code active. shooting a failed system.

FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Secondary Engine Speed
message not received for 5 seconds. • None
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Secondary Engine Speed

FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Secondary

Engine Speed messages invalid for 5 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:

• If Fault Code 115, 165 or 171 is Active:
• If Fault Code 115, 165 or 171 is Active and vehicle
is moving:
- Red stop lamp on
Note: Engine fallback modes will vary.

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Engine speed sensor #2 signal
A B message.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Select “Engine speed sensor #2”.
6. Select all of the SPN “- 723” sources.
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Engine speed sensor 7. Monitor vehicle tachometer and record engine idle
#2 SPN 723 signal message. Go to Step V. RPM value in table.
• If Fault Code 172 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step 8. Monitor ServiceRanger and record “Engine speed
V. sensor #2” RPM value in table.
• If Fault Code 172 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac- 9. Compare reading(s) in table.
tive, go to Step B.
Engine speed sensor #2 signal message. Go to
Step V.
likely that the problem is in the Engine speed
sensor#2 signal message. Contact OEM for

Signal Source
Vehicle Idle RPM

Tachometer
723 - Engine Within 150 RPM

Speed Sensor of Engine Idle
#2

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 174: Engine Default Torque Limit
Fault Code 174: Engine Default Torque Limit

J1939: SA 3 SPN 1846 FMI 12, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends and FMI 12: EDTL and TTL messages match for 10 seconds.
receives the Engine Default Torque Limit (EDTL) message
from the Engine Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Pri- FMI 13, 19: EDTL message available and valid for 10 sec-
mary Data Link. This message is used by the TCM to con- onds.
firm the Engine ECU is receiving and responding to the
requested torque limit. Possible Causes
All FMIs:
The TCM monitors the EDTL message. If the message is not
received or invalid, the TCM sets the fault code active. - Engine ECU software configuration incompatible
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: EDTL message does not Additional Tools
match SPN 1845 – Transmission Torque Limit (TTL) mes-
sage for 30 seconds. • None
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: EDTL message not available

for 30 seconds.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: EDTL message

was received but in error for 30 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:

Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes.

A V
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Engine Default Torque
Limit SPN 1846. Go to Step V.
V. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- • If Fault Code 174 sets Active during operation,
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur- go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 174 sets Active, Fault
• If Fault Code 174 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive, Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 13.
there is a fault with the Engine Default Torque
Limit message sent from a vehicle module.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 175: Engine Requested Torque
Fault Code 175: Engine Requested Torque

J1939: SA 3 SPN 518 FMI 11, 12, 14

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends torque All FMIs: Key cycle
request messages to the Engine Electronic Control Unit
(ECU) over the Primary Data Link. This message is used in Possible Causes
normal operation of transmission. All FMIs:
Detection • TCM
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) monitors the - Software issue
torque request message. If the message is invalid, the fault - Internal failure
is set active.
Additional Tools
FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: TCM did not command 0 • None
engine torque when the engaged gear direction did not
match the driver's selected mode direction.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM commanded inap-

propriately high engine torque.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: TCM commanded inappro-

priately high engine retarder torque.
Fallback
FMI 11:

• Torque above idle prohibited
• Neutral Coast prohibited
• Accelerator pedal may be unresponsive
FMI 12:
• Torque above idle prohibited

• Accelerator pedal may be unresponsive
FMI 14:
• Retarder Torque Commands prohibited

A V
to Step V.
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 180: Engine Configuration Message
Fault Code 180: Engine Configuration Message

J1939: SA 3 SPN 188 FMI 1, 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives an FMI 1: Engine idle speed configuration setting is correct in
Engine Configuration message from the Engine Electronic the Engine ECU.
Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link. The Engine
Configuration message provides the TCM with the torque FMI 9, 13, 19: Engine Configuration message received and
and speed limits of the engine. valid for 10 seconds.
Detection Possible Causes

The TCM monitors the Engine Configuration message. If an All FMIs:
invalid message is received, the TCM sets the fault code • Vehicle Components
active.
- Engine ECU
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Engine incompatible or mis-configured
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): - J1939 Data Link
Engine idle speed set below 550 rpm for 10 seconds.
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Engine Configuration mes-
sage not received for 25 seconds. Additional Tools
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Engine Configuration message • None
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Engine

Configuration message invalid for 10 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:

• Launch and shift quality may be degraded
- TCM uses a default Engine Configuration
Vehicle may have additional fallback modes.

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Idle engine speed signal message.
A B
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Select “Idle engine speed”.
6. Select all of the “- 188” SPN sources.
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Engine Configuration 7. Monitor vehicle tachometer and record engine
message SPN 188. Go to Step V. RPM value in table.
• If Fault Code 180 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step 8. Monitor ServiceRanger and record “Idle engine
V. speed” rpm value in table.
• If Fault Code 180 FMI 1 is Active with the 9. Compare reading(s) in table.
engine running at idle, refer to OEM regarding
Engine idle speed configuration setting. • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair of the Idle engine speed
• If Fault Code 180 FMI 1 is Inactive with the signal message. Go to Step V.
engine running at idle, Engine idle speed con-
figuration setting is correct. go to Step V. • If readings are in range, no fault was found.
• If Fault Code 180 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac- likely that the problem is in the Idle engine
tive, go to Step B. speed signal message. Contact OEM for fur-

Signal Source
Vehicle Idle RPM

tachometer
188 - Idle Within 150 RPM

engine speed of engine idle

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 181: Engine Configuration Identification | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960
Fault Code 181: Engine Configuration Identification

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6395 FMI 13

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.
cle Engine Identification message from a vehicle Electronic
Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). Possible Causes
This information is used to determine transmission opera- FMI 13:
tion.
• TCM
Detection - Software issue
The TCM monitors Engine Identification messages. If mes- - Internal failure
sages are invalid, the fault is set Active.
Additional Tools
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: TCM invalid calibration. • None
Fallback
FMI 13:


A V
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes.Go 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 181 FMI 13 is Active, contact
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 181 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
V. erly, test complete.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 183: Powertrain Adaptive Cruise Control | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960
Fault Code 183: Powertrain Adaptive Cruise Control

J1939: SA 3 SPN 10294 FMI 13, 14

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 14: TCM configured correctly and Powertrain
cle’s Powertrain Adaptive Cruise Control Type message Adaptive Cruise Control Type messages received and valid
from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Pri- for 10 seconds.
mary Data Link (J1939A). This information is used to deter-
mine transmission operation. Possible Causes
FMI 13, 14:
Detection
The TCM monitors Powertrain Adaptive Cruise Control Type • TCM
messages. If messages are invalid, the fault is set Active. - Incorrect configuration

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: TCM incorrectly configured. • None
FMI 14 - Special Instructions: TCM incorrectly configured.
Fallback
FMI 13, 14:

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibitedd

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify External Braking Integration con-
A B figuration.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "External Braking Integration" Current
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go Value.
to Step V.
6. Select External Braking Integration "Supported
• If Fault Code 183 FMI 13 is Active, go to Step (Stop and Auto System Go)" option and follow
B. on-screen prompts.
• If Fault Code 183 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • Go to Step V.
V.
C.
V.
Purpose: Verify External Braking Integration con-

C figuration.

5. Record "External Braking Integration" Current
Value.
6. Select External Braking Integration "Not Supported"
or "Supported (Stop and Driver Go)" option and fol-
low on-screen prompts.
• Go to Step V.
Note: Contact OEM for appropriate vehicle
External Braking Integration system option.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 184: Engine Demand Percent Torque
Fault Code 184: Engine Demand Percent Torque

J1939: SA 3 SPN 2432 FMI 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the All FMIs: Engine Demand Percent Torque message avail-
Engine Demand Percent Torque message over the Second- able and valid for 10 seconds.
ary Data Link. This information is used to determine trans-
mission performance. The Engine Demand Percent Torque Possible Causes
message is contained in the 20-Way TCM Body Harness All FMIs:
Connector.
Detection - Module(s)
The TCM monitors the Engine Demand Percent Torque
message. If the message is not available or in error, the
fault is set active.

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Engine Demand Percent
Torque message not available for 5 seconds.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Engine Demand

Percent Torque message received but in error for 5 second.
Fallback
All FMIs

• Urge to Move and Creep mode prohibited
• Launch quality may degrade
Note: If the vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on
coast to a stop
start gear
Note: Vehicle fallback modes may vary.

Purpose: Direct troubleshooting to OEM. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Engine Demand Per-
cent Torque SPN 2432. Go to Step V.
there is a fault with the Engine Demand Per- • If Fault Code 184 sets Active during operation,
cent Torque message sent from a vehicle mod- go to Step A.
ule. Contact OEM for further diagnostic
• If a fault code other than 184 sets Active, go to
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 185: Driver Demanded Torque
Fault Code 185: Driver Demanded Torque

J1939: SA 3 SPN 512 FMI 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the All FMIs: Driver Demanded Torque message available and
Driver Demanded Torque message over the Primary Data valid for 10 seconds.
Link. The message is determined by a vehicle module based
off of accelerator pedal position and other inputs. This Possible Causes
information is used to determine transmission perfor- All FMIs:
mance.
Detection - Module(s)
The TCM monitors the Driver Demanded Torque message.
If the message is not available or in error, the fault is set
active.

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Driver Demanded Torque mes-
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Driver

Demanded Torque message received but in error for 5 sec-
ond.
Fallback
All FMIs

• Urge to Move and Creep mode prohibited
• Launch quality may degrade
Note: If the vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on
coast to a stop
start gear
Note: Vehicle fallback modes may vary.

Purpose: Direct troubleshooting to OEM. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Driver Demanded
Torque SPN 512. Go to Step V.
there is a fault with the Driver Demanded • If Fault Code 185 sets Active during operation,
Torque message sent from a vehicle module. go to Step A.
Fault Code 185: Driver Demanded Torque on
page 239.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 186: Engine Default Idle Torque Limit
Fault Code 186: Engine Default Idle Torque Limit

J1939: SA 3 SPN 7828 FMI 12, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends and FMI 12: EDITL and TCFITL messages match for 10 sec-
receives the Engine Default Idle Torque Limit (EDITL) mes- onds.
sage from the Engine Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the
Primary Data Link. This message is used by the TCM to FMI 13, 19: EDITL message available and valid for 10 sec-
confirm the Engine ECU is receiving and responding to the onds.
requested idle torque limit.
Possible Causes
Detection All FMIs
The TCM monitors the EDITL message. If the message is • Vehicle Components
not received or invalid, the TCM sets the fault code active.
- Engine ECU software configuration incompatible
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: EDITL message does not
match SPN 1845 – Transmission Communications Failure Additional Tools
Idle Torque Limit (TCFITL) message for 30 seconds.
• None
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: EDITL message not available
for 30 seconds.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: EDITL message

was received but in error for 30 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:


A V
1. Set the vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Engine Default Idle
Torque Limit SPN 7828. Go to Step V.
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- • If Fault Code 186 sets Active during operation,
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur- go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 186 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive, Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on page
there is a fault with the Engine Default Idle 13.
Torque Limit message sent from a vehicle
module. Contact OEM for further diagnostic
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 187: Idle Governor Fueling Inhibit
Fault Code 187: Idle Governor Fueling Inhibit

J1939: SA 3 SPN 7830 FMI 9, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends and All FMIs: IGFI message received and valid for 10 seconds.
receives the Idle Governor Fueling Inhibit (IGFI) message
from the Engine Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Pri- Possible Causes
mary Data Link. This message is used by the TCM to con- All FMIs:
firm the Engine ECU is receiving and responding to the
requested fueling limit. • Vehicle Components
- Engine ECU software configuration incompatible
Detection
The TCM monitors the IGFI message. If the message is not
received or invalid, the TCM sets the fault code active.
Additional Tools
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • None
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: The engine ECU did not
respond to a request from the TCM IGFI message.
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: IGFI message not available for

30 seconds.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: The Engine ECU

transmitted the IGFI message to the TCM in error.
Fallback
All FMIs:


A V
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Transmission Idle
Governor Fueling Inhibit Support SPN 7830.
Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 187 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
V. properly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 187 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac- • If Fault Code 187 sets Active during operation,
tive, there is a fault with the Idle Governor go to Step A.
Fueling Inhibit message sent from a vehicle
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 188: Source Address (SA) of Controlling Device for Engine Control
Fault Code 188: Source Address (SA) of Controlling Device for Engine Control
J1939: SA 3 SPN 1483 FMI 12, 13, 19

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends and FMI 12: Engine responding to transmission commands for
receives the Source Address of Controlling Device for 10 seconds.
Engine Control message from the vehicle over the Primary
Data Link. This message is used to confirm the vehicle is FMI 13, 19: Source Address of Controlling Device for
receiving and responding to the TCM. Engine Control is available and valid for 10 seconds.
Detection Possible Causes

The TCM monitors the Source Address of Controlling All FMIs
Device for Engine Control message. If the message is not • Vehicle Components
received or invalid, the TCM sets the fault code active.
- Module(s)
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Software configuration incompatible
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Engine is not responding
to transmission commands for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Source Address of Controlling Additional Tools

Device for Engine Control message not available for 5 sec-
• None
onds.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Source Address

of Controlling Device for Engine Control message received
but in error for 5 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:


A V
to Step V.
Engine Controlling Device SPN 1483. Go to
Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 188 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • If no Fault codes set and the vehicle operates
V. properly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 188 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive, • If Fault Code 188 sets Active during operation,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- go to Step A.
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on page
• If Fault Code 188 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive, 13.
there is a fault with the Source Address of
Engine Controlling Device message sent from
a vehicle module. Contact OEM for further
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 190: Front Axle Left Wheel Speed
Fault Code 190: Front Axle Left Wheel Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 905 FMI 13, 19
Overview
cle’s Front Axle Left Wheel Speed message over the
Primary Data Link. The transmission utilizes this input as a
redundant wheel speed.
Detection
Front Axle Left Wheel Speed message. If message is not

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Front Axle Left Wheel Speed
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Front Axle Left

Wheel Speed message invalid for 10 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:


All FMIs: Front Axle Left Wheel Speed message received
Possible Causes
All FMIs:
• Vehicle ECU - Front Axle Left Wheel Speed Mes-

sage
- Not available
- Not valid

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Front Axle Left Wheel
Speed SPN 905. Go to Step V.
there is a fault with the Front Axle Left Wheel • If Fault Code 190 sets Active during operation,
Speed message sent from a vehicle module. go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 191: Front Axle Right Wheel Speed
Fault Code 191: Front Axle Right Wheel Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 906 FMI 13, 19
Overview
cle’s Front Axle Right Wheel Speed message over the Pri-
mary Data Link. The transmission utilizes this input as a
Detection
Front Axle Right Wheel Speed message. If message is not

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Front Axle Right Wheel Speed
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Front Axle Right

Fallback
All FMIs:


All FMIs: Front Axle Right Wheel Speed message received
Possible Causes
All FMIs:
• Vehicle ECU Front Axle Right Wheel Speed Mes-

sage
- Not available
- Not valid

A V
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Front Axle Right
Wheel Speed SPN 906. Go to Step V.
there is a fault with the Front Axle Right Wheel • If Fault Code 191 sets Active during operation,
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 192: Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed
Fault Code 192: Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 907 FMI 13, 19
Overview
cle’s Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed message over the
Detection
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) monitors the Rear
Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed message. If message is not

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Rear Axle 1 Left

Fallback
All FMIs:


All FMIs: Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed message received
Possible Causes
All FMIs:
• Vehicle ECU - Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed Mes-

sage
- Not available
- Not valid

A V
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel
Speed SPN 907. Go to Step V.
there is a fault with the Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel • If Fault Code 192 sets Active during operation,
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 193: Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed
Fault Code 193: Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 908 FMI 13, 19
Overview
cle’s Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed message over the
Detection
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) monitors the Rear
Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed message. If message is not

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel
Speed message not available for 10 seconds.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Rear Axle 1

Right Wheel Speed message invalid for 10 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:


All FMIs: Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed message received
Possible Causes
All FMIs:
• Vehicle ECU - Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed Mes-

sage
- Not available
- Not valid

A V
to Step V.
OEM and enable vehicle Rear Axle 1 Right
Wheel Speed SPN 908. Go to Step V.
there is a fault with the Rear Axle 1 Right • If Fault Code 193 sets Active during operation,
Wheel Speed message sent from a vehicle go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 199: Direction Mismatch
Fault Code 199: Direction Mismatch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 1571 FMI 12
Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the driv-
ers shift mode request from the driver interface device and
engages the appropriate gear based on the driver's request.
The TCM then broadcasts the gear position to the vehicle
display.
Detection
The TCM monitors the engaged gear and the gear position
that is broadcast to the gear display. If the parameters do
not match, the TCM sets the fault code active.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: The transmission dis-
played gear position does not match engaged gear position.
Fallback
FMI 12:

• Non neutral modes prohibited
- Red stop lamp on
coast to a stop

FMI 12: Key cycle.
Possible Causes
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

A V
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service nents are properly installed.
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic Pro-
cedure.
• If Fault Code 199 is Active or Inactive create a
Service Activity Report, select "Send to Eaton" 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
and contact Eaton Cummins Automated Trans-
mission Technologies at 800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
• If Fault Code 199 sets Active during test drive,
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 200: TCM Operation 1
Fault Code 200: TCM Operation 1

J1939: SA 3 SPN 629 FMI 0, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 18, 19, 20, 21
Overview FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: The TCM has detected an inter-
The Endurant Transmission is equipped with a Transmis- nal processing error.
sion Control Module (TCM). The TCM communicates with
other vehicle Electronic Control Units (ECUs), receives Fallback
feedback from sensors and actuates solenoids to control 0, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 18, 19, 20, 21:
transmission operation. The TCM is mounted to the trans-
mission and connected to the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The • No degraded modes
TCM is connected to the transmission sensors and sole- FMI 14:
noids at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
Detection • Engine will not crank
The TCM performs a self-check during operation. If a failure
is detected, the fault is set Active.
• Clutch engagement prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • PTO mode prohibited
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal – Most Severe: The
TCM has detected an internal processing error. Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 0, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 18, 19, 20, 21: Key cycle
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal – Most Severe: The
TCM has detected an internal processing error. FMI 14: The TCM is installed on the correct transmission
model.
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: The TCM has detected an
internal processing error.
Possible Causes
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: The TCM has detected an FMI 0, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 18, 19, 20, 21:
• TCM
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: The TCM has detected - Software issue
an internal processing error.
- Internal failure
FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: The TCM has detected an FMI 0, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 18, 19, 20, 21:
• TCM
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: The TCM has detected an
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM has detected an
FMI 14:
• TCM
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detects it is
installed on the wrong transmission model. - Incorrect TCM installed on transmission
- Incorrect MTM Type configured
FMI 18 – Data Valid But Below Normal - Least Severe:
The TCM has detected an internal processing error.
Additional Tools
FMI 19 – Received Network Data Error: The TCM has • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
detected an internal processing error.
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: The TCM has detected an

Fault Code 200: TCM Operation 1 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify TCM software.
A B
• If Fault Code 200 FMI 0, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
18, 19, 20, 21 is Active or Inactive, go to Step 5. Go to “Programming”.
B.
• If Fault Code 200 FMI 14 and all the following ware in table.
fault codes are Active:
• If a TCM software update is available, update
- Fault Code 275 FMI 5
TCM software. Go to Step V.
- Fault Code 315 FMI 8 • If the TCM is at the latest available software,
- Fault Code 320 FMI 8 contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
Note: Fault Code 596 FMI 5 may also be Active
depending on MTM Type configured in TCM.
Go to Configure Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) Type on page 664. Go to Step TCM Software
V.
• If Fault Code 200 FMI 14 is Active, the TCM
installed on the transmission is not correct for
the transmission model. Verify the transmis-
sion model number and install the correct
TCM. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 200 FMI 14 is Inactive, the TCM
is installed on the correct transmission model.
Test complete, go to Step V.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 205: TCM Operation 2
Fault Code 205: TCM Operation 2

J1939: SA 3 SPN 609 FMI 9, 12, 19
Overview
The Endurant Transmission is equipped with a Transmis-
other vehicle Electronic Control Units (ECUs), receives
feedback from sensors and actuates solenoids to control
transmission operation. The TCM is mounted to the trans-
mission and connected to the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The
TCM is connected to the transmission sensors and sole-
noids at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
Detection
is detected, the fault is set active.

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: The TCM has detected an
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: The TCM has detected an

FMI 19 – Received Network Data Error: The TCM has

detected an internal processing error.
Fallback
FMI 9, 12, 19:

• Engine will not crank

FMI 9, 12, 19: Key cycle
Possible Causes
All FMIs:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Additional Tools

A V
Inactive,go to Step B.
Purpose: Verify TCM software. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
B properly, test complete.
1. Key off. go to Step A.
2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down. • If a fault code other than 205 sets Active, trou-
3. Key on with engine off. dure Index on page 13.
6. Under "Software Information", record TCM software
in table.
• If the TCM is at the latest available software,
TCM Software
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 206: TCM Program Memory
Fault Code 206: TCM Program Memory

J1939: SA 3 SPN 628 FMI 2, 11, 12, 13, 14, 31
Overview Fallback
The Endurant Transmission is equipped with a Transmis- FMI 2, 11, 12, 13, 14:
other vehicle Electronic Control Units (ECUs), receives • Amber warning lamp on
feedback from sensors and actuates solenoids to control • Engine will not crank
transmission performance. The TCM is mounted to the • Non neutral modes prohibited
transmission and connected to the 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness Con- • Clutch engagement prohibited
nector. The TCM is connected to the transmission sensors • PTO mode prohibited
and solenoids at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Con- FMI 31:
nector.
Detection • Upshifts prohibited
is detected, the fault is set Active. • High start gears prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: The TCM detected the calibration file FMI 11, 12, 13: Key cycle
is incompatible with the application software version. FMI 2, 14, 31: Correct calibration file is configured in the
FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: The TCM detected an inter- TCM.
nal processing error.
Possible Causes
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: The TCM detected an FMI 11, 12,13:
• TCM
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM detected an internal - Software issue
processing error.
- Internal failure
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected the cali- FMI 2, 14, 31:
bration file is incompatible with the application software
version. • TCM
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM has detected that the - Incorrect calibration file configured in the TCM
End Of Line Test Calibration file is present. or missing
Additional Tools

A B
Inactive, go to Step B. 5. Go to “Programming”.
• If Fault Code 206 FMI 2, 14 or 31 is Active, 6. Under "Software Information", record TCM software
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- in table.
sion Technologies at 800-826-4357 for further
• If Fault Code 206 FMI 2, 14 or 31 is Inactive,
• If the TCM is at the latest available software,
the correct calibration file is installed. Go to
Step V.
TCM Software

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil Pressure (Fluid Pressure Sensor) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil Pressure (Fluid Pressure Sensor)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 127 FMI 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 13, 18, 20, 21
Overview Fallback
The Endurant Transmission is equipped with a Fluid Pres- FMI 1, 18:
sure Sensor (FPS) to monitor lubricant oil pressure. The
transmission oil pump provides the supply oil for the lubri- • Amber warning lamp on
cation system. The FPS taps into the lubrication system and • If vehicle is moving
provides a pressure input to the Transmission Control Mod- - Red stop lamp on
ule (TCM). The TCM monitors the pressure input to verify
the transmission is properly filled with oil to lubricate the - Low start gears only
transmission. The FPS is mounted externally and connected - Upshifts prohibited
to the TCM at the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. • Configurable
Detection FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 13, 20, 21:
The TCM monitors the FPS. If a system failure is detected, • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): FPS
reported transmission oil pressure is critically low for 5 • Amber warning lamp on
seconds. • No degraded modes
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: FPS cir- • Configurable

cuit shorted to power for 5 seconds.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: FPS circuit FMI 1: FPS oil pressure in range.
shorted to ground for 5 seconds.
FMI 3, 4, 5, 6: FPS in range for 10 seconds.
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: FPS circuit
open or shorted to ground for 5 seconds. FMI 13: FPS configured in the TCM.
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: FPS FMI 18: FPS oil pressure in range for 10 seconds.
reference voltage not between 4.75V to 5.25V for 5 sec-
onds. Possible Causes
FMI 1, 18:
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: FPS and OEM wiring installed
but not configured in the TCM (Service). • Low transmission oil level
- Not properly filled
FMI 18 – Data Valid But Below Normal Operating Range -
Moderately Severe: FPS reported transmission oil pres- - Leak
sure is moderately low for 5 seconds. • FPS
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: FPS reporting pressure too - Damaged

high in error when Countershaft is stationary. - Internal failure
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: FPS reporting pressure too low • Internal transmission
in error. - Lubrication system mechanical failure
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil Pressure (Fluid Pressure Sensor)
FMI 3, 4, 5, 6: Additional Tools

• FPS • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
- Damaged • 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter - RR1060TR
- Internal failure • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
• FPS OEM vehicle harness • Digital Pressure Gauge (or Analog 0-100 psi maxi-
mum)
open • Oil Pressure Adapter (M14 x 1.5 O-ring Straight
Thread)
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 13:
• FPS not configured in the TCM

- FPS recently installed
- Replacement TCM installed
• Configurable
- Amber warning lamp on
• If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 20:
• FPS OEM vehicle harness

open
• FPS
- Internal failure
FMI 21:
• FPS OEM vehicle harness

open
• FPS
- Internal failure
• Low transmission oil level
- Leak
Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil Pressure (Fluid Pressure Sensor) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
1. Fluid Pressure Sensor (FPS)

TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil Pressure (Fluid Pressure Sensor)
1
3 4
19 1
18 2
7 3

3. 3-Way Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector
4. Fluid Pressure Sensor (FPS)


Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify transmission oil level and inspect
A B for leaks.

2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Perform Oil Level Inspection Procedure.
Note: Reference Endurant HD Service Manual
TRSM0950, Oil Level Inspection Procedure.
tive, go to Step B. • If FMI 1, 18 and transmission oil level is in
range, go to Step F.
• If Fault Code 210 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 20, 21 is
Active or Inactive, go to Step D. • If FMI 21 and transmission oil level is in range,
replace the Fluid Pressure Sensor. Go to Step
• If Fault Code 210 FMI 13 is Inactive, the Fluid V.
Pressure Sensor and wiring are installed and
configured in the TCM. Test Complete, go to • If FMI 1, 18, 21 and transmission oil level is
Step V. out of range, go to Step C.
• If Fault Code 210 FMI 13 is Active, the Fluid

Pressure Sensor and wiring were installed but
not configured in the TCM. Contact Eaton
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo-
gies Cummins Automated Transmission Tech-
nologies at 1-800-826-HELP (4357) for further
Purpose: Verify residual transmission oil and in- Purpose: Verify TCM Fluid Pressure Sensor inter-
C spect internal transmission. D nal resistance and power supply through vehicle
harness.
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Perform Oil Drain Removal.
2. Disconnect the 3-Way FPS Harness Connector.
NOTICE: Place a suitable container under the Oil
Drain Plug. 3. Inspect the 3-Way FPS Harness Connector, verify
the connector is free from contamination and cor-
Note: Reference Endurant HD Service Manual rosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
TRSM0950, Oil Drain Removal Service Procedure. and there is no damage to the connector body.
3. Record residual oil volume in table. 4. Connect the 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (EDA)
4. Remove PTO cover and inspect for damage. to the 3-Way FPS Harness Connector.
• Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- 5. Measure resistance between 3-Way EDA Pin 2
sion Technologies at 800-826-4357 for further (Ground) and Pin 3 (Signal). Record reading in
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. table.
Residual Oil Volume
2 3
6. Key on.
7. Measure voltage at the 3-Way EDA Pin 1 (5V) and
Pin 2 (Ground). Record reading in table.
1 2

guidelines for repair or replacement of the FPS
signal, power and/or ground circuit(s) between
the 3-Way FPS Connector and 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Harness Connector. Go to Step V.

State
Key off 2 to 3 3k-9k Ohms
Key on 1 to 2 4.75–5.25 V

Purpose: Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness • If FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 20 and readings are in range,
E Connector and verify Fluid Pressure Sensor signal
circuit is not shorted to ground.
replace the Fluid Pressure Sensor. Go to Step
V.
• If FMI 21 and readings are in range, go to Step
1. Key off.
B.
2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
• If FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 20, 21 and readings are out of
tor.
range, refer to OEM guidelines for repair or
3. Inspect the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec- replacement of the FPS signal circuit between
tor, verify the connector is free from contamination the 3-Way Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector
and corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector.
loose; and there is no damage to the connector Go to Step V.
body.
4. Measure resistance between 3-Way EDA Pin 3 (sig-
nal) and Ground. Record reading in table.
3 to ground Open Circuit (OL)
Purpose: Verify transmission oil pressure. Purpose: Verify repair.

F V
2. Perform Fluid Pressure Sensor (FPS) Removal. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
3. Install Oil Pressure Adapter (M14x1.5 O-ring
Straight Thread) and torque to 19-23 Nm (14-17 3. Key on with engine off.
lb-ft).
4. Connect Digital Pressure Gauge (or Analog 0-100
psi maximum) to Oil Pressure Adapter.
6. Idle engine (650-750 RPM) for 2 minutes to stabi-
lize transmission oil pressure.
7. With engine idling at 650-750 RPM, monitor pres-
sure gauge and record reading in table. • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
8. Increase and hold engine at 950-1050 RPM, moni-
tor pressure gauge and record reading in table. • If Fault Code 210 sets Active during operation,
go to Step A.
9. Increase and hold engine at 1150-1250 RPM, mon-
itor pressure gauge and record reading in table. • If a fault code other than 210 sets Active, trou-
10. Increase and hold engine at 1350-1450 RPM, mon-
Index on page 13.
itor pressure gauge and record reading in table.
11. Key off.
• If readings are in range, replace the Fluid Pres-
sure Sensor. Go to Step V.
• If readings are out of range, go to Step C.
Engine RPM Range Reading(s)
650-750 5-15 psi
950-1050 10-20 psi
1150-1250 15-25 psi
1350-1450 20-35 psi
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 212: Transmission Oil Temperature (Fluid Temperature Sensor)
Fault Code 212: Transmission Oil Temperature (Fluid Temperature Sensor)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 177 FMI 0, 2, 4, 5, 6, 10, 15, 16
Overview Fallback
The Endurant HD Transmission is equipped with a Fluid FMI 0, 15, 16
Temperature Sensor (FTS) to monitor sump oil tempera-
ture. Sump oil temperature represents the overall operating • Amber warning lamp on (OEM specific)
temperature of the transmission. The FTS provides a tem- • Red stop lamp on (OEM specific)
perature input to the Transmission Control Module (TCM). • Shift performance may be degraded
The FTS is mounted in the Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM) and connected to the TCM at the 74-way Trans- FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 10
mission Harness Connector. • Amber warning lamp on (OEM specific)
Detection • No degraded modes
The TCM monitors the FTS, if a system failure is detected,
the fault is set Active. Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 0, 15, 16: Transmission oil temperature below 252°F
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active (122° C) for 1 minute.
FMI 0 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Most Severe): FMI 2: Transmission oil temperature in range for 10 sec-
Transmission oil temperature greater than 275°F (135°C) onds.
for 10 seconds.
FMI 4: FTS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.
FMI 2 – Data Erratic, Intermittent or Incorrect:
Transmission oil temperature out of range, greater than FMI 5: FTS circuit not open or shorted to power for 10 sec-
302°F (150°C) or less than -41.8°F (-41°C), for 5 seconds.. onds.
FMI 4 - Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: FTS circuit FMI 6: FTS reference voltage in range for 10 seconds.
FMI 10: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.
FMI 5 - Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: FTS circuit
open or shorted to power for 5 seconds.
FMI 6 - Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: FTS ref-

erence voltage not between 4.75V to 5.25V for 5 seconds.
FMI 10 - Abnormal Rate of Change: Transmission Oil Tem-

perature rate of change greater than 20°F (11°C) per sec-
ond.
FMI 15 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):

Transmission oil temperature greater than 252°F (122°C)
for 15 minutes or above 273°F (134°C) for 1 minute.
FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

Severe): Transmission oil temperature greater than 252°F
(122°C) for 30 minutes or above 273°F (134°C) for 2 min-
utes.
Fault Code 212: Transmission Oil Temperature (Fluid Temperature Sensor) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Possible Causes
FMI 0, 15, 16:
• Maximum vehicle Gross Combination Weight

(GCW) and/or operating grade exceeded
• Low transmission oil level
- Leak
• FTS not configured in the TCM
- Replacement TCM installed
• FTS
- Internal failure
• Internal transmission
- Lubrication system mechanical failure
FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 10:
• MTM
- FTS Internal Failure
- Harness wiring shorted to power, shorted to
ground or open
• TCM
- Internal failure
Additional Tools
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify residual transmission oil and in-
A C spect internal transmission.

2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Perform Oil Drain Removal.
Note: Place a suitable container under the Oil Drain
Plug.
Inactive, go to Step B. Note: Reference Endurant HD Service Manual
TRSM0950, Oil Drain Removal Service Procedure.
• If Fault Code 212 FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 10 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step D. 3. Record residual oil volume in table.
4. Remove PTO cover and inspect for damage.
• Contact Eaton Cummins Automated
+1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
Purpose: Verify transmission oil level and inspect

B for leaks. Residual Oil Volume
1. Key off.
2. Perform Oil Level Inspection Procedure.
TRSM0950, Oil Level Inspection Procedure.
• If FMI 0, 15, 16 and transmission oil level is in
range, FTS reported a higher than expected oil
sump temperature. Based on transmission
model, verify maximum vehicle Gross Combi-
nation Weight (GCW) and operating grade is
not exceeded. Go to Step V.
• If FMI 0,15,16 and transmission oil level is out
of range, go to Step C.
Trans Model Max GCW Max Grade
EHD-xxF112C-V 70,000 lbs 21%

(32 Metric Tons)
Purpose: Verify condition of 74-Way Transmission

D Harness Connector.
1. Key off.
2. Remove the TCM from the MTM with the 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM
Body Harness Connector connected.
3. Inspect the TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission

4. Inspect the TCM Seal, verify the seal is properly
installed and there is no damage to the seal.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires the
transmission to be removed from the vehicle. Ref-
erence Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If contamination or damage is found to the
TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Harness
Connector, replace the TCM and MTM. Go to
Step V.
Step E.

Purpose: Verify TCM Fluid Temperature Sensor
E reference voltage.
1. Key off. Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
2. Connect the Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton • If readings are in range, go to Step F.
Diagnostic Adapter to the TCM side of the 74-Way
• If readings are out of range, replace TCM. Go
Transmission Harness Connector.
to Step V.

State
Key on 33 to 43 4.75–5.25 V
3. Key on.
between Pin 33 and Pin 43. Record reading in
table.
33 43

Purpose: Verify continuity of FTS. between Pin 33 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
F Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
2. Connect the Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to the MTM side of the 74-Way
33

• If readings are out of range, replace MTM. Go
to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
the transmission to be removed from the vehi-
cle. Reference Endurant HD Service Manual
TRSM0950, Transmission Removal Service
Procedure.
33 to Ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)
3. Use Temperature/TFS Resistance Range chart to

Purpose: Verify Resistance of FTS Compared to determine expected FTS resistance range based on
G Main Case Temperature the Main Case Temperature. Record Resistance
Range in table.
1. Key off.
2. Use Non-contact (infrared) temperature gun to
measure main case temperature in area indicated.

between Pin 33 and Pin 43. Record reading in Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
table. H
1. Key off.
2. Remove the 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter.
3. Reinstall the TCM to the MTM.
5. Key on.
33 43
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
• If readings are in range, go to Step H. FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If readings are out of range, replace MTM. Go • If Fault Code 212 FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 10 is Active,
to Step V. replace TCM. Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires • If Fault Code 212 FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 10 is Inactive
the transmission to be removed from the vehi- replace MTM. Go to Step V.
TRSM0950, Transmission Removal Service Note: MTM removal and installation requires
Procedure. the transmission to be removed from the vehi-
Main Case Procedure.
Main Case TFS Resistance Pins Reading(s)
Tempera- Range
ture
33 to 43

V
1. Key off.
5. Go to "Fault Codes".
6. Select "Clear All Faults".
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to set the fault code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger:
• If no codes set and the vehicle operates prop-
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 215: Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor
Fault Code 215: Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor

J1939: SA 3 SPN 37 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 17, 18, 20, 21
Overview FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with a Transmis- TASPS reports less than 75 psi (517 kPa) for 2 seconds
sion Air Supply Pressure Sensor (TASPS) that monitors the with the engine off and the transmission in gear.
air pressure supplied to the transmission from the vehicle.
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
The TASPS taps into the air supply passage and provides a
Severe): TASPS reports less than 80 psi (552 kPa) for 2
pressure input to the Transmission Control Module (TCM).
seconds and one of the following is true:
The TCM monitors the pressure input to verify the trans-
mission has the proper air pressure to actuate the clutch • a non-neutral mode is selected
and shift rails. The TASPS is mounted in the MTM and con-
• the vehicle is moving
nected to the TCM at the 74-way Transmission Harness
Connector. • the engine has been running for 8 minutes
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: TASPS incorrectly reporting
Note: The vehicle air supply comes from a dedicated trans-
high.
mission air tank. The primary and secondary air gauges in
the cab of the vehicle may not reflect the pressure of the FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: TASPS incorrectly reporting
transmission air supply line. The transmission air tank is low.
often isolated from the rest of the vehicle air system with a
Pressure Protection Valve and/or Check Valve. Fallback
FMI 0:
Detection
The TCM monitors the Transmission Air Supply Pressure • Shift performance may be degraded
Sensor. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set Active. FMI 1:
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Non-Neutral Modes prohibited

FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): • Amber warning lamp on
TASPS reports greater than 145 psi (1000 kPa) for 1 sec-
ond.
• If vehicle is moving
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe):
- Red stop lamp on
TASPS reports less than 75 psi (517 kPa) for 1 second and
one of the following is true: - Transmission may remain in current gear
- Clutch may remain in current position
• a non-neutral mode is selected
- Engine may shut down
• the vehicle is moving
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 20, 21:
• the engine has been running for 8 minutes
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: TASPS is out of range less than 5 psi • Amber warning lamp on
(34.5 kPa) or greater than 162 psi (1117 kPa) for 5 sec- • Shift performance may be degraded
onds.
FMI 17:
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: TASPS
circuit shorted to power for 5 seconds.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: TASPS cir-
• Engine may not crank
cuit shorted to ground for 5 seconds.
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: TASPS cir-

cuit open or shorted to ground for 5 seconds.
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: TASPS

reference voltage out of range not between 4.75V to 5.25V
for 5 seconds.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 215: Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor
FMI 18: FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6:
• Amber warning lamp on • Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor

• Non-Neutral Modes prohibited - Damaged
• PTO Mode prohibited - Internal failure
• If vehicle is moving • Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor harness
- Red stop lamp on - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
- Up shifts prohibited open
• MTM Harness
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 0: TASPS below 145psi (1000 kPa) for 1 second. open
FMI 1: TASPS above 75psi (517 kPa) for 1 second. • TCM
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6: TASPS in range for 10 seconds. - Software issue

- Internal failure
FMI 17: TASPS above 75psi (517 kPa) and transmission in
neutral. FMI 17:
FMI 18: TASPS above 80psi (552 kPa) for 1 second. • Engine shut down with the loss of transmission air
supply pressure with the transmission in gear
FMI 20, 21: TASPS in range. • Transmission service event
Possible Causes - Transmission assembled in gear
FMI 0: FMI 20, 21:
• Vehicle air system • Vehicle air system

- Air compressor governor “off” set too high or - Contamination
damaged - Moisture
• Vehicle service event • Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor
- Connected to an auxiliary air supply - Contamination
FMI 1, 18: - Damaged
• Vehicle air system - Internal failure
- High system demand • TCM
- Air compressor governor “on” set too low or - Software issue
damaged - Internal failure
- Air compressor mechanically damaged
- Pressure Protection Valve stuck closed Additional Tools
- Air leak • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
• Internal transmission • Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic

Adapter - RR1029TR
- Air leak
• 0-200 psi (0-1379 kPa) air pressure gauge
Fault Code 215: Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
6
2
5
4
1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector
4. TCM Side of 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

Purpose: Vent LCA and Check for active or inactive Purpose: Verify operation and condition of the ve-
A fault codes. B hicle air system.

2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and verify operation and
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity maintenance of the vehicle air system.
3. Inspect the vehicle air system for contamination,
• If Fault Code 215 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 is Active or moisture, corrosion and/or debris.
Inactive, go to Step D.
• If an issue is found with the vehicle air system,
• If Fault Code 215 FMI 0, 1, 18 is Active, go to refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
Step H. ment of the vehicle air system. Go to Step C.
• If Fault Code 215 FMI 0, 1, 18 is Inactive, vehi- • If no issue is found with the vehicle air system,
cle air supply pressure is in range. Refer to go to Step C.
service bulletin TAIB0876. Go to Step V.
tive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 215 FMI 17 is Active, connect an
auxiliary air supply to the vehicle, air up the
vehicle air system to 100-135 PSI (690-930
kPa) and key on. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 215 FMI 17 is Inactive, the trans-
mission air supply pressure is in range and
transmission is in neutral. Go to Step V.
Purpose: Verify condition of the vehicle air system Purpose: Verify condition of 74-Way Transmission
C supply line and MTM air inlet port. D Harness Connector.
1. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent the vehicle air 1. Key off.
supply line to the MTM.
2. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove the vehicle air TCM Vehicle Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM
supply line at the MTM. Body Harness Connector connected.
3. Inspect the vehicle air supply line and the MTM air
inlet port for contamination, moisture, corrosion
and/or debris.
Note: Verify the MTM inlet screen is installed and
free of contamination and/or debris.

installed and there is no damage to the seal.
• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide- Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
lines for repair or replacement of the vehicle • If contamination or damage is found to the
air system. Replace the MTM and Inertia Brake TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Harness
Assembly. Go to Step V. Connector, replace the TCM and MTM. Go to
• If no contamination is found, go to Step D. Step V.
Step E.
Purpose: Review the Service Activity Report and

E record the MTM Serial Number.
1. Review the Service Activity Report (SAR) and

record the MTM Serial Number.
• If the MTM Serial Number is greater than or
equal to 12S17137123221. Go to Step F.
• If the MTM Serial Number is less than or equal
to 12S17137123220. Go to Step G.

Purpose: Verify TASPS internal resistance and
F power supply at TCM.
• If readings are in range, replace the MTM. Go
to Step V.
1. Key off. the transmission to be removed from the vehi-
2. Connect the Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton cle. Reference Endurant HD Service Manual
Diagnostic Adapter to the TCM side of the 74-Way TRSM0950, Transmission Removal Service
Transmission Harness Connector. Procedure.
to Step V.

State
Key off 8 to 9 3k-9k Ohms
Key on 7 to 9 4.75–5.25 V

between Pin 8 and Pin 9. Record reading in table.
8 9
4. Key on.
7 9
4. Key on.
Purpose: Verify TASPS internal resistance and
G power supply at TCM.
table.
1. Key off.
10 12

• If readings are in range, replace the MTM.Go
to Step V.
3. Measure resistance at the Eaton Breakout Box Procedure.
table. • If readings are out of range, replace TCM. Go
to Step V.

State
Key off 10 to 3k-9k Ohms

11
10 11 Key on 10 to 4.75–5.25 V
12

Purpose: Verify operation of the vehicle air sys-
H tem.
• If readings are out of range and/or system can-
not hold pressure, go to Step I.
• If readings are in range and the vehicle air sys-
1. Key on with engine off. tem holds pressure and FMI 1 or 18 are Inac-
2. Connect ServiceRanger. tive, refer to service bulletin TAIB0876. Go to
Step V.
• If readings are in range and FMI 0 is Inactive,
4. From the Default Parameter Files, select “Transmis- refer to OEM guidelines and verify operation
sion Pressure”. and maintenance of the vehicle air system. Go
5. Key on with engine running. to Step V.
6. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off. • If readings are in range, the vehicle air system
holds pressure and FMI 0, 1, or 18 are Active,
7. Key on with engine off. replace the MTM. Go to Step V.
8. Monitor in-dash vehicle air system pressure gauge Note: MTM removal and installation requires
and record value in table. the transmission to be removed from the vehi-
9. In ServiceRanger, monitor 520524 - Line Pressure cle. Reference Endurant HD Service Manual
Feedback and record value in table. TRSM0950, Transmission Removal Service
Procedure.
10. Wait 1 minute.
11. Monitor in-dash vehicle air system pressure gauge
and record value in table. Source Range Reading(s)
12. In ServiceRanger, monitor 520524 - Line Pressure
Feedback and record value in table. In-dash air 100–135 PSI
pressure gauge (690-930 kPa)
520524 - Line 100–135 PSI

Pressure Feed- (690-930 kPa)
back
After 1 minute
In-dash air 100–135 PSI

pressure gauge (690-930 kPa)
520524 - Line 100–135 PSI

Pressure Feed- (690-930 kPa)
back
Purpose: Verify condition of the vehicle air system Purpose: Verify operation of the vehicle air
I supply line and MTM air inlet port. J system.
1. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent the vehicle air 1. Key off.
2. Install a 0-200 PSI air pressure gauge on the vehi-
2. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove the vehicle air cle air supply line at the MTM.
supply line at the MTM.
and/or debris. 5. Key off.
Note: Verify the MTM inlet screen is installed and 6. Monitor air pressure gauge installed in the vehicle
free of contamination and/or debris. air supply line and record reading in table.
7. Wait 1 minute.
8. Monitor air pressure gauge installed in the vehicle
air supply line and record reading in table.
• If readings are out of range or the vehicle air
system cannot hold pressure, refer to OEM
to Step V.
• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-
line for repair or replacement of the vehicle air Note: MTM removal and installation requires
system. Replace the MTM and Inertia Brake the transmission to be removed from the vehi-
Assembly. Go to Step V. cle. Reference Endurant HD Service Manual
Note: MTM removal and installation requires Procedure.
TRSM0950, Transmission Removal Service Source Range Reading(s)
Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step J. Air pressure 100–135 PSI
gauge (690-930 kPa)
After 1 Minute
Air pressure 100–135 PSI

gauge (690-930 kPa)

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
Fault Code 250: Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Position Sensor | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 250: Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Position Sensor

J1939: SA 3 SPN 33 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20
Overview FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: LCA Position Sensor calibra-

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with a Linear Clutch tion required.
Actuator (LCA) Position Sensor to monitor clutch position.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Incorrect LCA position com-
The LCA is mounted in the Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
mand relative to torque command.
ule (MTM) and pneumatically controls the clutch position.
The LCA is equipped with a magnet that the position sensor FMI 15 - Data Valid But Above Normal (Least Severe):
uses to detect the proximity of the LCA to determine clutch During the clutch calibration the expected Torque Transfer
position. The LCA Position Sensor is located in the MTM Touch Point clutch position was not achieved.
and connected to the Transmission Control Module (TCM)
at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector. FMI 16 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Moderately
Severe): During the clutch calibration the expected Torque
Detection Transfer Touch Point clutch position was not available.
The TCM monitors the LCA Position Sensor signal. If a sys-
tem failure or uncommanded movement is detected, the
During the clutch calibration the expected 10 Nm torque
fault is set Active.
transfer clutch position was not achieved.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active FMI 18 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Moderately
FMI 0 - Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Severe): During the clutch calibration the expected 10 Nm
Clutch position signal indicates uncommanded movement torque transfer clutch position was not available.
toward engagement position for 2 seconds.
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: LCA Position Sensor incor-
FMI 1 - Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): rectly reports the clutch is released (opened).
Clutch position signal indicates uncommanded movement
toward disengagement position for 2 seconds. Fallback
FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20:
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: LCA position out of range for 1 sec-
ond. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: LCA Posi- • Non-Neutral Modes prohibited
tion Sensor circuit shorted to power for 1 second. • PTO Mode prohibited
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: LCA Posi- Note: If vehicle is moving:
tion Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 1 second.
• Red warning lamp on
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: LCA Posi- • Upshifts prohibited
tion Sensor circuit open for 1 second.
FMI 14:
FMI 6 - Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: LCA
Position Sensor reference voltage not between 4.75V to • Clutch engagement prohibited
5.25V for 1 second.
FMI 7 - Mechanical System Not Responding: During the

clutch calibration the expected fully engaged (closed) clutch
position was not achieved.
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: LCA Position Sensor signal

abnormal pulse width for 1 second.
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: LCA Position Sensor mag-

net not detected for 1 second.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: LCA Position Sensor

internal self-check failure for 1 second.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive FMI 16, 17, 18:

FMI 0, 1: LCA position values match commanded values for
• LCA
10 seconds.
- Self-adjustment mechanism
FMI 2: LCA position in range for 10 seconds.
• Valve Pack C
FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 8: LCA Position Sensor in range for 10 - Stuck open clutch fill valve(s)
seconds.
• Clutch Release System
FMI 12: LCA Position Sensor has no self-check failures for - Release Yoke
10 seconds.
- Release Bearing
FMI 13: Successful Clutch Calibration performed. • LCA Position Sensor
FMI 7, 9, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18: Key cycle. - Internal failure
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 20:
FMI 20: Condition no longer exists.
• LCA Position Sensor
Possible Causes
- Internal failure
FMI 0, 1:
- Damaged
• LCA
• 74-Way MTM Harness
- Air leak
- Self-adjustment mechanism open
• MTM • TCM
- Air leak - Internal failure
• Valve Pack C FMI 9:
- Stuck open clutch exhaust valve(s)
• LCA
- Magnet Loose
- Release Yoke
- Magnet Detached
- Release Bearing
• LCA Position Sensor (MTM)
- Loose
- Internal failure
- Damaged
FMI 7
• Incorrect engine flywheel housing
• LCA • Flywheel machined during clutch replacement
- Self-adjustment mechanism FMI 12, 14:
• Valve Pack C
• TCM
- Stuck open clutch fill valve(s)
- Software issue
- Internal failure
- Release Yoke
FMI 13:
- Release Bearing
• Clutch Calibration required
- Internal failure
• Flywheel machined during clutch replacement
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 250: Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Position Sensor
FMI 15:
• LCA
- Self-adjustment mechanism
• Valve Pack C
- Stuck open clutch fill valve(s)
- Release Yoke
- Release Bearing
- Internal failure
• Flywheel machined during clutch replacement
Additional Tools
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
6
2
5
4

3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector
4. TCM Side of 74-Way TCM Transmission Harness Connector
7. Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA)

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify TCM and 74-Way Harness Connec-
A B tor condition.

2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove the TCM from the MTM with the 20-Way
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity TCM Vehicle Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM
report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Body Harness Connector connected.
Note: If the engine flywheel housing was just
replaced and Fault Code 250 set immediately after
repair, contact OEM and/or engine manufacturer
and ensure the correct housing part number was
installed based on the transmission model. Refer to
TAIB-0878 Engine Flywheel Housing Requirements
and Fault Code 250.
• If clutch assembly was just replaced and Fault
Code 250 FMI 7, 9 and/or 15 is Active,
reference TRSM0950 Clutch Service
Procedure - Special Instructions. Go to Step
V..
• If Fault Code 250 FMI 13 is Active, perform the from contamination and corrosion; the terminals
Clutch Calibration with ServiceRanger. Test are not bent, spread or loose; and there is no dam-
complete, go to Step V.. age to the connector body.
• If Fault Code 250 FMI 13 is Inactive, Clutch 4. Inspect the TCM Seal, verify the seal is properly
Calibration already performed. Test complete, installed and not damaged.
go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 250 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 20 is TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Harness
Active or Inactive, go to Step B. Connector, replace the TCM and MTM. Go to
Step V.
Go to Step G. Note: MTM removal and installation requires
go to Step E.
• If Fault Code 250 FMI 0, 1, 15, 16, 17, 18 is Procedure.
Active or Inactive, go to Step D.
• If Fault Code 250 FMI 12, 14 is Active or Inac- Step C.
tive, go to Step F.
4. Key on.
Purpose: Verify TCM LCA Position Sensor internal
C resistance and power supply.
table.
1. Key off.
22 24

to Step V.
Procedure.
between Pin 22 and Pin 23. Record reading in • If readings are out of range, replace TCM. Go
table. to Step V.
Ignition Pins Range Read-

State ing(s)
Key off 22 to 23 7.5k-

22k Ohms
Key on 22 to 24 4.75-5.25 V
22 23
Purpose: Verify condition of the vehicle air system

D supply line and MTM air inlet port.
1. Key off.
2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent the vehicle air
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove the vehicle air
and/or debris.

lines for repair or replacement of the vehicle
air system. Replace the MTM and Inertia Brake
Assembly. Go to Step V.
Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step E.
7. Inspect LCA Position Sensor in the MTM through

Purpose: Inspect LCA Magnet, Seal and Position the LCA mounting opening and verify the LCA Posi-
E Sensor. tion Sensor is properly secured.
• If the LCA Position Sensor Magnet is damaged
Note: Fault Code 250 FMI 9 sets Active if the LCA is and no other fault is found, replace the LCA.
removed with the key on (TCM powered up). Go to Step V.
1. Key off. • If the LCA to MTM Seal is damaged and no

fault is found with the LCA to MTM sealing
2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec- surface on the MTM, replace the LCA. Go to
tor. Step V.
3. Remove the LCA. • If the LCA to MTM sealing surface on the MTM
NOTICE: Ensure the key is off and 20-Way TCM is damaged, replace the MTM (includes LCA).
Vehicle Harness Connector is disconnected prior to Go to Step V.
removal of the LCA from the MTM. • If the LCA Position Sensor in the MTM is not
properly secured, replace the MTM (includes
4. Inspect the LCA Position Sensor Magnet.
LCA). Go to Step V.
Procedure.
• If no fault is found with the LCA, MTM or LCA
Position Sensor, contact Eaton Cummins Auto-
5. Inspect LCA to MTM Seal.

6. Inspect the LCA to MTM sealing surface on the
MTM.
Purpose: Verify TCM software. Purpose: Measure Distance from Release Yoke to
F G LCA Mounting Surface.

2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down. 2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
tor.
3. Remove the LCA.
5. Go to “Programming”. NOTICE: Ensure the key is off and 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Harness Connector is disconnected prior to
6. Under "Software Information", record TCM software removal of the LCA from the MTM.
in table.
4. Using steel ruler or suitable measurement device,
• If a TCM software update is available, update measure distance from Release Yoke to LCA
TCM software. Go to Step V. mounting surface.
• If the TCM is at the latest available software, NOTICE: Ensure end of measurement device is
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- resting on flat face of Release Yoke.
TCM Software
5. Record measurement in table.

• If reading is less than 9 3/4 inch (247 mm),
contact OEM and/or engine manufacturer and V
ensure the correct engine flywheel housing
part number was installed based on the trans- 1. Key off.
mission model. Go to Step V.
• If reading is greater than 10 1/4 inch (260 nents are properly installed.
mm), replace the Clutch Assembly. Go to Step
V. 3. Key on with engine off.
• If reading is exactly 9 3/4 – 10 1/4 inch (247 – 4. Connect ServiceRanger.

260 mm), contact Eaton Cummins Automated 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
instructions. Go to Step V. 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Release Yoke to LCA Measurement
Mounting Surface • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
Distance Range properly, test complete.
9 3/4 – 10 1/4 inch” go to Step A.
(247 – 260 mm)
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 275: Rail B Position
Fault Code 275: Rail B Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 4219 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 21, 31
Overview FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: Rail B Position Sensor and

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with position sen- speed sensors report a mismatch for 1 second.
sors to monitor shift rails B, C, D and E. The position sen-
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Rail B Position Sensor
sors detect the rail position through the proximity of a
internal self-check out of range for 1 second.
magnet mounted to each shift rail. Shift Rail B actuates the
Rail B synchronizer to engage the Primary or Secondary FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail B Position Sensor
Drive Gear. The position sensors are located in the Mecha- reporting a Secondary Drive Gear engagement position
tronic Transmission Module (MTM) and connected to the while speed sensors report a gear ratio different to a Sec-
Transmission Control Module (TCM) at the 74-Way Trans- ondary Drive Gear ratio for 1 second.
mission Harness Connector.
Detection Severe): Rail B Position Sensor reporting uncommanded
The TCM monitors the Rail B Position. If a system failure is movement toward neutral from Secondary Drive Gear
detected, the TCM sets the fault code Active. engagement position while speed sensors report a valid
Secondary Drive Gear ratio.
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal – Most Severe: Rail
Severe): Rail B Position Sensor reporting uncommanded
B Position Sensor indicated Rail B moved beyond the cali-
movement toward neutral from Primary Drive Gear engage-
brated Secondary Drive Gear engagement position for 1
ment position while speed sensors report a valid Primary
second.
Drive Gear ratio.
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal – Most Severe: Rail
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail B Position Sensor report-
B Position Sensor indicated Rail B moved beyond the cali-
ing Secondary Drive Gear disengagement while speed sen-
brated Primary Drive Gear engagement position for 1 sec-
sors report a valid Secondary Drive Gear ratio for 1 second.
ond.
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail B Position Sensor report-
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Rail B Position Sensor out of normal
ing Primary Drive Gear disengagement while speed sensors
operating duty cycle (5% to 95%) for 1 second.
report a valid Primary Drive Gear ratio for 1 second.
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Rail B
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Rail B Position Sensor reporting
Position Sensor shorted to power for 1 second.
Primary Drive Gear engagement while speed sensors report
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Rail B a gear ratio different to a Primary Drive Gear ratio for 1 sec-
Position Sensor shorted to ground for 1 second. ond.
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Rail B Fallback

Position Sensor open circuit for 1 second. FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20,
21, 31
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Rail B
Position Sensor out of normal operating voltage (4.75V to • If Rail B position is known and fully engaged:
5.25V) for 1 second.
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Rail B Position Sensor out of - Shift Rail B movement prohibited
normal operating frequency for 1 second.
• If Rail B position is not known or not fully engaged:
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Rail B Position Sensor - Amber warning lamp on
could not detect magnet for 1 second.
- Shift Rail B movement prohibited
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate Of Change: Rail B Position Sen- - Non-Neutral Modes prohibited
sor reporting rate of change exceeded when no movement
commanded for 1 second.
- If vehicle is moving – Red stop lamp on
Fault Code 275: Rail B Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive FMI 5:

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9: Rail B Position Sensor in range for
• MTM - Rail B Position Sensor
10 seconds.
- Damaged
FMI 0, 1, 10, 11, 14, 16, 18, 20, 21, 31: Key cycle and
- Internal failure
condition no longer exists.
• MTM - Transmission Harness
FMI 12: Rail B Position Sensor internal self-checks in range
for 10 seconds.
open.
Possible Causes • TCM
FMI 0, 1: - Incorrect MTM Type configured
• MTM - Software issue
- Rail B Yoke - Internal failure
• Internal Transmission FMI 9:
- Rail B Synchronizer • MTM - Rail B Cylinder
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 - Magnet loose
• MTM - Rail B Position Sensor - Magnet detached
- Damaged • MTM - Rail B Position Sensor
- Internal failure - Loose
• MTM - Transmission Harness - Damaged
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or FMI 10, 14, 20, 21, 31:
open.
• TCM
- Internal failure
- Software issue
FMI 11:
- Internal failure
FMI 8:
- Internal failure
• MTM - Countershaft Speed Sensor
- Damaged
- Internal failure
- Internal failure
• MTM - Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Internal failure
• TCM
open.
- Software issue
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 12:
- Software issue
- Internal failure • TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 275: Rail B Position
FMI 16, 18:

- Internal failure
• MTM - Rail B Detent
- Weak or broken spring
- Worn shift rail or detent
Additional Tools
Adapter - RR1029TR
Fault Code 275: Rail B Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
6
5
4
3

3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of 74-Way Transmission
A B Harness Connector.

rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity Vehicle Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body
report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Harness Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 275 FMI 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 14,
16, 18, 20, 21, 31 is Active or Inactive, go to
Step B.
• If Fault Code 275 FMI 5 and all the following
depending on MTM Type configured in TCM. 3. Inspect the TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission
Module (MTM) Type on page 664. Go to Step
V.
go to Step B.
installed and not damaged.
• If Fault Code 275 FMI 0, 1 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step F.
• If Fault Code 275 FMI 11 is Active or Inactive, Connector, replace the TCM and MTM. Go to
go to Step I. Step V.
• If Fault Code 275 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive, Note: MTM removal and installation requires
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- the transmission to be removed from the vehi-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur- cle. Reference Endurant HD Service Manual
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. TRSM0950, Transmission Removal Service
Procedure.
Step C.
7. Compare MTM Part Number recorded in Step 6

Purpose: Identify MTM Type with MTM Part Number in table to determine MTM
C Type.
• If MTM Type is PS-393, go to Step D.
1. Key on with engine off. • If MTM Type is PS-496, go to Step E.
MTM Part Number on tag
4. Select “Advanced”.
Note: If “Advanced” is not indicated, TCM software
is unable to determine MTM Type. Go to Step 6.
MTM Part Number MTM Type
5. Record “MTM Type” Current Value, go to Step 7.
6. Locate MTM part information tag and record MTM A-10000715
Part Number (Item 1) in table.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732
Purpose: Verify Rail B Position Sensor internal re-

D sistance and power supply at TCM.
1. Key off.
57 59

to Step V.
Procedure.
to Step V.
3. Measure resistance at the Eaton Breakout Box Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)
between Pin 58 and Pin 59. Record reading in State
table.
Key off 58 to 59 7.5k–22k
Ohms
Key on 57 to 59 4.75–5.25 V
58 59
4. Key on.
table.
4. Key on.
E sistance and power supply at TCM.
table.
1. Key off.
35 37

to Step V.
Procedure.
table. to Step V.

State

Ohms
Key on 35 to 37 4.75–5.25 V
36 37
Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Prima- Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail B
F ry and Secondary Drive Gears. G Synchronizer.
1. Key off. 1. Inspect the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve yoke

slot for wear.
2. Remove MTM.
2. Install the Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool
(RR1088TR).
erence Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950, Note: Reference Manually Actuate Rail B Procedure
Transmission Removal Service Procedure. on page 628 of the Appendix.
3. Inspect the Secondary Drive Gear for excessive 3. Shift the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into
fore and aft movement. neutral (if necessary).
4. Shift the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into the
Secondary Drive Gear engagement position (fore)
and return to neutral.
Primary Drive Gear engagement position (aft) and
return to neutral.
• If the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve shifts
into all three positions, replace the MTM. Go to
Step V.
• If the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve does
not shift into all three positions, go to Step H.
4. Inspect the Primary Drive Gear for excessive fore

and aft movement
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
the Main Shaft assembly and input shaft
assembly and repair. Go to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step G.
Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail B

H Yoke.
1. Measure Rail B Yoke wear pads with a micrometer.

• If readings are in range, replace the Rail B Syn-

chronizer Assembly. Go to Step V.
• If readings are out of range, replace the Rail B
Synchronizer Assembly and MTM. Go to Step
V.
Shift Yoke Range Reading(s)
Rail B Yoke 9.500–9.950 mm

Wear Pads (0.374-0.392 in)

I Type.
• If MTM Type is PS-393, go to Step J.
1. Key on with engine off. • If MTM Type is PS-496, go to Step K.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732
4. Key on.
J sistance and power supply at TCM.
table.
1. Key off.
57 59

to Step V.

State
table. Key off 58 to 59 7.5k–22k
Ohms
Key on 57 to 59 4.75–5.25 V
58 59
4. Key on.
K sistance and power supply at TCM.
table.
1. Key off.
35 37

to Step V.

State
Ohms
Key on 35 to 37 4.75–5.25 V
36 37

Purpose: Verify Input and Countershaft speed sen-
L sor supply voltage at TCM.
to Step V.
1. Key on. the transmission to be removed from the vehi-
2. Measure voltage at the Eaton Breakout Box cle. Reference Endurant HD Service Manual
between Pin 32 and Pin 42. Record reading in TRSM0950, Transmission Removal Service
table. Procedure.
to Step V.

State
Key on 32 to 42 4.75–5.25 V
32 42
Key on 54 to 55 4.75–5.25 V

table.
54 55

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Fault Code 295: Rail C Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 295: Rail C Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 4220 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 31
Overview FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate Of Change: Rail C Position Sen-

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with position sensor reporting rate of change exceeded when no movement
sors to monitor shift rails B, C, D and E. The position sen- commanded for 1 second.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Rail C Position Sensor
magnet mounted to each shift rail. Rail C actuates the Rail C
sliding clutch to engage the Primary Drive Gear or Second-
ary Driven Gear. The position sensors are located in the FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail C Position Sensor
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) and connected reporting a partial or full Secondary Driven Gear engage-
to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) at the 74-Way ment position while speed sensors and Rail D Position Sen-
Transmission Harness Connector. sor reports a Primary Driven Gear or Reverse Gear
engagement position for 1 second.
Detection
The TCM monitors the Rail C Position. If a system failure is FMI 15 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe): Rail
detected, the TCM sets the fault code Active. C Position Sensor reporting uncommanded movement
toward the Primary Drive Gear from the neutral position
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active while D Position Sensor reports a Primary Driven Gear or
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal – Most Severe: Rail Reverse gear engagement position for 2 second.
C Position Sensor indicated Rail C moved beyond the cali-
brated Primary Drive Gear engagement position for 1 sec-
Severe): Rail C Position Sensor reporting uncommanded
ond.
movement toward neutral from the Primary Drive Gear
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal – Most Severe: Rail engagement position while speed sensors report a valid Pri-
C Position Sensor indicated Rail C moved beyond the cali- mary Drive Gear ratio.
brated Secondary Driven Gear engagement position for 1
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
second.
Rail C Position Sensor reporting uncommanded movement
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Rail C Position Sensor out of normal toward the Secondary Driven Gear from the neutral position
operating duty cycle (5% to 95%) for 1 second. while Rail D Position Sensor reports a Primary Driven Gear
or Reverse gear engagement position for 2 second.
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Rail C
Position Sensor shorted to power for 1 second. FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Severe): Rail C Position Sensor reporting uncommanded
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Rail C movement toward neutral from the Secondary Driven Gear
Position Sensor shorted to ground for 1 second. engagement position while speed sensors report a valid
Secondary Driven Gear ratio.
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Rail C
Position Sensor open circuit for 1 second. FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail C Position Sensor report-
ing Primary Drive Gear disengagement while speed sensors
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Rail C
report a valid Primary Drive Gear ratio for 1 second.
Position Sensor out of normal operating voltage (4.75V to
5.25V) for 1 second. FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail C Position Sensor report-
ing Secondary Driven Gear disengagement while speed
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail C Posi-
sensors report a valid Secondary Driven Gear ratio for 1
tion Sensor indicated movement from neutral while Rail D
second.
was engaged into the Primary Driven Gear or Reverse Gear
during an interlock function test. FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Rail C Position Sensor reporting
a partial or full Primary Drive Gear engagement while speed
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Rail C Position Sensor out of
sensors and Rail D Position Sensor reports a Primary
normal operating frequency for 1 second.
Driven Gear or Reverse Gear engagement position for 1
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Rail C Position Sensor second.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 295: Rail C Position
Fallback FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6:
FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,
• MTM - Rail C Position Sensor
20, 21, 31
- Damaged
• If Rail C position is known and fully engaged
- Internal failure
- Shift Rail C movement prohibited
• If Rail C position is not known or not fully engaged: open.
- Amber warning lamp on • TCM
- Shift Rail C movement prohibited - Software issue
- Non-neutral modes prohibited - Internal failure
- PTO Mode Prohibited FMI 7:
- If vehicle is moving - Red stop lamp on
• MTM - Rail C
FMI 7
- Valve Pack B
• Amber warning lamp on - Valve Pack C
• No degraded performance - Rail C cylinder
- Rail C yoke
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9: Rail C Position Sensor in range for - Rail C detent
10 seconds. • Internal Transmission
FMI 0, 1, 7, 10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 31: Key cycle - Rail C sliding clutch
and condition no longer exists. - Main Shaft
FMI 12: Rail C Position Sensor internal self-checks in range FMI 8:
for 10 seconds.
Possible Causes - Damaged
FMI 0, 1: - Internal failure
• MTM • MTM - Transmission Harness
- Rail C Yoke - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open.
• Internal Transmission
• TCM
- Rail C Sliding Clutch
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8:
- Software issue
- Internal failure
- Damaged
FMI 9:
- Internal failure
• MTM - Rail C Cylinder
- Magnet loose
open. - Magnet detached
• TCM • MTM - Rail C Position Sensor
- Software issue - Loose
- Internal failure - Damaged
Fault Code 295: Rail C Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 10, 14, 20, 21, 31:
• MTM- Rail C Position Sensor

- Internal failure
FMI 15, 16, 17, 18:

- Internal failure
• MTM - Rail C Detent
Additional Tools
Adapter - RR1029TR
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 295: Rail C Position
6
5
4
3


Purpose: Vent LCA and Check for active or inactive Purpose: Verify condition of 74-Way Transmission
A fault codes. B Harness Connector.

report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Body Harness Connector20-Way TCM Vehicle Har-
ness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
• If Fault Code 295 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 14,
Connector connected.
Step B.
V.
from any corrosion; the terminals are not bent,
• If Fault Code 295 FMI 8 is Active or Inactive, spread or loose; and there is no damage to the con-
go to Step B. nector body.
• If Fault Code 295 FMI 0, 1, 7, 15, 17 is Active 4. Inspect the TCM Seal, verify the seal is properly
or Inactive, go to Step F. installed and not damaged.
• If Fault Code 295 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive, • If contamination or damage is found to the
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Harness
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur- Connector, replace the TCM and MTM. Go to
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732
4. Key on.
Purpose: Verify Rail C Position Sensor internal re-
table.
1. Key off.
13 15

to Step V.
Procedure.
table. to Step V.

State

Ohms
Key on 13 to 15 4.75–5.25 V
14 15
4. Key on.
Purpose: Verify Rail C Position Sensor internal re-
table.
1. Key off.
13 27

to Step V.
Procedure.
table. to Step V.

State

Ohms
Key on 13 to 27 4.75–5.25 V
26 27
Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Prima- Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail C
F ry Drive and Secondary Driven Gears. G Sliding Clutch.
1. Key off. 1. Inspect the Rail C Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear.
2. Remove MTM.
and aft movement.
2. Shift the Rail C Sliding Clutch to the neutral posi-

tion (if necessary).
3. Shift the Rail C Sliding Clutch into the Primary
Drive Gear engagement position and return to neu-
tral.
4. Shift the Rail C Sliding Clutch into the Secondary
Driven Gear engagement position and return to
neutral.
• If the Rail C Sliding Clutch shifts into all three
4. Inspect the Secondary Driven Gear for excessive positions, replace MTM. Go to Step V.
fore and aft movement.
• If the Rail C Sliding Clutch does not shift into
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect all three positions, go to Step H.
the Main Shaft for cause of excessive move-
ment and repair. Go to Step V.
to Step G.
Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail C Purpose: Verify repair.

H Yoke. V
1. Inspect Rail C Yoke for wear. 1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Index on page 13.
• If no yoke wear is evident, inspect Rail C Slid-

ing Clutch and Main Shaft for cause of
restricted movement and repair. Go to Step V.
• If yoke wear is evident, inspect Rail C Sliding
Clutch and Main Shaft for cause of restricted
movement and repair. Replace MTM. Go to
Step V.
Fault Code 315: Rail D Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 315: Rail D Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5941 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 31
Overview FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate Of Change: Rail D Position Sen-

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with position sensor reporting rate of change exceeded when no movement
sors to monitor shift rails B, C, D and E. The position sen- commanded for 1 second.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Rail D Position Sensor
magnet mounted to each shift rail. Rail D actuates the Rail
D sliding clutch to engage the Primary Driven Gear or
Reverse Gear. The position sensors are located in the FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail D Position Sensor
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) and connected reporting a partial or full Reverse Gear engagement position
to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) at the 74-Way while speed sensors and Rail C Position Sensor reports a
Transmission Harness Connector. Primary Drive Gear or Secondary Driven Gear engagement
position for 1 second.
Detection
The TCM monitors the Rail D Position. If a system failure is FMI 15 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe): Rail
detected, the TCM sets the fault code Active. D Position Sensor reporting uncommanded movement
toward the Primary Driven Gear from the neutral position
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active while C Position Sensor reports a Primary Drive Gear or
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal – Most Severe: Rail Secondary Driven Gear engagement position for 2 seconds.
D Position Sensor indicated Rail D moved beyond the cali-
brated Primary Driven Gear engagement position for 1 sec-
Severe): Rail D Position Sensor reporting uncommanded
ond.
movement toward neutral from the Primary Driven Gear
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal – Most Severe: Rail engagement position while speed sensors report a valid Pri-
D Position Sensor indicated Rail D moved beyond the cali- mary Driven Gear ratio.
brated Reverse Gear engagement position for 1 second.
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Rail D Position Sensor out of normal Rail D Position Sensor reporting uncommanded movement
operating duty cycle (5% to 95%) for 1 second. toward the Reverse Gear from the neutral position while
Rail C Position Sensor reports a Primary Drive Gear or Sec-
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Rail D ondary Driven Gear engagement position for 2 seconds.
Position Sensor shorted to power for 1 second.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Rail D Severe): Rail D Position Sensor reporting uncommanded
Position Sensor shorted to ground for 1 second. movement toward neutral from the Reverse Gear engage-
ment position while speed sensors report a valid Reverse
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Rail D
Gear ratio.
Position Sensor open circuit for 1 second.
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail D Position Sensor report-
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Rail D
ing Primary Driven Gear disengagement while speed sen-
Position Sensor out of normal operating voltage (4.75V to
sors report a valid Primary Driven Gear ratio for 1 second.
5.25V) for 1 second.
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail D Position Sensor report-
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail D Posi-
ing Reverse Gear disengagement while speed sensors
tion Sensor indicated movement from neutral while Rail C
report a valid Reverse Gear ratio for 1 second.
was engaged into the Primary Drive Gear or Secondary
Driven Gear during an interlock function test. FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Rail D Position Sensor reporting
a partial or full Primary Driven Gear engagement while
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Rail D Position Sensor out
speed sensors and Rail C Position Sensor reports a Primary
of normal operating frequency for 1 second.
Drive Gear or Secondary Driven Gear engagement position
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Rail D Position Sensor for 1 second.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 315: Rail D Position
Fallback FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6:
FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,
• MTM - Rail D Position Sensor
20, 21, 31
- Damaged
• If Rail D position is known and fully engaged
- Internal failure
- Shift Rail D movement prohibited
• If Rail D position is not known or not fully engaged: open
- Amber warning lamp on • TCM
- Shift Rail D movement prohibited - Software issue
- Non-neutral modes prohibited - Internal failure
- PTO Mode Prohibited FMI 7:
• MTM - Rail D
FMI 7
- Valve Pack B
• Amber warning lamp on - Valve Pack C
• No degraded performance - Rail D cylinder
- Rail D yoke
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10: Rail D Position Sensor in range - Rail D detent
for 10 seconds. • Internal Transmission
FMI 0, 1, 7, 11, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 31: Key cycle and - Rail D sliding clutch
condition no longer exists. - Main Shaft
FMI 12: Rail D Position Sensor internal self-checks in range FMI 8:
for 10 seconds.
Possible Causes - Damaged
FMI 0, 1: - Internal failure
• MTM • MTM - Transmission Harness
- Rail D Yoke - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• TCM
- Rail D Sliding Clutch
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8:
- Software issue
- Internal failure
- Damaged
FMI 9:
- Internal failure
• MTM - Rail D Cylinder
- Magnet loose
open. - Magnet detached
• TCM • MTM - Rail D Position Sensor
- Software issue - Loose
- Internal failure - Damaged
Fault Code 315: Rail D Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
FMI 10, 14, 20, 21, 31:

- Internal failure
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 15, 16, 17, 18:

- Internal failure
• MTM - Rail D Detent
Additional Tools
Adapter - RR1029TR
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 315: Rail D Position
6
5
4
3



rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity Vehicle Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body
report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Harness Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 315 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 14,
Step B.
depending on MTM Type configured in TCM. 3. Inspect the TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission
V.
go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 315 FMI 0, 1, 7 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step F.
• I If Fault Code 315 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive, Connector, replace the TCM and MTM. Go to
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732
4. Key on.
Purpose: Verify Rail D Position Sensor internal re-
table.
1. Key off.
25 27

to Step V.
Procedure.
between Pin 26 and Pin 27. Record reading in • If readings are out of range, replace the TCM.
table. Go to Step V.

State

Ohms
Key on 25 to 27 4.75–5.25 V
26 27
4. Key on.
Purpose: Verify Rail D Position Sensor internal re-
table.
1. Key off.
25 15

to Step V.
Procedure.
table. to Step V.

State

Ohms
Key on 25 to 15 4.75–5.25 V
14 15
Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Pri- Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail D
F mary Driven and Reverse Gears. G Sliding Clutch.
1. Key off. 1. Inspect the Rail D Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear.
2. Remove MTM.
3. Inspect the Primary Driven Gear for excessive fore
and aft movement.
2. Shift the Rail D Sliding Clutch to the neutral posi-

tion (if necessary).
3. Shift the Rail D Sliding Clutch into the Primary
Driven Gear engagement position and return to
neutral.
4. Shift the Rail D Sliding Clutch into the Reverse Gear
engagement position and return to neutral.
• If the Rail D Sliding Clutch shifts into all three
positions, replace the MTM. Go to Step V.
4. Inspect the Reverse Gear for excessive fore and aft
movement. • If the Rail D Sliding Clutch does not shift into
all three positions, go to Step H.
the Main Shaft for cause of excessive move-
ment and repair. Go to Step V.
to Step G.
Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail D Purpose: Verify repair.

H Yoke. V
1. Inspect Rail D Yoke for wear. 1. Key off.
go to Step A.
• If no yoke wear is evident, inspect Rail D Slid-

ing Clutch and Main Shaft for cause of
restricted movement and repair. Go to Step V.
• If yoke wear is evident, inspect Rail C Sliding
Clutch and Main Shaft for cause of restricted
movement and repair. Replace MTM. Go to
Step V.
Fault Code 320: Rail E Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 320: Rail E Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5942 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 16, 18, 20, 21
Overview FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with position sen- Severe): Rail E Position Sensor reporting uncommanded
sors to monitor shift rails B, C, D and E. The position sen- movement toward neutral from High Range engagement
sors detect the rail position through the proximity of a position while speed sensors report a valid High Range
magnet mounted to each shift rail. Shift Rail E actuates the ratio.
Rail E synchronizer to engage High or Low Range. The
position sensors are located in the Mechatronic Transmis-
Severe): Rail E Position Sensor reporting uncommanded
sion Module (MTM) and connected to the Transmission
movement toward neutral from Low Range engagement
Control Module (TCM) at the 74-Way Transmission Harness
position while speed sensors report a valid Low Range
Connector.
ratio.
Detection FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail E Position Sensor report-
The TCM monitors the Rail E Position. If a system failure is ing High Range disengagement while speed sensors report
detected, the TCM sets the fault code Active. a valid High Range ratio for 1 second.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail E Position Sensor report-
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal – Most Severe: Rail ing Low Range disengagement while speed sensors report
E Position Sensor indicated Rail E moved beyond the cali- a valid Low Range ratio for 1 second.
brated High Range engagement position for 1 second.
Fallback
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal – Most Severe: Rail FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 16, 18, 20, 21
E Position Sensor indicated Rail E moved beyond the cali-
brated Low Range engagement position for 1 second. • If Rail E position is known and fully engaged:
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Rail E Position Sensor out of normal
operating duty cycle (5% to 95%) for 1 second. - Shift Rail E movement prohibited
• If Rail E position is not known or not fully engaged:
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Rail E
Position Sensor shorted to power for 1 second. - Amber warning lamp on
- Shift Rail E movement prohibited
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Rail E
Position Sensor shorted to ground for 1 second. - Non-Neutral Modes prohibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Rail E
Position Sensor open circuit for 1 second. - If vehicle is moving – Red stop lamp on
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Rail E Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
Position Sensor out of normal operating voltage (4.75V to FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9: Rail E Position Sensor in range for
5.25V) for 1 second. 10 seconds.
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Rail E Position Sensor out of FMI 0, 1, 10, 16, 18, 20, 21: Key cycle and condition no
normal operating frequency for 1 second. longer exists.
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Rail E Position Sensor FMI 12: Rail E Position Sensor internal self-checks in range
could not detect magnet for 1 second. for 10 seconds.
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate Of Change: Rail E Position Sensor
reporting rate of change exceeded when no movement
commanded for 1 second.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Rail E Position Sensor

TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 320: Rail E Position
Possible Causes FMI 10, 20, 21:

FMI 0, 1:
• MTM - Rail E Position Sensor
• MTM - Internal failure
- Rail E Yoke FMI 16, 18:
- Rail E Synchronizer
- Internal failure
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6:
• MTM - Rail E Position Sensor - Rail E Detent
- Damaged - Rail E Shift Rail
- Internal failure - Rail E Synchronizer
Additional Tools
open. • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
• TCM • Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 8:

- Damaged
- Internal failure
open.
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 9:
• MTM Installation
- Rail E notch facing down
• MTM - Rail E Cylinder
- Magnet loose
- Magnet detached
- Loose
- Damaged
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Fault Code 320: Rail E Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
6
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 320 FMI 9 is Active and MTM was
recently replaced, go to Step I.
• If Fault Code 320 FMI 9 is Active or Inactive
and MTM was not recently replaced, go to
Step B.
• If Fault Code 320 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 18, 20,
21 is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
- Fault Code 275 FMI 5 3. Inspect the TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission
- Fault Code 295 FMI 8 Harness Connector, verify the connector is free
- Fault Code 315 FMI 8 from contamination and corrosion; the terminals
Note: Fault Code 596 FMI 5 may also be Active age to the connector body.
Go to Configure Mechatronic Transmission installed and not damaged.
V.
• If Fault Code 320 FMI 8 is Active or Inactive, Connector, replace the TCM and MTM. Go to
go to Step B. Step V.
Procedure.
create a Service Activity Report and select • If no contamination or damage is found, go to
“Send to Eaton”. Go to Step D. Step C.
4. Key on.
Purpose: Verify Rail E Position Sensor internal re-
C sistance and power supply at TCM.
table.
1. Key off.
72

to Step V.
Procedure.
table. to Step V.

State

Ohms
Key on 72 to 74 4.75–5.25 V
73 74

1. Key off.

are not bent, spread or loose; and there is no
dam-age to the connector body.
Step V.
Procedure.
Step E.
4. Key on.
Purpose: Verify Rail E Position Sensor internal re-
table.
1. Key off.
72

to Step V.

State
Ohms
Key on 72 to 74 4.75–5.25 V
73 74
5. Shift Rail E into the Low Range (aft) engagement

Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the Rail position and return to neutral.
F E Synchronizer. • If Rail E shifts between neutral, High and Low
Range, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
1. Key off. Transmission Technologies at
+1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
2. Remove MTM. instructions. Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires the • If Rail E does not shift between neutral, High
transmission to be removed from the vehicle. Ref- and Low Range, go to Step H.
Transmission Removal Service Procedure. • If the Rail E Detent could not be removed, go
to Step H.
3. Install the MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1)
onto the main housing.
Note: Reference Appendix, Manually Actuate Rail E
Procedure.
4. Using the Rail E Lever, move Rail E to neutral (if
necessary).
Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail E
5. Shift Rail E into the High Range (fore) engagement
position and return to neutral.
H Synchronizer and Shift Rail.

position and return to neutral. 1. Remove the Rear Housing.
• If Rail E shifts between neutral, High and Low 2. Inspect the Rail E Synchronizer, Shift Rail, Detent
Range, go to Step G. and Rear Housing Detent bore.
• If Rail E does not shift between neutral, High • Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
or Low Range, go to Step G. sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the Rail E

G Range Synchronizer without detent.
1. Remove the Rail E Detent Plug, Spring and Detent.

TRSM0950, Harness Bracket Service Procedure
and Rear Housing Disassembly Service Procedure
for Rail E Detent location and removal.
necessary).
Purpose: Verify orientation of Rail E. Purpose: Verify repair.

I V
1. Refer to TRSM0950 Mechatronic Transmission 1. Key off.
Module (MTM) Service Procedure.
2. Verify notch on Rail E is facing up. nents are properly installed.
go to Step A.
• If MTM was installed with notch on Rail E

facing down, refer TRSM0950 Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM) Service
Procedure. Go to Step V.
Note: If MTM is installed on the transmission
with the notch on Rail E facing down, Fault
Code 320 (SPN 5942) FMI 9 sets Active and
the transmission will not shift out of neutral.
• If MTM was installed with notch on Rail E fac-
ing up, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 345 Engine (Over) Speed
Fault Code 345 Engine (Over) Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5052 FMI 0

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 0: Engine speed message indicates engine speed less
cle’s Engine Speed message over the Primary Data Link than 2500 rpm or clutch closed for 10 seconds.
(J1939 A). The TCM uses the Engine Speed as the primary
engine speed message during normal transmission opera- Possible Causes
tion. The Primary Data Link is connected to the TCM at the FMI 0:
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector.
• Descending an overly steep grade
Detection • Excessive vehicle weight
The TCM monitors the Engine Speed message. If an engine
over speed is reported, the fault is set Active. Additional Tools
• None
FMI 0 – Data Erratic: Engine speed message indicates
engine rpm greater than 2600 rpm with the clutch open.
Fallback
FMI 0:

A V
sion Technologies at 800-826-4357 for further 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
diagnostic instructions.
13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 350 Input Speed
Fault Code 350 Input Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 161 FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 14, 20, 21, 31
Overview FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Input Speed less than expected
The Endurant Transmission is equipped with speed sensors when compared to either a valid J1939 Data Link Engine
to monitor input, Countershaft and output speeds. The RPM with the LCA Position Sensor reporting the clutch is
speed sensors provide rotational speed inputs to the Trans- closed or a valid Countershaft Speed RPM with Rail B
mission Control Module (TCM) to verify clutch operation engaged for 2 seconds.
and calculate gear ratios. The Input Speed Sensor mea-
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Input Speed dropped out when
sures the rotational speed of the input shaft. The Input
compared to a valid J1939 Data Link Engine Speed RPM
Shaft and Countershaft Speed Sensors are mounted inter-
and Front Axle Speed RPM with the LCA Position Sensor
nally and attached to the Mechatronic Transmission Module
reporting the clutch is closed and the Rail Position Sensors
(MTM) and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmis-
reporting the transmission is in gear for 5 seconds.
sion Harness Connector.
Fallback
Detection
All FMIs
The TCM monitors the Input Speed Signal. If a system fail-
ure is detected, the fault is set Active. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Input Speed Sensor out of normal • If Fault Code 350 and 370 are both Active and Rail
operating RPM (-7500 to 11250) for 5 seconds. C or D is engaged:
- Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Input
Speed Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 5 seconds. - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Input
Speed Sensor circuit open or shorted to power for 5 sec- - Up Shifts Prohibited
onds. - Clutch Engagements prohibited
FMI 6 - Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Input - Non neutral modes prohibited
Speed Sensor out of normal operating voltage (4.75V to - PTO Mode prohibited
5.25V) for 5 seconds.
• If Fault Code 350 and 370 are both Active and Rail
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Input Speed Sensor out of C or D is disengaged:
normal operating frequency for 5 seconds. - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Input Speed Sensor direc- - Inertia Brake activation prohibited
tion unknown for 5 seconds. - Non neutral modes prohibited
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Input Speed dropped out - PTO Mode prohibited
when compared to a valid J1939 Data Link Engine RPM
with the LCA Position Sensor reporting the clutch is closed Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
or Countershaft Speed RPM with the Rail B Synchronizer FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9: Input Shaft Speed Sensor in range
engaged for 5 seconds. for 10 seconds.
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Input Speed greater than FMI 14, 31: Key cycle and condition no longer exists.
expected when compared to either a valid J1939 Data Link
FMI 20, 21: Input Shaft Speed signal matches calculated
Engine RPM with the LCA Position Sensor reporting the
Input Shaft Speed for 10 seconds.
clutch is closed or a valid Countershaft Speed RPM with
Rail B engaged for 2 seconds.
Fault Code 350 Input Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Possible Causes
FMI 2, 14, 20, 21, 31:
• MTM - Input Speed Sensor

- Internal failure
- Damaged
- Mechanical failure
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 4, 5, 6, 8, 9:
• MTM - Input Speed Sensor

- Internal failure
- Damaged
• MTM - Input Shaft Speed Sensor Harness
open
open
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Additional Tools
Adapter
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 350 Input Speed
6
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 350 FMI 2, 14, 20, 21, 31 is

Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

Purpose: Verify Input Speed Sensor power supply
C at TCM.
to Step V.
to Step V.

State
Key on 54 to 55 4.75–5.25 V
3. Key on.
table.
54 55

1. Key off.

Step V.
Procedure.
Step E.

Purpose: Verify Input Speed Sensor power supply
E at TCM.
to Step V.
1. Key off.
Diagnostic Adapter to the TCM side of the 74-Way Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)
Transmission Harness Connector. State
Key on 54 to 55 4.75–5.25 V
3. Key on.
table.
54 55
Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Input Purpose: Verify repair.

F Shaft Tone Wheel. V
2. Remove the MTM. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
transmission to be removed from the vehicle. Ref- 3. Key on with engine off.
erence Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950, 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Inspect the Input Shaft Tone Wheel for missing
teeth and excessive movement. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
13.
• If no missing teeth or no excessive movement

evident, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
• If missing teeth and/or excessive movement
evident, identify cause for missing teeth and/or
excessive movement and repair. Go to Step V.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 370: Countershaft Speed
Fault Code 370: Countershaft Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 160 FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 14, 20, 21, 31
Overview FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Countershaft Speed less than

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with speed sensors expected when compared to valid Input Shaft Speed and
to monitor input, countershaft and output speeds. The Output Shaft Speed RPM with the Rail Position Sensors
speed sensors provide rotational speed inputs to the Trans- reporting the transmission is in gear for 2 seconds.
mission Control Module (TCM) to verify clutch operation
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Countershaft Speed dropped
and calculate gear ratios. The Countershaft Speed Sensor
out when compared to a valid J1939 Data Link Engine
measures the rotational speed of the countershafts. The
Speed RPM and Front Axle Speed RPM with the LCA Posi-
Input Shaft and Countershaft Speed Sensors are mounted
tion Sensor reporting the clutch is closed and the Rail Posi-
internally and attached to the Mechatronic Transmission
tion Sensors reporting the transmission is in gear for 5
Module (MTM) and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way
seconds.
Fallback
Detection
FMI 11, 31
The TCM monitors the Countershaft Speed signal. If a sys-
tem failure is detected, the fault is set Active. • No degraded performance
FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 14, 20, 21
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Countershaft Speed Sensor out of • Amber warning lamp on
normal operating RPM (-7500 to 11250) for 5 seconds.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Counter- • If Fault Code 350 and 375 are both Active and Rail
shaft Speed Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 5 seconds. C or D is engaged:
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Counter- - Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
shaft Speed Sensor circuit open or shorted to power for 5 - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
seconds.
FMI 6 - Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: - Up Shifts Prohibited
Countershaft Speed Sensor out of normal operating voltage
- Clutch Engagements prohibited
(4.75V to 5.25V) for 5 seconds.
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Countershaft Speed Sensor
out of normal operating frequency for 5 seconds.
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Countershaft Speed Sen- C or D is disengaged:
sor direction unknown for 5 seconds.
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Countershaft Speed - Inertia Brake activation prohibited
dropped out when compared to a valid Input Shaft and Out-
put Shaft RPM with the LCA Position Sensor reporting the
clutch is closed and either: - PTO Mode prohibited
• Rail C, D, E engaged and Rail B in neutral for 5 sec- Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
onds. FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 14, 31: Countershaft Speed
• or Sensor in range for 10 seconds.
• Rail C, D, E in neutral and Rail B engaged into the FMI 20, 21: Countershaft Speed signal matches calculated
Primary Drive Gear for 5 seconds. Countershaft Speed for 10 seconds.
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Countershaft Speed greater
than expected when compared to a valid Input Shaft Speed
and Output Shaft Speed RPM with the Rail Position Sensors
Fault Code 370: Countershaft Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Possible Causes
FMI 11, 14, 20, 21, 31:

- Internal failure
- Damaged
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9:

- Internal failure
- Damaged
open
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Additional Tools
Adapter - RR1029TR
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 370: Countershaft Speed
6
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 370 FMI 2, 11, 14, 20, 21, 31 is

Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

Purpose: Verify Countershaft Speed Sensor power
C supply at TCM.
to Step V.
to Step V.

State
Key on 32 to 42 4.75–5.25 V
3. Key on.
table.
32 42

1. Key off.

Step V.
Procedure.
Step E.

Purpose: Verify Countershaft Speed Sensor power
E supply at TCM.
to Step V.
1. Key off.
Diagnostic Adapter to the TCM side of the 74-Way Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)
Transmission Harness Connector. State
Key on 32 to 42 4.75–5.25 V
3. Key on.
table.
32 42
Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the lower Purpose: Verify condition of the Countershaft
F countershaft. G Speed Sensor.
1. Key off. 1. Inspect the Countershaft Speed Sensor in the MTM

for damage.
2. Remove the MTM.
3. Inspect the lower countershaft Primary Drive Gear
for missing teeth and excessive movement.
• If no Countershaft Speed Sensor damage is

evident, go to Step V.
• If Countershaft Speed Sensor damage is
evident, Replace the MTM. Go to Step V.
• If no missing teeth or no excessive movement

evident, replace the MTM. Go to Step V.
• If missing teeth and/or excessive movement
evident, identify cause of missing teeth and/or
excessive movement and repair. Go to Step G.

V
1. Key off.
13.
Fault Code 375: Output Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 375: Output Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 191 FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 14, 20, 21, 31
Overview FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Output Speed less than

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with speed sensors expected when compared to valid Input Shaft Speed and
to monitor input, Countershaft and output speeds. The Output Shaft Speed RPM with the Rail Position Sensors
speed sensors provide rotational speed inputs to the Trans- reporting the transmission is in gear for 2 seconds.
mission Control Module (TCM) to verify clutch operation
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Output Speed dropped out
and calculate gear ratios. The Output Speed Sensor mea-
when compared to valid J1939 Data Link Engine and Front
sures the rotational speed and direction of the Planetary
Axle Speed RPM with the LCA Position Sensor reporting the
Output Shaft Assembly. The Output Speed Sensor is
clutch is closed and the Rail Position Sensors reporting the
mounted externally and connects at the Mechatronic Trans-
transmission is in gear for 5 seconds.
mission Module (MTM) Housing. The 3-Way Output Speed
Sensor Connector connects to the TCM at the 74-Way
Fallback
All FMIs
Detection • Amber warning lamp on
The TCM monitors the Output Speed signal. If a system fail-
ure is detected, the fault is set Active.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active C or D is engaged:
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Output Speed Sensor out of normal - Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
operating RPM (-7500 to 11250) for 5 seconds.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Output - Inertia Brake activation prohibited
Speed Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 5 seconds.
- Up Shifts Prohibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Output - Clutch Engagements prohibited
Speed Sensor circuit open or shorted to power for 5 sec-
onds.
FMI 6 - Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Output
Speed Sensor out of normal operating voltage (4.75V to
C or D is disengaged:
5.25V) for 5 seconds.
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Output Speed Sensor out of
normal operating frequency for 5 seconds.
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Output Speed Sensor
direction unknown for 5 seconds.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Output Speed dropped out Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
when compared to a valid Input Shaft and Output Shaft FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9: Output Speed Sensor in range for
RPM with the LCA Position Sensor reporting the clutch is 10 seconds.
closed and either:
FMI 14, 31: Key cycle and condition no longer exists.
• Rail C, D, E engaged and Rail B in neutral for 5 sec-
FMI 20, 21: Output Speed signal matches calculated Output
onds.
Shaft Speed for 10 seconds.
• Rail C, D, E in neutral and Rail B engaged into the
Primary Drive Gear for 5 seconds.
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Output Speed greater than
expected when compared to a valid Input Shaft Speed and
Output Shaft Speed RPM with the Rail Position Sensors
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 375: Output Speed
Possible Causes
FMI 2, 14, 20, 21, 31:
• MTM - Output Speed Sensor

- Internal failure
- Damaged
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 4, 5, 6, 8, 9:
• MTM - Output Speed Sensor

- Internal failure
- Damaged
• MTM - Output Speed Sensor Harness
open
open
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Additional Tools
• 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter - RR1060TR
Adapter - RR1029TR
Fault Code 375: Output Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
6
5
4

6. 3-Way Output Speed Sensor
7. 3-Way Output Speed Sensor Connector

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of 3-Way Output Speed
A B Sensor Connector and power supply.

2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Disconnect the 3-Way Output Speed Sensor Con-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity nector at the MTM by lifting up on the yellow latch.
3. Verify the connector is free from contamination and
• If Fault Code 375 FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 14, 20, corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or
21, 31 is Active or Inactive, go to Step B. loose; and there is no damage to the connector
body.
to the 3-Way Output Speed Sensor Connector at
the MTM.
5. Key on.
6. Measure voltage at the 3-Way EDA between Pin 2
(signal) and Pin 3 (5V). Record reading in table.
2 3

• If readings are in range, replace the Output
Speed Sensor. Go to Step V.
• If readings are out of range, go to Step C.

State
Key on 2 to 3 4.75–5.25 V

C Harness Connector.
1. Key off.

Step V.
Procedure.
Step D.

Purpose: Verify Output Speed Sensor power sup-
D ply at TCM.
to Step V.
• If readings are out of range, replace the TCM.
Go to Step V.

State
Key on 52 to 64 4.75–5.25 V
3. Key on.
table.
52 64

V
1. Key off.
Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 385: Grade Sensor
Fault Code 385: Grade Sensor

J1939: SA 3 SPN 583 FMI 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 21, 31
Overview Fallback
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) is equipped with a FMI 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 21, 31:
Grade Sensor, which calculates vehicle incline. The grade
position is used for the Hill Start Aid (HSA) feature and pro- • Amber warning lamp on
vides information to assist in vehicle launch and shifting. • HSA may be reduced
The Grade Sensor is internal to the Transmission Control • Shift strategy may be altered
Module (TCM).
• Shift and launch quality may degrade
Note: Initial calibration of the Grade Sensor must be com-
pleted at the OEM assembly plant or anytime the TCM is Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
replaced. The Grade Sensor Calibration requires Ser- FMI 10, 11, 14, 20, 21: Key cycle.
viceRanger to complete the procedure.
FMI 2, 8, 12, 31: Condition no longer exists.
Detection
The TCM monitors the Grade Sensor signal. If the signal is Possible Causes
out of range or a system failure is detected, the fault is set FMI 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14, 19, 20, 21, 31:
active. • TCM
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Internal failure
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Grade Sensor signal out of hardware - Software issue
limits. Greater than 100% or less than -100% for 1 second. FMI 13:
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Grade Sensor signal out of • Calibration
range.
- Grade Sensor not calibrated
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: No change in grade
detected over significant distance. Additional Tools
FMI 11 – Failure Mode Not Identifiable: Acceleration up a • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
grade with no accelerator input for 3 seconds.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Grade Sensor self-check

failure.
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Grade Sensor calibration

required.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Deceleration down a grade

with near maximum accelerator input for 3 seconds.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Grade sensor

message received in error.
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Grade percentage average

greater than 25%.
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Grade percentage average less

than -25%.
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Grade Sensor signal out of

range. Greater than 50% or less than -50% for 2 seconds.

A V
B.
• If Fault Code 385 FMI 13 is Inactive, Grade
Sensor Calibration has been completed. Go to 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
Step V.
• If Fault Code 385 FMI 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14, 19, or duplicate the previous complaint.
20, 21, or 31 is Active or Inactive, B on page
376
go to Step A.
Purpose: Perform Grade Sensor Calibration. dure Index on page 13.
B
1. Key off.
2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
5. Go to “Service Routines”.
6. Select "Start" Grade Sensor Calibration and follow
on-screen prompts.
• If the Grade Sensor Calibration completed with
no errors or faults indicated, go to Step V.
• If the Grade Sensor Calibration could not be
performed or errors or faults are indicated,
replace the TCM. Go to Step V.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 390: Transmission Control Module Temperature
Fault Code 390: Transmission Control Module Temperature

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5912 FMI 17
Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) is equipped with
an internal temperature sensor to monitor ambient tem-
perature.
Detection
The TCM monitors the internal temperature sensor. If an
extreme cold ambient temperature is reported and trans-
mission operation is requested, the fault is set Active.

FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal: TCM Temperature
reports less than -30ºC (-20ºF) with the engine running and
vehicle stationary and the driver requests a gear engage-
ment or PTO operation.
Fallback
FMI 17


FMI 17: TCM Temperature indicates the transmission is
ready for operation.
Possible Causes
FMI 17
• Extreme ambient cold temperature

A V
• If Fault Code 390 FMI 17 is Active, the TCM
Temperature is reporting extreme cold ambient
temperatures and requires a warm-up cycle. 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
Continue to run the engine to increase the
transmission temperature. When the amber
warning lamp goes out, the transmission is 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
ready for operation. Go to Step V.. or duplicate the previous complaint.
• If Fault Code 390 FMI 17 is Inactive, the TCM 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
Temperature experienced extreme cold ambi-
ent temperatures. Go to Step V..
V on page 378
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 511: Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (C4) – Coarse Vent
Fault Code 511: Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (C4) – Coarse Vent

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5614 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18
Overview FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with solenoids to Severe): CES1 commanded on for longer than expected
direct pneumatic flow to release and engage the clutch. The increasing solenoid temperature.
Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (CES1) is energized by the Trans-
mission Control Module (TCM) to exhaust air pressure from
Severe): CES1 commanded on below expected voltage.
the Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) and engage the clutch. The
clutch control system requires four solenoids to control the
Fallback
clutch position – two clutch engage solenoids and two
FMI 0, 1, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
clutch release solenoids. The CES1 quickly exhausts air
pressure from the LCA to engage the clutch. The CES1 is • Amber warning lamp on
located in the Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)
• Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 operation prohibited
and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Har-
ness Connector. • May experience slow clutch engagement
FMI 3, 4:
Detection
The TCM monitors the CES1. If a system failure is detected, • Amber warning lamp on
the fault is set Active. • Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 operation prohibited
• Clutch Release Solenoid 2 operation prohibited
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): • Urge to Move and Creep mode prohibited
CES1 low side current is greater than commanded current. • Raised shift points
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): FMI 7, 10:
CES1 low side current is less than commanded current.
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: CES1 • Non-Neutral modes prohibited
shorted to power for 2 seconds.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: CES1 • If transmission is in gear and moving
commanded off and shorted to ground for 2 seconds.
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: CES1 open - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
circuit for 2 seconds.
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: CES1 - Raised shift points
commanded on and shorted to ground.
- Engine may shut down
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: The LCA
Position Sensor reports the clutch is engaged while the Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
clutch control system is attempting to release the clutch. FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18: Key cycle
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: CES1 out of normal operat- FMI 3, 4, 5, 8: CES1 in range for 10 seconds
ing frequency for 4 seconds.
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: The clutch release

solenoid has been commanded on for a longer duty cycle
than expected to maintain clutch release.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: CES1 commanded on

beyond expected duty cycle.
Fault Code 511: Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (C4) – Coarse Vent | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Possible Causes FMI 16

FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 18
• LCA
• MTM – Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 - Stuck piston
- Internal failure - LCA to MTM seal air leak
- Damaged - Internal failure
• MTM - Transmission Harness • MTM – Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 and/or 2
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or - Stuck open
open
- Air leak
• TCM
• Clutch Housing
- Internal failure
- Damaged Release Bearing
FMI 7:
- Damaged Front Bearing Cover
• LCA - Damaged Release Yoke
- Stuck piston - Damaged Clutch
- LCA to MTM seal air leak
Additional Tools
- Internal failure
• MTM – Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 and/or 2
- Stuck open
Adapter - RR1029TR
- Air leak
• Clutch Housing
- Damaged Release Yoke
- Damaged Clutch
• TCM
- Software issue
FMI 10:
• MTM – Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 and/or 2

- Stuck open
- Air leak
• TCM
- Software issue
• LCA
- Internal failure
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 511: Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (C4) – Coarse Vent
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 511 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 18 is
Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
tive, Refer to Service Bulletin TAIB-0885. Go to
Step V.
instructions. go to Step V.
Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 resis- between Pin 19 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
D tance and not shorted to ground. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
19

• If readings are out of range, replace the MTM.
Go to Step V.
Procedure.
3. Measure resistance at the Eaton Breakout Box Pins Range Reading(s)

table. 18 to 19 2.5–3.1 Ohms
19 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)
18 19

Purpose: Verify Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 resis- between Pin 30 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
E tance and not shorted to ground. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
30

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 30 to 31 2.3–3.9 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
30 31
F V
2. Remove the 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
nents are properly installed. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Key on. 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
6. Connect ServiceRanger. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes, 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps. or duplicate the previous complaint.
• If Fault Code 511 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 18 is 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
Active, replace the TCM. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 511 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 18 is properly, test complete.
Inactive, replace the MTM. Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires go to Step A.
Procedure.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 512: Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 (C3) – Fine Vent
Fault Code 512: Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 (C3) – Fine Vent

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5615 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18
Overview Fallback
The Endurant Transmission is equipped with solenoids to FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
direct pneumatic flow to release and engage the clutch. The
Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 (CES2) is energized by the Trans- • Amber warning lamp on
mission Control Module (TCM) to exhaust air pressure from • Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 operation prohibited
the Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) and engage the clutch. The • May experience harsh clutch engagement
clutch control system requires four solenoids to control the
clutch position – two clutch engage solenoids and two FMI 10:
clutch release solenoids. The CES2 slowly exhausts air • Amber warning lamp on
pressure from the LCA to engage the clutch. The CES2 is
located in the Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Har- • Raised shift points
ness Connector.
Detection FMI 0, 1, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18: Key cycle
The TCM monitors the CES2. If a system failure is detected,
the fault is set Active. FMI 3, 4, 5: CES2 in range for 10 seconds
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Possible Causes

FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
CES2 low side current is greater than commanded current. • MTM – Clutch Engage Solenoid 2
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): - Internal failure
CES2 low side current is less than commanded current. - Damaged
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: CES2 • MTM - Transmission Harness
shorted to power for 2 seconds. - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: CES2 open
commanded off and shorted to ground for 2 seconds. • TCM
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: CES2 open - Internal failure
circuit for 2 seconds. FMI 12:
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: CES2 • TCM

commanded on and shorted to ground. - Software issue
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: CES2 out of normal operat- - Internal failure
ing frequency. FMI 10:
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: The clutch release • MTM – Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 and/or 2
solenoid has been commanded on for a longer duty cycle
than expected to maintain clutch release for 10 seconds. - Stuck open
- Air leak
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: CES2 commanded on
beyond expected duty cycle. Additional Tools
FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
Severe): CES2 commanded on for longer than expected • Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
increasing solenoid temperature. Adapter - RR1029TR
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
Severe): CES2 commanded on below expected voltage.
Fault Code 512: Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 (C3) – Fine Vent | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 512 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
go to Step G.

Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 between Pin 60 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
D resistance and not shorted to ground. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
60

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 60 to 61 2.5–3.1 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
61 60

Purpose: Verify Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 between Pin 18 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
E resistance and not shorted to ground. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
18

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 18 to 19 3.4–5.5 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
18 19
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of the vehicle air system
F G supply line and MTM air inlet port.

2. Remove the 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter. 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent the vehicle air
5. Key on.
6. Connect ServiceRanger. and/or debris.
7. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes, Note: Verify the MTM inlet screen is installed and
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps. free of contamination and/or debris.
• If Fault Code 512 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active, replace the TCM. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 512 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Inactive, replace the MTM. Go to Step V.
Procedure.

Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step H.
Purpose: Inspect Clutch, Release Bearing, Front Purpose: Verify repair.

H Bearing Cover and Release Yoke. V
2. Remove the transmission. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
TRSM0950, Transmission Removal Service Proce- 3. Key on with engine off.
dure. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Inspect the Clutch, Release Bearing, Front Bearing 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
Cover and Release Yoke for binding or damage.
• If no binding or damage is found, replace the
MTM. Go to Step V. 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
• If binding or damage is found, contact Eaton
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo- 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
gies at 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
instructions. Go to Step V. properly, test complete.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 513: Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (C5) – Coarse Fill
Fault Code 513: Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (C5) – Coarse Fill

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5616 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with solenoids to Severe): CRS1 commanded on for longer than expected
direct pneumatic flow to release and engage the clutch. The increasing solenoid temperature.
Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (CRS1) is energized by the
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct vehicle sup-
Severe): CRS1 commanded on below expected voltage.
plied air pressure into the Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) and
release the clutch. The clutch control system requires four
Fallback
solenoids to control the clutch position – two clutch engage
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
solenoids and two clutch release solenoids. The CRS1
quickly applies air pressure to the LCA and releases the • Amber warning lamp on
clutch. The CRS1 is located in the Mechatronic Transmis-
• Clutch Release Solenoid 1 operation prohibited
sion Module (MTM) and connected to the TCM at the
74-Way Transmission Harness Connector. • Urge to Move and Creep mode prohibited
• Raised shift points
Detection
FMI 7, 10:
The TCM monitors the CRS1. If a system failure is detected,
the fault is set Active. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): • PTO mode prohibited
CRS1 low side current is greater than commanded current. • If vehicle is moving and the transmission is in gear
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): - Red stop lamp on
CRS1 low side current is less than commanded current. - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: CRS1 - Upshifts prohibited
shorted to power for 2 seconds. - Raised shift points
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: CRS1
commanded off and shorted to ground for 2 seconds.
FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18: Key cycle
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: CRS1 open
FMI 3, 4, 5: CRS1 in range for 10 seconds
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: CRS1 Possible Causes

commanded on and shorted to ground. FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: The LCA • MTM - Clutch Release Solenoid 1
Position Sensor reports the clutch is released while the - Internal failure
clutch control system is attempting to engage the clutch.
- Damaged
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: CRS1 out of normal operat- • MTM - Transmission Harness
ing frequency.
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: The clutch engage open
solenoid has been commanded on for a longer duty cycle • TCM
than expected to maintain clutch engagement for 10 sec-
- Internal failure
onds.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: CRS1 commanded on

Fault Code 513: Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (C5) – Coarse Fill | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
FMI 7:
• Clutch Housing
- Damaged Release Yoke
- Damaged Clutch
• LCA
- Stuck piston
- LCA to MTM seal air leak
• MTM - Clutch Release Solenoid 1 and/or 2
- Stuck open
- Air leak
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 10:
• MTM - Clutch Release Solenoid 1 and/or 2

- Stuck open
- Air leak
Additional Tools
Adapter - RR1029TR
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 513: Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (C5) – Coarse Fill
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 513 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
tive, go to Step G.

Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

Purpose: Identify MTM Type. with MTM Part Number in table to determine MTM
C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Clutch Release Solenoid 1 resis- between Pin 41 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
D tance and not shorted to ground. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
41

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 40 to 41 2.5–3.1 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
40 41

Purpose: Verify Clutch Release Solenoid 1 resis- between Pin 41 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
E tance and not shorted to ground. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
41

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 40 to 41 2.3–3.9 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
40 41

5. Key on.
• If Fault Code 513 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
• If Fault Code 513 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
Procedure.

Procedure.

go to Step A.
Fault Code 514: Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (C6) – Fine Fill | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 514: Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (C6) – Fine Fill

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5617 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18
Overview Fallback
The Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) is equipped FMI 0, 1, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
with solenoids to direct pneumatic flow to release and
engage the clutch. The Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (CRS2) is • Amber warning lamp on
energized by the Transmission Control Module (TCM) to • Clutch Release Solenoid 2 operation prohibited
direct vehicle supplied air pressure into the Linear Clutch • Urge to Move and Creep mode prohibited
Actuator (LCA) and release the clutch. The clutch control
system requires four solenoids to control the clutch posi- • Raised shift points
tion – two clutch engage solenoids and two clutch release FMI 3, 4:
solenoids. The CRS2 slowly applies air pressure to the LCA
and releases the clutch. The CRS2 is located in the MTM • Amber warning lamp on
and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Har- • Clutch Release Solenoid 2 operation prohibited
ness Connector. • Clutch Engagement Solenoid 1 operation prohib-
ited
Detection
The TCM monitors the CRS2. If a system failure is detected, • Urge to Move and Creep mode prohibited
the fault is set Active. • Raised shift points
FMI 10:
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): • Amber warning lamp on
CRS2 low side current is greater than commanded current. • No degraded mode
CRS2 low side current is less than commanded current. Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 0, 1, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18: Key cycle
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: CRS2
shorted to power for 2 seconds. FMI 3, 4, 5: CRS2 in range for 10 seconds
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: CRS2 Possible Causes

commanded off and shorted to ground for 2 seconds. FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: CRS2 open • MTM – Clutch Release Solenoid 2
circuit for 2 seconds. - Internal failure
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: CRS2 - Damaged
commanded on and shorted to ground. • MTM – Transmission Harness
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: CRS2 out of normal operat- - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
ing frequency. open
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: The clutch release • TCM

solenoid has been commanded on for a longer duty cycle - Internal failure
than expected to maintain clutch release for 10 seconds. FMI 12:
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: CRS2 commanded on • TCM
- Software issue
FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately - Internal failure
Severe): CRS2 commanded on for longer than expected
increasing solenoid temperature.

Severe): CRS2 commanded on below expected voltage.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 514: Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (C6) – Fine Fill
FMI 10:
• MTM – Clutch Release Solenoid 1 and/or2

- Stuck open
- Air leak
Additional Tools
Adapter - RR1029TR
Fault Code 514: Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (C6) – Fine Fill | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 514 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
go to Step G.

Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Clutch Release Solenoid 2 between Pin 67 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
D resistance and not shorted to ground. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
67

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 18 to 67 3.0–3.6 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
18 67

Purpose: Verify Clutch Release Solenoid 2 between Pin 60 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
E resistance and not shorted to ground. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
60

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 60 to 61 3.4–5.5 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
61 60

5. Key on.
• If Fault Code 514 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
• If Fault Code 514 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
Procedure.

Procedure.

go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 570: Inertia Brake Solenoid (A5)
Fault Code 570: Inertia Brake Solenoid (A5)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 787 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18
Overview FMI 14 – Special Instructions: IBS inappropriately com-

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with solenoids to manded on when:
direct pneumatic flow. The Inertia Brake Solenoid (IBS) is
• Rail C or Rail D sliding clutch is engaged in a gear
energized by the Transmission Control Module (TCM) to
direct vehicle supplied air pressure to actuate the Inertia or
Brake. The Inertia Brake is normally released by spring • The clutch is applied and Rail B Synchronizer is
pressure and when actuated with air pressure slows down engaged in the Primary or Secondary Drive Gear
the lower countershaft to synchronize gear engagement.
FMI 15 – Special Instructions: Inertia Brake temperature
The Inertia Brake is mounted in the clutch housing.The IBS
was higher than expected when PTO was engaged.
is located in the Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)
and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Har- FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
ness Connector. Severe): IBS commanded on for longer than expected
Detection
The TCM monitors the IBS. If a system failure is detected, FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
the fault is set Active. Severe): IBS commanded on below expected voltage.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Fallback

FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): IBS FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 14, 16, 18:
low side current is greater than commanded current.
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): IBS • Inertia Brake engagement prohibited
low side current is less than commanded current.
• May delay engagement of start gear
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: IBS • May experience long shift times
FMI 7:
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: IBS
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: IBS open
FMI 10, 13:
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: IBS
commanded on and shorted to ground. • Amber warning lamp on
• May delay engagement of a start gear
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: During a
Clutch Calibration the Inertia Brake was unable to slow the • May experience long shift times
Countershaft. FMI 15:
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: IBS out of normal operating • Inertia Brake engagement prohibited
frequency.
• May delay engagement of a start gear
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Inertia Brake did not • May experience long shift times
slow down the countershaft as expected for 2 seconds.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: IBS commanded on
FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18: Key cycle
FMI 3, 4, 5, 10, 13: IBS in range for 10 seconds
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: During a clutch calibration,
Inertia Brake did not slow countershaft speed as expected
for 2 seconds.
Fault Code 570: Inertia Brake Solenoid (A5) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Possible Causes FMI 15:

FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
• PTO
• MTM - IBS - Installation
- Internal failure - Operation
- Damaged - Specification
Additional Tools
open • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
• TCM • Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
- Internal failure
FMI 7:
• MTM - IBS
- Stuck closed
- MTM to Main Housing o-ring air leak
• Clutch Housing
- Air leak
- Inertia Brake air line and/or fitting air leak
• Inertia Brake
- Air leak
- Clutch pack worn
- Internal failure
FMI 10, 13:
• MTM
- Air leak
• Clutch Housing
- Air leak
- Inertia Brake air line and/or fitting air leak
• Inertia Brake
- Worn
- Internal failure
• Clutch
- Drag
• Transmission fluid
- Ambient extreme cold
- Incorrect grade
FMI 12, 14:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 570: Inertia Brake Solenoid (A5)
6
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 570 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
tive, go to Step H.
• If Fault Code 570 FMI 13 in Inactive, Clutch
Calibration was successful. Go to Step V.
H.
go to Step I. 3. Inspect the TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission
• If Fault Code 570 FMI 12, 14 is Active or Inac- Harness Connector, verify the connector is free
tive, contact Eaton Cummins Automated from contamination and corrosion; the terminals
Transmission Technologies at are not bent, spread or loose; and there is no dam-
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic age to the connector body.
instructions. Go to Step V. 4. Inspect the TCM Seal, verify the seal is properly
Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Inertia Brake Solenoid resistance between Pin 48 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
D and not shorted to ground. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
48

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 48 to 49 3.6–4.4 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
48 49

Purpose: Verify Inertia Brake Solenoid resistance between Pin 62 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
E and not shorted to ground. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
62

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 62 to 63 3.4–5.5 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
62 63
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Inertia Brake Deceleration Test to
F G Verify Inertia Brake Performance.
1. Key off. 1. Key on.

2. Remove the Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
Diagnostic Adapter.
3. Go To Service Routines.
4. Start Inertia Brake Deceleration Test and follow
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo- on-screen prompts.
5. Key off and perform a complete power down.
5. Key on.
• If Fault Code 570 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active, replace the TCM. Go to Step V. Note: Transmission information is downloaded into
the report.
• If Fault Code 570 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Inactive, go to Step G. 10. Select “Send to Eaton”.
Note: Internet connection is required.
• Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
Purpose: Perform Clutch Calibration. Purpose: Verify PTO Installation, Operation and
H I Specification.
Note: If Fault Code 250 FMI 13 set Active after attempting a Note: Fault Code 570 FMI 15 sets Active when Inertia Brake
Clutch Calibration, the clutch assembly may not be releas- temperature is higher than expected during PTO operation,
ing properly. indicating an excessive PTO load condition.
2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down. 2. Inspect PTO installation, operation and
specification.
• Refer to OEM and/or Body Builder guidelines
for repair or replacement of PTO. Go to Step
5. Go to “Service Routines. V.
6. Select “Start Clutch Calibration” and follow Note: Reference Eaton PTO Information Guide
on-screen prompts. TRIG2600 - PTO Configurations, Heavy-Duty
Automated - Endurant.
• If Clutch Calibration was successful and Fault
Code 250 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step V.
• If the Clutch Calibration was not successful
and Fault Code 250 FMI 13 is Active, Contact
• If Clutch Calibration was successful and Fault
Code 570 FMI 7, 10 is Inactive, go to Step V.
• If the Clutch Calibration was not successful
and Fault Code 570 FMI 7, 10 is Active, Con-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 596: Rail B Fore Solenoid (A5)
Fault Code 596: Rail B Fore Solenoid (A5)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5901 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18, 31
Overview FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately

The Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) is equipped Severe): RBFS commanded on below expected voltage.
with solenoids to direct pneumatic flow. The Rail B Fore
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a Rail Calibration, Rail B
Solenoid (RBFS) is energized by the Transmission Control
Position Sensor reported uncommanded movement fore,
Module (TCM) to direct vehicle supplied air pressure to
out of neutral toward the Secondary Drive Gear.
actuate the Rail B Synchronizer in the fore or forward direc-
tion. The RBFS is located in the MTM and connected to the
Fallback
TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
The TCM monitors the RBFS. If a system failure is detected,
• If Rail B is not engaged
the fault is set Active.
- Rail B movement in the fore direction prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • If Rail B is engaged
- Rail B movement prohibited
RBFS low side current is greater than commanded current.
FMI 7:
RBFS low side current is less than commanded current. • No degraded mode
FMI 17:
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RBFS
shorted to power for 2 seconds. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RBFS • Rail B engagement of the Primary Drive Gear pro-
shorted to ground for 2 seconds. hibited
FMI 31:
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RBFS open
circuit for 2 seconds. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RBFS • Non neutral modes prohibited
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: One time FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18, 31: Key cycle
during an ignition cycle, Rail B Position Sensor reported
uncommanded movement fore, toward Neutral, out of Pri- FMI 3, 4, 5: RBFS in range for 10 seconds
mary Drive Gear, and speed sensors confirmed loss of Pri-
mary Drive Gear engagement. Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 18:
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RBFS out of normal operat-
ing frequency. • MTM
- RBFS
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: RBFS commanded on
beyond expected duty cycle. - Internal failure
- Damaged
FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
Severe): RBFS commanded on for longer than expected • MTM
increasing solenoid temperature. - Transmission Harness
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe): - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
Rail B Position Sensor reported uncommanded movement open
fore, out of the Primary Drive Gear, and speed sensors con- • TCM
firmed the loss of Primary Drive Gear engagement.
- Internal failure
Fault Code 596: Rail B Fore Solenoid (A5) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
FMI 5:
• MTM
- RBFS
- Internal failure
- Damaged
• MTM
- Transmission Harness
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 7, 17:
• MTM - RBFS
- Partially stuck open
- Primary Drive Gear
- Rail B Synchronizer
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 31:
• MTM - RBFS
Additional Tools
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool (RR1088TR)
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 596: Rail B Fore Solenoid (A5)
6
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 596 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 18, 31
Module (MTM) Type on page 664. Go to Step 3. Inspect the TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission
V. Harness Connector, verify the connector is free
• If Fault Code 596 FMI 5 is Active or Inactive, from contamination and corrosion; the terminals
go to Step B. are not bent, spread or loose; and there is no dam-
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- 4. Inspect the TCM Seal, verify the seal is properly
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur- installed and not damaged.
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. • If contamination or damage is found to the
• If Fault Code 596 FMI 7, 17 is Active or Inac- TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Harness
tive, go to Step G. Connector, replace the TCM and MTM. Go to
Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Rail B Fore Solenoid resistance and between Pin 50 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
D not shorted to ground. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
50

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 50 to 51 3.6–4.4 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
50 51

Purpose: Verify Rail B Fore Solenoid resistance and between Pin 3 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
E not shorted to ground. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

3 to 4 3.4–5.5 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
3 4
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Pri-
F G mary Drive Gear.

2. Remove the Eaton Breakout Box 74-Way Eaton 2. Remove MTM.
Diagnostic Adapter.
3. Reinstall the TCM to the MTM. transmission to be removed from the vehicle. Ref-
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo- erence Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950,
5. Key on. 3. Inspect the Primary Drive Gear for excessive fore
and aft movement.
• If Fault Code 596 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active, replace the TCM. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 596 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Inactive, replace the MTM. Go to Step V.
Procedure.

the Primary Drive Gear and Main Shaft Assem-
bly and repair. Go to Step V.
to Step H.

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail B Primary Drive Gear engagement position (aft).
H Synchronizer and clutching teeth. 8. Inspect the Secondary Drive Gear and synchronizer
ring clutching teeth for wear.
1. Inspect the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve yoke 9. Return the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve to
slot for wear. neutral.
into all three positions and no clutching teeth
wear is present, replace the MTM. Go to Step
V.
not shift into all three positions or clutching
teeth wear is present, replace the Rail B Syn-
chronizer Assembly, Primary Drive Gear, Sec-
ondary Drive Gear and MTM. Go to Step V.

(RR1088TR).
Note: Reference Appendix, Manually Actuate Rail B
Procedure.
3. Shift the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into
neutral (if necessary).
Secondary Drive Gear engagement position (fore).
5. Inspect the Primary Drive Gear and synchronizer
6. Return the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve to
neutral.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 597: Rail B Aft Solenoid (A1)
Fault Code 597: Rail B Aft Solenoid (A1)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5909 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18, 31

The Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) is equipped Severe): RBFS commanded on below expected voltage.
with solenoids to direct pneumatic flow. The Rail B Aft Sole-
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a Rail Calibration, Rail B
noid (RBAS) is energized by the Transmission Control Mod-
Position Sensor reported uncommanded movement aft, out
ule (TCM) to direct vehicle supplied air pressure to actuate
of neutral toward the Primary Drive Gear.
the Rail B Synchronizer in the aft or rearward direction. The
RBAS is located in the MTM and connected to the TCM at
Fallback
the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
The TCM monitors the RBAS. If a system failure is detected,
• If Rail B is not engaged
- Rail B movement in the aft direction prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • If Rail B is engaged
- Rail B movement prohibited
RBAS low side current is greater than commanded current.
FMI 7:
RBAS low side current is less than commanded current. • No degraded mode
FMI 17:
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RBAS
shorted to power for 2 seconds. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RBAS • Rail B engagement of the Secondary Drive Gear
shorted to ground for 2 seconds. prohibited
FMI 31:
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RBAS
open circuit for 2 seconds. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RBFS • Non neutral modes prohibited
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: One time FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18: Key cycle
during an ignition cycle, Rail B Position Sensor reported
uncommanded movement aft, out of the Secondary Drive FMI 3, 4, 5, 8: RBAS in range for 10 seconds
Gear, and speed sensors confirmed the loss of Secondary
Drive Gear engagement. Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RBAS out of normal operat-
ing frequency. • MTM - RBAS
- Internal failure
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: RBAS commanded on
beyond expected duty cycle. - Damaged
Severe): RBFS commanded on for longer than expected - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
increasing solenoid temperature. open
• TCM
Rail B Position Sensor reported uncommanded movement - Internal failure
aft, out of the Secondary Drive Gear, and speed sensors
confirmed the loss of Secondary Drive Gear engagement.
Fault Code 597: Rail B Aft Solenoid (A1) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
FMI 7, 17:
• MTM - RBAS
- Secondary Drive Gear
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 31:
• MTM - RBAS
Additional Tools
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool (RR1088TR)
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 597: Rail B Aft Solenoid (A1)
6
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 597 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
tive, go to Step G.

Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Rail B Aft Solenoid resistance and between Pin 1 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

1 to 2 3.6–4.4 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
1 2

Purpose: Verify Rail B Aft Solenoid resistance and between Pin 5 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

5 to 20 3.4–5.5 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
5 20
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Sec-
F G ondary Drive Gear.

Diagnostic Adapter.
5. Key on. 3. Inspect the Secondary Drive Gear for excessive
• If Fault Code 597 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
• If Fault Code 597 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
Procedure.

the Secondary Drive Gear and Input Shaft
Assembly and repair. Go to Step V.
to Step H.

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail B Primary Drive Gear engagement position (aft).
H Synchronizer and clutching teeth. 8. Inspect the Secondary Drive Gear and synchronizer
1. Inspect the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve yoke 9. Return the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve to
slot for wear. neutral.
wear is present, replace the MTM. go to Step
V.
chronizer Assembly, Primary Drive Gear, Sec-

(RR1088TR).
Procedure.
neutral.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 616: Rail C Fore Solenoid (C1)
Fault Code 616: Rail C Fore Solenoid (C1)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5902 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31

The Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) is equipped Severe): RCFS commanded on for longer than expected
with solenoids to direct pneumatic flow. The Rail C Fore increasing solenoid temperature.
Solenoid (RCFS) is energized by the Transmission Control
Rail C Position Sensor reported uncommanded movement
actuate the Rail C Sliding Clutch in the fore or forward
fore, out of the Secondary Driven Gear, and speed sensors
direction. The RCFS is located in the MTM and connected to
confirmed the loss of Secondary Driven Gear engagement.
the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
Detection Severe): RCFS commanded on below expected voltage.
The TCM monitors the RCFS. If a system failure is detected,
the fault is set Active. FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a Rail Calibration, Rail C
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active out of neutral toward the Primary Drive Gear.
RCFS low side current is greater than commanded current. Fallback
FMI 0, 1, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
RCFS low side current is less than commanded current. • Amber warning lamp on
• If vehicle is stationary and Rail C is not in Neutral
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RCFS
shorted to power for 2 seconds. - Rail C movement in the fore direction prohibited
• If vehicle is moving and Rail C is in Neutral
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RCFS
shorted to ground for 2 seconds. - Rail C movement prohibited
FMI 3, 4:
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RCFS open
circuit for 2 seconds. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RCFS • Rail C movement prohibited
commanded on and shorted to ground. • If the vehicle is moving and no start gear is avail-
able
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: One time
during an ignition cycle, Rail C Position Sensor reported - Red stop lamp on
uncommanded movement fore, out of the Secondary FMI 7:
Driven Gear, and speed sensors confirmed the loss of Sec-
ondary Driven Gear engagement. • No degraded mode
FMI 14, 15:
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RCFS out of normal operat-
ing frequency. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: RCFS commanded on • Non neutral modes prohibited
beyond expected duty cycle. • PTO mode prohibited
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail C Position Sensor • If the vehicle is moving and the transmission is in
reported uncommanded movement from Neutral toward the gear
Primary Drive Gear immediately after a shift to Neutral for 2 - Red stop lamp on
seconds.
- Transmission shifts to neutral when vehicle
FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe): comes to a stop
from Neutral toward the Primary Drive Gear for 2 seconds.
Fault Code 616: Rail C Fore Solenoid (C1) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
FMI 17: Additional Tools

• Amber warning lamp on • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
• Rail C engagement of the Secondary Driven Gear • Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
prohibited Adapter - RR1029TR
FMI 31: • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)


FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31: Key cycle
FMI 3, 4, 5: RCFS in range for 10 seconds
Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
• MTM - RCFS
- Internal failure
- Damaged
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 7, 17:
• MTM - RCFS
- Secondary Driven Gear
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 14, 15:
• MTM - RCFS
- Internal failure
FMI 31:
• MTM - RCFS
• Partially stuck open
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 616: Rail C Fore Solenoid (C1)
6
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 616 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
Inactive, go to Step G.

Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Rail C Fore Solenoid resistance and between Pin 16 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.
16

to Step V.
16 to 17 3.6–4.4 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
table.
16 17

Purpose: Verify Rail C Fore Solenoid resistance and between Pin 16 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.
16

to Step V.
16 to 17 3.4–5.5 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
table.
16 17
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Prima-
F G ry Drive Gear.

Diagnostic Adapter.
5. Key on. 3. Inspect the Primary Drive Gear for excessive fore
and aft movement.
• If Fault Code 616 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
• If Fault Code 616 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
Procedure.

the Main Shaft Assembly and Primary Drive
Gear and repair. Go to Step V.
to Step H.

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail C Driven Gear engagement position (aft).
H Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth. 7. Inspect the Rail C Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear.
1. Inspect the Rail C Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear. 8. Return the Rail C Sliding Clutch to neutral.
positions and no clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace the MTM. Go to Step V.
all three positions or clutching teeth wear is
present, replace the Rail C Sliding Clutch, Pri-
mary Drive Gear, Secondary Driven Gear and
MTM. Go to Step V.

V
2. Shift the Rail C Sliding Clutch to the neutral posi- 1. Key off.
tion (if necessary). 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
3. Shift the Rail C Sliding Clutch into the Primary nents are properly installed.
Drive Gear engagement position (fore). 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Inspect the Rail C Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
wear.
5. Return the Rail C Sliding Clutch to neutral.
go to Step A.
Fault Code 617: Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 617: Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5910 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31

The Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) is equipped Severe): RCAS commanded on for longer than expected
with solenoids to direct pneumatic flow. The Rail C Aft Sole- increasing solenoid temperature.
noid (RCAS) is energized by the Transmission Control Mod-
the Rail C Sliding Clutch in the aft or rearward direction. The
aft, out of the Primary Drive Gear, and speed sensors con-
RCAS is located in the MTM and connected to the TCM at
firmed the loss of Primary Drive Gear engagement.
the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
Detection Severe): RCAS commanded on below expected voltage.
The TCM monitors the RCAS. If a system failure is detected,
the fault is set Active. FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a Rail Calibration, Rail C
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active of neutral toward the Secondary Driven Gear.
RCAS low side current is greater than commanded current. Fallback
FMI 0, 1, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
RCAS low side current is less than commanded current. • Amber warning lamp on
• If vehicle is stationary and Rail C is not engaged in
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RCAS
the Secondary Driven Gear
- Rail C movement in the aft direction prohibited
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RCAS
• If vehicle is moving and Rail C is engaged in the
Secondary Driven Gear
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RCAS - Rail C movement prohibited
open circuit for 2 seconds.
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RCAS - Red stop lamp on
FMI 3, 4:
during an ignition cycle, Rail C Position Sensor reported
uncommanded movement aft, out of the Primary Drive • Rail C movement in the aft direction prohibited
Gear, and speed sensors con-firmed the loss of Primary FMI 7:
Drive Gear engagement.
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RCAS out of normal operat-
FMI 14, 15:
ing frequency.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: RCAS commanded on
beyond expected duty cycle. • Non neutral modes prohibited
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail C Position Sensor
reported uncommanded movement from Neutral toward the • If the vehicle is moving and the transmission is in
Secondary Driven Gear immediately after a shift to Neutral gear
for 2 seconds. - Red stop lamp on
FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe): - Transmission shifts to neutral when vehicle
Rail C Position Sensor reported uncommanded movement comes to a stop
from Neutral toward the Secondary Driven Gear for 2 sec-
onds.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 617: Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1)
FMI 17: FMI 31:
• Amber warning lamp on • MTM - RCAS

• Rail C engagement of the Primary Drive Gear pro- • Partially stuck open
hibited
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 31:

• Non Neutral Modes prohibited

FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31: Key cycle
FMI 3, 4, 5: RCAS in range for 10 seconds
Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
• MTM - RCAS
- Internal failure
- Damaged
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 7, 17:
• MTM - RCAS
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 14, 15:
• MTM - RCAS
- Internal failure
Fault Code 617: Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Additional Tools
Adapter - RR1029TR
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 617: Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1)
6
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 617 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,

Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Rail C Aft Solenoid resistance and between Pin 28 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.
28

to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 28 to 29 3.6–4.4 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
28 29

Purpose: Verify Rail C Aft Solenoid resistance and between Pin 28 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.
28

to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 28 to 29 3.4–5.5 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
28 29
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Sec-
F G ondary Driven Gear.

Diagnostic Adapter.
5. Key on. 3. Inspect the Secondary Driven Gear for excessive
• If Fault Code 617 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
• If Fault Code 617 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
Procedure.

the Main Shaft Assembly and Secondary
Driven Gear and repair. Go to Step V.
to Step H.

H Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth. 7. Inspect the Rail C Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear.
MTM. Go to Step V.

V
wear.
go to Step A.
Fault Code 636: Rail D Fore Solenoid (C2) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 636: Rail D Fore Solenoid (C2)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5903 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31

The Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) is equipped Severe): RDFS commanded on for longer than expected
with solenoids to direct pneumatic flow. The Rail D Fore increasing solenoid temperature.
Solenoid (RDFS) is energized by the Transmission Control
Rail D Position Sensor reported uncommanded movement
actuate the Rail D Sliding Clutch in the fore or forward
fore, out of the Reverse Gear, and speed sensors confirmed
direction. The RDFS is located in the MTM and connected to
the loss of Reverse Gear engagement.
Detection Severe): RDFS commanded on below expected voltage.
The TCM monitors the RDFS. If a system failure is detected,
the fault is set Active. FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a Rail Calibration, Rail D
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active out of neutral toward the Primary Driven Gear.
RDFS low side current is greater than commanded current. Fallback
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
RDFS low side current is less than commanded current. • Amber warning lamp on
• If vehicle is stationary and Rail D is not in Neutral
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RDFS
shorted to power for 2 seconds. - Rail D movement in the fore direction prohibited
• If vehicle is moving and Rail D is in Neutral
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RDFS
shorted to ground for 2 seconds. - Rail D movement prohibited
FMI 7:
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RDFS open
circuit for 2 seconds. • No degraded mode
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RDFS FMI 14, 15:
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: One time • Non neutral modes prohibited
during an ignition cycle, Rail D Position Sensor reported
uncommanded movement fore, out of the Reverse Gear,
and speed sensors confirmed the loss of Reverse Gear • If the vehicle is moving and the transmission is in
engagement. gear
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RDFS out of normal operat-
ing frequency. - Transmission shifts to neutral when vehicle
comes to a stop
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: RDFS commanded on
FMI 17:
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail D Position Sensor
reported uncommanded movement from Neutral toward the • Rail D engagement of the Reverse Gear prohibited
Primary Driven Gear immediately after a shift to Neutral for FMI 31:
2 seconds.
FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):
• Non Neutral Modes prohibited
from Neutral toward the Primary Driven Gear for 2 seconds.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 636: Rail D Fore Solenoid (C2)
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive Additional Tools

FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18: Key cycle • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
FMI 3, 4, 5: RDFS in range for 10 seconds • Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
Possible Causes • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
• MTM - RDFS
- Internal failure
- Damaged
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 7, 17:
• MTM - RDFS
- Reverse Gear
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 14, 15:
• MTM - RDFS
- Internal failure
FMI 31:
• MTM - RDFS
Fault Code 636: Rail D Fore Solenoid (C2) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
6
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 636 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active or Inactive,go to Step B.

Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Rail D Fore Solenoid resistance between Pin 38 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.
38

to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 38 to 39 3.6–4.4 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
38 39

Purpose: Verify Rail D Fore Solenoid resistance between Pin 51 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.
51

to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 50 to 51 3.4–5.5 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
50 51
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Re-
F G verse Gear.

Diagnostic Adapter.
5. Key on. 3. Inspect the Reverse Gear for excessive fore and aft
movement.
• If Fault Code 636 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
• If Fault Code 636 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
Procedure.

the Main Shaft Assembly and Reverse Gear
and repair. Go to Step V.
to Step H.

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail D engagement position (aft).
H Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth. 7. Inspect the Rail D Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear.
1. Inspect the Rail D Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear. 8. Return the Rail D Sliding Clutch to neutral.
• If the Rail D Sliding Clutch does not shift into
present, replace the Rail D Sliding Clutch, Pri-
mary Driven Gear, Reverse Gear and MTM. Go
to Step V.

V
2. Shift the Rail D Sliding Clutch to the neutral posi- 1. Key off.
3. Shift the Rail D Sliding Clutch into the Primary nents are properly installed.
Driven Gear engagement position (fore). 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Inspect the Rail D Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
wear.
5. Return the Rail D Sliding Clutch to neutral.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 637: Rail D Aft Solenoid (B3)
Fault Code 637: Rail D Aft Solenoid (B3)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 4216 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31

The Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) is equipped Severe): RDAS commanded on for longer than expected
with solenoids to direct pneumatic flow. The Rail D Aft Sole- increasing solenoid temperature.
noid (RDAS) is energized by the Transmission Control Mod-
the Rail D Sliding Clutch in the aft or rearward direction.
aft, out of the Primary Driven Gear, and speed sensors con-
The RDAS is located in the MTM and connected to the TCM
firmed the loss of Primary Driven Gear engagement.
at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
Detection Severe): RDAS commanded on below expected voltage.
The TCM monitors the RDAS. If a system failure is detected,
the fault is set Active. FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a Rail Calibration, Rail D
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active of neutral toward the Reverse Gear.
RDAS low side current is greater than commanded current. Fallback
FMI 0, 1, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
RDAS low side current is less than commanded current. • Amber warning lamp on
• If vehicle is stationary and Rail D is not engaged in
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RDAS
the Secondary Driven Gear
- Rail D movement in the aft direction prohibited
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RDAS
• If vehicle is moving and Rail D is engaged in the
Secondary Driven Gear
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RDAS - Rail D movement prohibited
open circuit for 2 seconds.
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RDAS - Red stop lamp on
FMI 3, 4:
during an ignition cycle, Rail D Position Sensor reported
uncommanded movement aft, out of the Primary Driven • Rail D movement in the aft direction prohibited
Gear, and speed sensors con-firmed the loss of Primary FMI 7:
Driven Gear engagement.
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RDAS out of normal operat-
FMI 14, 15:
ing frequency.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: RDAS commanded on
beyond expected duty cycle. • Non neutral modes prohibited
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail D Position Sensor
reported uncommanded movement from Neutral toward the • If the vehicle is moving and the transmission is in
Reverse Gear immediately after a shift to Neutral for 2 sec- gear
onds. - Red stop lamp on
FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe): - Transmission shifts to neutral when vehicle
Rail D Position Sensor reported uncommanded movement comes to a stop
from Neutral toward the Reverse Gear for 2 seconds.
Fault Code 637: Rail D Aft Solenoid (B3) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
FMI 17: Additional Tools

• Amber warning lamp on • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
• Rail D engagement of the Primary Driven Gear pro- • Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
hibited Adapter - RR1029TR
FMI 31: • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)


FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31: Key cycle
FMI 3, 4, 5: RDAS in range for 10 seconds
Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
• MTM - RDAS
- Internal failure
- Damaged
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 7, 17:
• MTM - RDAS
- Primary Driven Gear
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 14, 15:
• MTM - RDAS
- Internal failure
FMI 31:
• MTM - RDAS
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 637: Rail D Aft Solenoid (B3)
6
5
4
3



Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Body Harness Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 637 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,

Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Rail D Aft Solenoid resistance and between Pin 5 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

5 to 20 3.6–4.4 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
5 20

Purpose: Verify Rail D Aft Solenoid resistance and between Pin 1 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.

Go to Step V.
Procedure.

1 to 2 3.4–5.5 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
1 2
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Prima-
F G ry Driven Gear.

2. Remove the 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter. 2. Remove the MTM.
3. Reinstall the TCM to the MTM. Note: MTM removal and installation requires the
nents are properly installed. erence Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950,
5. Key on.
6. Connect ServiceRanger. and aft movement.
• If Fault Code 637 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
• If Fault Code 637 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
Procedure.

the Main Shaft Assembly and Primary Driven
Gear and repair. Go to Step V.
to Step H.

H Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth. 7. Inspect the Rail D Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear.
to Step V.

V
wear.
go to Step A.
Fault Code 646: Rail E Fore Solenoid (A6) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 646: Rail E Fore Solenoid (A6)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 768 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18

The Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) is equipped Severe): REFS commanded on below expected voltage.
with solenoids to direct pneumatic flow. The Rail E Aft Sole-
noid (REFS) is energized by the Transmission Control Mod- Fallback
ule (TCM) to direct vehicle supplied air pressure to actuate FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
the Rail E Sliding Clutch in the aft or rearward direction. The
REFS is located in the MTM and connected to the TCM at
the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector. • If vehicle is stationary and Rail E is not engaged in
High Range or Neutral
Detection - Rail E movement in the fore direction prohibited
The TCM monitors the REFS. If a system failure is detected,
FMI 7:
FMI 17:
REFS low side current is greater than commanded current. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): • If vehicle is stationary in a non-neutral mode and
REFS low side current is less than commanded current. engine is running
- Rail E engagement of Low Range prohibited
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: REFS
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: REFS FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18: Key cycle
FMI 3, 4, 5: REFS in range for 10 seconds
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: REFS open
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: REFS


during an ignition cycle, Rail E Position Sensor reported
uncommanded movement fore, out of Low Range, and
speed sensors confirmed the loss of Low Range engage-
ment.
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: REFS out of normal operat-

ing frequency.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: REFS commanded on


Severe): REFS commanded on for longer than expected

Rail E Position Sensor reported uncommanded movement
fore, out of Low Range, and speed sensors confirmed the
loss of Low Range engagement.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 646: Rail E Fore Solenoid (A6)
Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
• MTM - REFS
- Internal failure
- Damaged
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 7, 17:
• MTM - REFS
- Rail E Detent
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Additional Tools
Adapter - RR1029TR
• MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1)
Fault Code 646: Rail E Fore Solenoid (A6) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
6
5
4
3



2. Key off. 2. Remove the TCM from the MTM with the 20-Way
• If Fault Code 646 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
tive, go to Step G.
Step V.
Procedure.
Step C.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Rail E Fore Solenoid resistance between Pin 31 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.
30

to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 30 to 31 3.6–4.4 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
30 31

Purpose: Verify Rail E Fore Solenoid resistance between Pin 38 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.
38

to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 38 to 39 3.4–5.5 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
38 39
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the Rail E
F G Range Synchronizer

5. Key on.
6. Connect ServiceRanger. onto the main housing.
7. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes, Note: Reference Appendix/Manually Actuate Rail E
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps. Procedure.
• If Fault Code 646 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18 4. Using the Rail E Lever, move Rail E to neutral (if
is Active, replace the TCM. Go to Step V. necessary).
• If Fault Code 646 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18 5. Shift Rail E into the High Range (fore) engagement
is Inactive, replace the MTM. Go to Step V. position and return to neutral.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires 6. Shift Rail E into the Low Range (aft) engagement
the transmission to be removed from the vehi- position and return to neutral.
TRSM0950, Transmission Removal Service • Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
Procedure. sion Technologies at 800-826-4357 for further

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 647: Rail E Aft Solenoid (A4)
Fault Code 647: Rail E Aft Solenoid (A4)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 769 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18

The Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) is equipped Severe): REAS commanded on below expected voltage.
with solenoids to direct pneumatic flow. The Rail E Aft Sole-
noid (REAS) is energized by the Transmission Control Mod- Fallback
ule (TCM) to direct vehicle supplied air pressure to actuate FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 18:
the Rail E Sliding Clutch in the aft or rearward direction. The
REAS is located in the MTM and connected to the TCM at
the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector. • If Rail E is engaged
- Rail E movement toward Low Range prohibited
Detection
- Rail E engagement of High Range prohibited
The TCM monitors the REAS. If a system failure is detected,
the fault is set Active. • If Rail E is not engaged
- Urge to Move prohibited
REAS low side current is greater than commanded current. - Non neutral modes prohibited
- PTO Mode Prohibited
REAS low side current is less than commanded current. • If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: REAS
shorted to power for 2 seconds. FMI 7:
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: REAS • No degraded mode

shorted to ground for 2 seconds. FMI 16:
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: REAS open • Amber warning lamp on
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: REAS FMI 17:
during an ignition cycle, Rail E Position Sensor reported
uncommanded movement aft, out of High Range, and
speed sensors confirmed the loss of High Range engage-
FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18: Key cycle
ment.
FMI 3, 4, 5: REAS in range for 10 seconds
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: REAS out of normal operat-
ing frequency.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: REAS commanded on


Severe): REAS commanded on for longer than expected

Rail E Position Sensor reported uncommanded movement
aft, out of High Range, and speed sensors confirmed the
loss of High Range engagement.
Fault Code 647: Rail E Aft Solenoid (A4) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
• MTM - REAS
- Internal failure
- Damaged
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 7, 17:
• MTM - REAS
- Rail E Detent
- Rail E Shift Rail
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Additional Tools
Adapter - RR1029TR
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 647: Rail E Aft Solenoid (A4)
6
5
4
3


Purpose: Vent LCA and Check for active or inactive Harness Connector, verify the connector is free
A fault codes. from contamination and corrosion; the terminals
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- installed and not damaged.
report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. • If contamination or damage is found to the
• If Fault Code 647 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18 Connector, replace the TCM and MTM. Go to
is Active or Inactive, go to Step B. Step V.
• If Fault Code 647 FMI 7, 17 is Active or Inac- Procedure.
tive, create a Service Activity Report and select • If no contamination or damage is found, go to
"Send to Eaton". Go to Step G. Step C.

B Harness Connector.
1. Key off.

C Type.
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732

Purpose: Verify Rail E Aft Solenoid resistance and between Pin 63 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.
63

to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 62 to 63 3.6–4.4 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
62 63

Purpose: Verify Rail E Aft Solenoid resistance and between Pin 48 and Ground (TCM mounting stud).
1. Key off.
48

to Step V.
Procedure.

table. 48 to 49 3.4–5.5 Ohms

mounting stud) (OL)
48 49
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the Rail
F G E Synchronizer.

Transmission Removal and MTM Removal Service
5. Key on. Procedures.
6. Connect ServiceRanger. 3. Install the MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1)
7. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes, onto the main housing.
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps. Note: Reference Manually Actuate Rail E Procedure
• If Fault Code 647 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18 on page 630.
is Active, replace the TCM. Go to Step V. 4. Using the Rail E Lever, move Rail E to neutral (if
• If Fault Code 647 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18 necessary).
is Inactive, replace the MTM. Go to Step V. 5. Shift Rail E into the High Range (fore) engagement
Note: MTM removal and installation requires position and return to neutral.
the transmission to be removed from the vehi- 6. Shift Rail E into the Low Range (aft) engagement
cle. Reference Endurant HD Service Manual position and return to neutral.
Procedure. • If Rail E shifts between neutral, High and Low
Range, go to Step H.
• If Rail E does not shift between neutral, High
or Low Range, go to Step H.
Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the Rail E Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail E
H Range Synchronizer without detent. I Synchronizer and Shift Rail.
1. Remove the Rail E Detent Plug, Spring and Detent. 1. Remove the Rear Housing.
Note: Reference Endurant HD Service Manual 2. Inspect the Rail E Synchronizer, Shift Rail, Detent
TRSM0950, Harness Bracket Service Procedure and Rear Housing Detent bore.
and Rear Housing Disassembly Service Procedure
for Rail E Detent location and removal.
2. Install the MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
necessary).
V
• If Rail E shifts between neutral, High and Low
Range, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
1. Key off.
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
instructions. Go to Step V. nents are properly installed.
• If Rail E does not shift between neutral, High 3. Key on with engine off.
and Low Range, go to Step I.
• If Rail E Detent could not be removed, go to
Step I.
go to Step A.
Fault Code 700: Clutch Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 700: Clutch Operation

J1939 SA 3 SPN 6150 FMI 0, 1, 12, 14, 17, 18
Overview Fallback
The Endurant Transmission is equipped with solenoids to FMI 0, 17, 18:
direct pneumatic flow to actuate the clutch and a sensor to
monitor clutch position. The Transmission Control Module • Amber warning lamp on
(TCM) compares the clutch command, clutch position and • Non neutral modes prohibited
input shaft speed to ensure proper clutch operation. The • Clutch Engagements prohibited
Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) is mounted to the Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). The solenoids and sensors • PTO Mode prohibited
are located in the MTM and connected to the TCM at the • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
74-Way Transmission Harness Connector. • Red stop lamp on
Detection FMI 1:
The TCM monitors the Clutch Operation. If a system failure • Amber warning lamp on
• High start gears prohibited
Clutch Assembly over speed exceeding positive 3,000 RPM. • Amber warning lamp on
Severe clutch slip while clutch is fully closed/engaged – • PTO Mode prohibited
engine speed 80 RPM or greater than input shaft speed. • Red stop lamp on
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Clutch Pressure Touch FMI 14:

Point (PTP) is out of range. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Inappropriate clutch • Non neutral modes prohibited
close/engage command based on operating conditions. • Clutch engagement prohibited
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe): • PTO Mode prohibited
Clutch over speed exceeding negative 1,300 RPM when • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
attempting to close/engage clutch.
• Red stop lamp on
Severe): Clutch over speed exceeding negative 1,300 RPM. Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 0, 17, 18: Condition no longer exists
FMI 1, 12, 14: Key cycle
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 700: Clutch Operation
Possible Causes
FMI 0, 17, 18:
• Vehicle Air System

- Contamination
• Clutch Housing
- Clutch Assembly
- Release Bearing
- Release Yoke
- Input Shaft Cover
• MTM
- LCA
- Clutch Control Solenoids
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 1, 12, 14:

- Contamination
• Clutch Housing
- Clutch Assembly
- Release Bearing
- Release Yoke
- Input Shaft Cover
• MTM
- LCA
- LCA Position Sensor
- Clutch Control Solenoids
Additional Tools
Fault Code 700: Clutch Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950


Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of the vehicle air system
A B supply line and MTM air inlet port.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent the vehicle air
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity supply line to the MTM.
• If Fault Code 700 FMI 1 is Active or Inactive, supply line at the MTM.
go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 700 FMI 0, 12, 14, 17, 18 is inlet port for contamination, moisture, corrosion
Active or Inactive, contact Eaton Cummins and/or debris.
Automated Transmission Technologies at
800-826-4357 for further diagnostic instruc-

Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step C.
Purpose: Inspect Clutch, Release Bearing, Release Purpose: Verify repair.

C Yoke and Input Shaft Cover. V
3. Inspect the Clutch Assembly, Release Bearing, 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
Release Yoke and Input Shaft Cover.
sion Technologies at 800-826-4357 for further 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. or duplicate the previous complaint.
Index on page 13
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 701: Clutch Engagement Status
Fault Code 701: Clutch Engagement Status

J1939 SA 3 SPN 7847 FMI 14, 31
Overview
The Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) is equipped
with solenoids to direct pneumatic flow to actuate the
clutch and a sensor to monitor clutch position. The Trans-
mission Control Module (TCM) compares the clutch com-
mand, clutch position and input shaft speed to ensure
proper clutch operation. The Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA)
is mounted to the MTM. The solenoids and sensors are
located in the MTM and connected to the TCM at the
74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
Detection
The TCM monitors the Clutch Engagement Status. If a sys-
tem failure is detected, the fault is set active.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Clutch commanded to
close/engage in a gear which is in the opposite direction of
the selected mode.
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Clutch commanded to

close/engage and launch vehicle without driver input or
request.
Fallback
FMI 14, 31:

- Red stop lamp on

FMI 14, 31: Key cycle
Possible Causes
FMI 14, 31:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Additional Tools

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify TCM Software
A B
Go to Step B. 5. Go to “Programming”.
If Fault Code 701 FMI 31 is Active or Inactive, 6. Under “Software Information”, record TCM
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- software in table.
• If the TCM software is less than 5516018,
update the TCM software to latest available
version. Go to Step V.
• If the TCM software is equal to or greater than
5516018, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies at 800-826-4357
V.
TCM Software Version

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Fault Code 702: Driveline Engagement | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 702: Driveline Engagement

J1939: SA 3 SPN 560 FMI 2, 12, 14, 20, 21, 31
Overview FMI 12, 31:

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with solenoids to
direct pneumatic flow to actuate the clutch and shift rails
and sensors to monitor the clutch and shift rail positions. • Clutch engagement prohibited
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) compares the • Rail B, C and D shift to neutral
clutch and shift rail commands with the clutch and shift rail
positions including speed sensors (ratio calculation) to
ensure proper operation. The solenoids, sensors, Linear • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
Clutch Actuator (LCA) and shift rails are located in the • If vehicle is moving
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) and connected
- Red stop lamp on
to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
FMI 20, 21:
The TCM monitors the clutch and shift rail operation. If a
system failure is detected, the fault is set active. • Amber warning lamp on
• Rail B shifts to neutral
FMI 2 – Data Erratic, Intermittent Or Incorrect: During a
Clutch Calibration, the speed sensors could not confirm the • PTO Mode prohibited
main shaft was neutralized while Rail C or D Position Sen- • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
sor reported neutral.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device or Component: Speed - Red stop lamp on
sensors did not confirm the main shaft was neutralized
FMI 14:
during clutch engagement.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Shift rail engagement was
commanded that would result in a drive line engagement • Red stop lamp on
with the vehicle stationary. • Rail C and D shift to neutral
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail C or E Position Sensors
indicated gear engagement when not expected for 2 sec-
onds.
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail D or E Position Sensors

indicated gear engagement when not expected for 2 sec-
onds.
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Urge to Move and Creep Mode

were not commanded when expected.
Fallback
FMI 2:

- Red stop lamp on
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 702: Driveline Engagement

FMI 2, 12, 14, 31: Power down (key cycle)
Possible Causes
FMI 2:
• Rail C or D Position Sensors

FMI 12, 14:
• TCM
- Internal failure
- Software issue
FMI 20, 21:
• Rail C, D or E Position Sensors

FMI 31:
• Parking Brake Switch/signal

- Vehicle Parking Brake Set and the driver selected
a Reverse or Drive Mode
- Internal failure
• TCM
- Internal failure
- Software issue
Additional Tools
• None

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Vehicle Parking Brake Switch sig-
A C nal with ServiceRanger.
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine running.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
3. Key off.
Inactive, contact Eaton Cummins Automated 5. Connect ServiceRanger.
Transmission Technologies at 800-826-4357
V. 7. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select
“Vehicle Brake Messages”.
go to Step B. 8. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status. Record
reading in table.
go to Step D. 9. Depress and hold service brake.
13. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status. Record
Purpose: Verify TCM Software. reading in table.
B
1. Key off.
ware in table.
• If TCM software is less than 5516036, update
TCM software to latest available version. Go to
Step V.
• If TCM software is 5516036 or greater, go to
Step C.

Purpose: Verify TCM Software
guidelines for repair or replacement of the D
Parking Brake Switch/signal. Go to Step V.
• f readings are in range, contact Eaton Cum- 1. Key off.
mins Automated Transmission Technologies at 2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
Brake State 6. Under “Software Information”, record TCM
software in table.
Set 70-Parking Set • If the TCM software is less than 5516018,
brake switch update the TCM software to latest available
status version. Go to Step V.
Not set 70-Parking Not set • If the TCM software is equal to or greater than
brake switch 5516018, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
status Transmission Technologies at
Set 70-Parking Set
brake switch
status

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 705: Transmission Clutch Actuator
Fault Code 705: Transmission Clutch Actuator

J1939: SA 3 SPN 788 FMI 12, 14

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with solenoids to FMI 12, 14: Key cycle
monitor clutch position. The Transmission Control Module Possible Causes
(TCM) compares vehicle inputs, clutch command, clutch FMI 12, 14:
position and input shaft speed to ensure proper clutch
operation. The Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) is mounted to • TCM
the Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM). The sole- - Software issue
noids and sensors are located in the MTM and connected to - Internal failure
Additional Tools
Detection
The TCM monitors the Transmission Clutch Actuator. If a • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
system failure is detected, the fault is set active.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM did not prohibit
Creep Mode when expected based on the operating condi-
tions.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: TCM did not release/open

the clutch when expected based on the operating condi-
tions.
Fallback
FMI 12, 14:

- Red stop lamp on
- Transmission shifts to neutral, vehicle may coast
to a stop

A B
and the vehicle is equipped with a Navistar A26 5. Go to “Programming”.
engine, go to Step B.
6. Under "Software Information", record TCM software
• If Fault Code 705 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive, in table.
Go to Step C.
• If the TCM software is less than 5516014,
• If Fault Code 705 FMI 14 is Active or Inactive update the TCM software to latest available
and the vehicle is not equipped with a Navistar version. Go to Step V.
A26 engine, contact Eaton Cummins Auto-
Purpose: Verify TCM Software Purpose: Verify repair.

C V
6. Under “Software Information”, record TCM
software in table. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If the TCM software is less than 5516018, 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
update the TCM software to latest available or duplicate the previous complaint.
version. Go to Step V.
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic • If Fault Code 705 sets Active during operation,
instructions. Go to Step V. go to Step A.
TCM Software Version dure Index on page 13
Fault Code 706: Clutch Position Out of Range | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 706: Clutch Position Out of Range

J1939: SA 3 SPN 2983 FMI 17, 18
Overview Fallback
The Endurant Transmission is equipped with solenoids to FMI 17, 18:
monitor clutch position. The Transmission Control Module • Amber warning lamp on
(TCM) compares the clutch command, clutch position - Full
Exhaust Position (FEP) and input shaft speed to ensure Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
proper clutch operation. The Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) FMI 17, 18:
is mounted to the Mechatronic Transmission Module • Condition no longer exists
(MTM). The solenoids and sensors are located in the MTM
and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Har- • Key cycle
ness Connector.
Possible Causes
Detection FMI 17, 18:
The TCM monitors the clutch position. If a system failure is • Clutch Housing
detected, the fault is set active.
- Clutch Assembly
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Release Bearing
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe): - Release Yoke
After 1,000 clutch actuations, clutch calculated FEP is
above 36 mm after more than 10 actuations during a key Additional Tools
cycle.
Severe): After 1,000 clutch actuations, clutch calculated
FEP is above 38 mm after more than 10 actuations during a
key cycle.

A V
tive, perform TAIB0889 Clutch Release System
Wear/Damage. Go to Step V. 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
Note: Reference Endurant HD Service Manual 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
TRSM0950 for all service procedures.
Index on page 13
Fault Code 715: Transmission Current Gear | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 715: Transmission Current Gear

J1939: SA 3 SPN 523 FMI 9
Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) communicates
with other vehicle Electronic Control Units (ECUs) over the
vehicle Primary Data Link. The TCM sends the Transmis-
sion Current Gear and monitors the message to confirm the
correct message is being sent.
Detection
The TCM monitors the Transmission Current Gear message.
If the message is invalid, the TCM sets the fault code Active.

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: The Transmission Current
Gear message monitor reported the message failed to
update.
Fallback
FMI 9:


FMI 9: Key cycle
Possible Causes
FMI 9:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Additional Tools
• None

A V
sion Technologies at (800) 826-4357 for fur- 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
go to Step A.
Fault Code 716: Transmission Selected Gear | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 716: Transmission Selected Gear

J1939: SA 3 SPN 524 FMI 12
Overview
clutch and shift rails and sensors to monitor the clutch and
shift rail positions. The Transmission Control Module (TCM)
compares the clutch and shift rail commands with the
clutch and shift rail positions including speed sensors (ratio
calculation) to ensure proper operation.
Detection
The TCM monitors the Transmission Select Gear command,
if the command is invalid, the TCM sets the fault code
Active.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device or Component: Inappro-
priate selected gear relative to output shaft speed.
Fallback
FMI 12:
• Transmission shifts to Neutral


FMI 12: Condition no longer exists
Possible Causes
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
• PTO (If equipped)
- PTO Confirm Ball Switch
- Circuit and/or wiring harness shorted to ground
Additional Tools
• None

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify TCM Software
A B
4. Connect Service Ranger.
and the transmission is equipped with a PTO, 5. Go to “Programming”.
go to Step B.
6. Under “Software Information”, verify TCM software
• If Fault Code 716 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive version.
and the transmission is not equipped with a
• If TCM software is less than 5516036, update
PTO, go to Step C.
the TCM software to latest available version
and inspect PTO Confirm Ball Switch and Cir-
cuit. Go to Step V.
Note: A corroded and/or contaminated PTO
Confirm Ball Switch or Circuit intermittently
shorted to ground may cause Fault Code 716
FMI 12 to set Active. Refer to OEM and/or
Body Builder guidelines for repair or replace-
ment.
Purpose: Verify TCM Software. Purpose: Verify repair.

C V
ware in table. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If TCM software is less than 5516036, update 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
TCM software to latest available version. Go to or duplicate the previous complaint.
Step V.
Technologies at 800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. • If Fault Code 716 sets Active during operation,
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 717: Transmission Requested Gear
Fault Code 717: Transmission Requested Gear

J1939: SA 3 SPN 525 FMI 12
Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) monitors the vehi-
cle and transmission operating conditions to ensure the
requested gear is appropriate for the conditions.
Detection
The TCM monitors the Transmission Requested Gear. If the
requested gear is invalid, the fault is set Active.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: The Transmission
Requested Gear is invalid for the current operating condi-
tions.
Fallback
FMI 12:

• Transmission main box shifts to neutral
- Red stop lamp on

FMI 12: Key cycle
Possible Causes
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Additional Tools
• None

A V
If the TCM is greater than 5516014, contact
Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 740: Rail B Operation
Fault Code 740: Rail B Operation

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6145 FMI 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21
Overview FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail B travel was greater than
The Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) is equipped expected during a rail calibration.
with solenoids to direct pneumatic flow to actuate shift rails
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail B travel was less than
and sensors to monitor rail positions. The Transmission
expected during a rail calibration.
Control Module (TCM) compares the rail command and
position to ensure proper rail operation. The solenoids,
Fallback
positions sensors and shift rails are located in the MTM and
FMI 0:
connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness
Connector. • Amber warning lamp on
• Rail B engagement of the synchronizer into neutral
Detection
prohibited
The TCM monitors the Rail B Operation. If a system failure
is detected, the fault is set active. • Rail B engagement of the Primary Drive Gear pro-
hibited
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Rail
B is unable to disengage the Secondary Drive Gear, move • Amber warning lamp on
aft, for 2 seconds. • Rail B engagement of the synchronizer into neutral
prohibited
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): Rail
B is unable to disengage the Primary Drive Gear, move fore, • Rail B engagement of the Secondary Drive Gear
for 2 seconds. prohibited
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Rail B is unable to move the synchro-
nizer to neutral during a rail calibration. FMI 2, 10, 20, 21:
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail B is • Amber warning lamp on

unable move from neutral toward the Secondary Drive Gear • Non neutral modes prohibited
for 2 seconds.
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Rail B is unable to • If the vehicle is moving
confirm low rail speed velocity during a rail calibration.
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail B is unable to move FMI 7, 15:
from neutral toward the Primary Drive Gear for 2 seconds.
• Rail B engagement of the Secondary Drive Gear
Rail B is unable to fully engage the Secondary Drive Gear
prohibited
for 2 seconds.
Severe): Rail B is unable to achieve neutral from the Sec-
ondary Drive Gear for 2 seconds. - Red stop lamp on
FMI 14, 17:
Rail B is unable to fully engage the Primary Drive Gear for 2 • Amber warning lamp on
seconds.
• Rail B engagement of the Primary Drive Gear pro-
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately hibited
Severe): Rail B is unable to achieve neutral from the Pri- • If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
mary Drive Gear for 2 seconds.
- Red stop lamp on
Fault Code 740: Rail B Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
FMI 16, 18:

• Rail B engagement of the synchronizer into neutral
prohibited
- Red stop lamp on

FMI 0, 1, 7, 14, 16, 18: Condition no longer exists
FMI 2, 10, 20, 21: Successful rail calibration
Possible Causes
All FMIs:
• MTM
- Contamination from vehicle air system
- Air leaks
- Rail B Fore Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail B Aft Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail B Position Sensor – in range internal failure
- Rail B shift cylinder – stuck piston or damaged
seals
- Rail B shift rail or yoke – broken
- Secondary Drive Gear
Additional Tools
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 740: Rail B Operation
5
4
3



• If Fault Code 740 is Active or Inactive, go to supply line at the MTM.
Step B.
and/or debris.

Procedure.
Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Prima-

C ry and Secondary Drive Gears.
1. Remove the MTM.

2. Inspect the Secondary Drive Gear for excessive

and aft movement.
for cause of excessive gear movement and
repair. Go to Step V.
to Step D.

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail B neutral.
D Synchronizer and clutching teeth. 7. Shift the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into the
Primary Drive Gear engagement position (aft).
1. Inspect the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve yoke 8. Inspect the Secondary Drive Gear and synchronizer
slot for wear. ring clutching teeth for wear.
neutral.
V.
chronizer Assembly Primary Drive Gear, Sec-

(RR1088TR).
Procedure.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Fault Code 760: Rail C Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 760: Rail C Operation

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6146 FMI 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21
Overview FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail C travel was greater than
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail C travel was less than
Fallback
FMI 0, 1:
• Rail C movement prohibited
Detection
The TCM monitors the Rail C Operation. If a system failure • If vehicle is moving and no start gear is available
is detected, the fault is set active. - Red stop lamp on
FMI 2, 10, 20, 21:
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Rail • Amber warning lamp on
C is unable to disengage the Primary Drive Gear, move aft,
for 2 seconds.
• If the vehicle is moving
C is unable to disengage the Secondary Driven Gear, move
fore, for 2 seconds. - Red stop lamp on
FMI 7, 15:
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Rail C is unable to move the sliding
clutch to neutral during a rail calibration. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail C is • Rail C engagement of the Primary Drive Gear pro-
unable move from neutral toward the Primary Drive Gear hibited
for 2 seconds. • If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Rail C is unable to - Red stop lamp on
confirm low rail speed velocity during a rail calibration. FMI 14, 17:
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail C is unable to move • Amber warning lamp on
from neutral toward the Secondary Driven Gear for 2 sec-
• Rail C engagement of the Secondary Driven Gear
onds.
prohibited
FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe): • If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
Rail C is unable to fully engage the Primary Drive Gear for 2
- Red stop lamp on
seconds.
FMI 16, 18:
Severe): Rail C is unable to achieve neutral from the Pri- • Amber warning lamp on
mary Drive Gear for 2 seconds. • Rail C engagement of the sliding clutch into neutral
prohibited
Rail C is unable to fully engage the Secondary Driven Gear • If vehicle is moving
for 2 seconds. - Rail C movement prohibited
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately • If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
Severe): Rail C is unable to achieve neutral from the Sec- - Red stop lamp on
ondary Driven Gear for 2 seconds.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 760: Rail C Operation

Possible Causes
All FMIs:
• MTM
- Air leaks
- Rail C Fore Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail C Aft Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail C Position Sensor – in range internal failure
- Rail C shift cylinder – stuck piston or damaged
seals
- Rail C shift rail or yoke – broken
- Secondary Driven Gear
Additional Tools
Fault Code 760: Rail C Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
5
4
3



Step B.
and/or debris.

Procedure.

C ry Drive Gear and Secondary Driven Gear.
1. Remove the MTM.

and aft movement.
3. Inspect the Secondary Driven Gear for excessive

to Step D.
2. Shift the Rail C Sliding Clutch to the neutral posi-

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail C tion (if necessary).
D Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth. 3. Shift the Rail C Sliding Clutch into the Primary
Drive Gear engagement position (fore).
1. Inspect the Rail C Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear. 4. Inspect the Rail C Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear.
Driven Gear engagement position (aft).
7. Inspect the Rail C Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear.
MTM. Go to Step V.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 775: Rail D Operation
Fault Code 775: Rail D Operation

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6147 FMI 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21
Overview FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail D travel was greater than
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail D travel was less than
Fallback
FMI 0, 1:
• Rail D movement prohibited
Detection
The TCM monitors the Rail D Operation. If a system failure FMI 2, 10, 20, 21:
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Rail D movement prohibited
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Rail • Non neutral modes prohibited
D is unable to disengage the Primary Driven Gear, move aft,
for 2 seconds.
- Red stop lamp on
D is unable to disengage the Reverse Gear, move fore, for 2
seconds. FMI 7, 15:
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Rail D is unable to move the sliding • Amber warning lamp on
clutch to neutral during a rail calibration. • Rail D engagement of the Primary Driven Gear pro-
hibited
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail D is
unable move from neutral toward the Primary Driven Gear • If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
for 2 seconds. - Red stop lamp on
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Rail D is unable to FMI 14, 17:
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail D is unable to move • Rail D engagement of the Reverse gear prohibited
from neutral toward the Reverse Gear for 2 seconds.
FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe): - Red stop lamp on
Rail D is unable to fully engage the Primary Driven Gear for
2 seconds.
• Rail D engagement of the sliding clutch into neutral
FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately prohibited
Severe): Rail D is unable to achieve neutral from the Pri-
FMI 16, 18:
mary Driven Gear for 2 seconds.
Rail D is unable to fully engage the Reverse Gear for 2 sec- - Rail D movement prohibited
onds. • If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately - Red stop lamp on
Severe): Rail D is unable to achieve neutral from the
Reverse Gear for 2 seconds.
Fault Code 775: Rail D Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950

Possible Causes
All FMIs:
• MTM
- Air leaks
- Rail D Fore Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail D Aft Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail D Position Sensor – in range internal failure
- Rail D shift cylinder – stuck piston or damaged
seals
- Rail D shift rail or yoke – broken
- Primary Driven Gear
- Reverse Gear
Additional Tools
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 775: Rail D Operation
5
4
3



Step B.
and/or debris.

Procedure.

C ry Driven Gear and Reverse Gear.
1. Remove the MTM.

and aft movement.

movement.
to Step D.

D Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth. 7. Inspect the Rail D Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear.
to Step V.

V
wear.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 780: Rail E Operation
Fault Code 780: Rail E Operation

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6148 FMI 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21
Overview FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail E travel was less than
and sensors to monitor rail positions. The Transmission Fallback
Control Module (TCM) compares the rail command and FMI 0, 14, 16, 17:
connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness • If vehicle stationary
Connector. - Rail E engagement of Low Range prohibited
• If vehicle was moving and comes to stop
Detection
The TCM monitors the Rail E Operation. If a system failure - Transmission may launch in High Range
is detected, the fault is set active. FMI 1:
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Amber warning lamp on

FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Rail E • Rail E engagement of High Range prohibited
is unable to disengage High Range, move aft, for 2 sec-
FMI 2:
onds.
E is unable to disengage Low Range, move fore, for 2 sec- • Non neutral modes prohibited
onds. FMI 10, 20, 21:
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: During a Rail Calibration unable to • Amber warning lamp on
achieve neutral.
• Rail E movement prohibited
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail E is • Non neutral modes prohibited
unable move from neutral toward High Range for 2 sec-
onds.
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Rail E is unable to
- Red stop lamp on
• If vehicle was moving and comes to stop
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail E is unable to move
- Transmission may launch in High Range
from neutral toward Low Range for 2 seconds.
FMI 7, 15, 18:
Rail E is unable to fully engage High Range for 2 seconds. • Amber warning lamp on
• Rail E engagement of High Range prohibited
Severe): Rail E is unable to achieve neutral from High • If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
Range for 2 seconds. - Red stop lamp on
Rail E is unable to fully engage Low Range for 2 seconds.
FMI 7, 14, 16, 18: Condition no longer exists
FMI 10, 20, 21: Successful rail calibration
Severe): Rail E is unable to achieve neutral from Low
Range for 2 seconds. FMI 0, 1, 2, 15, 17: Key cycle
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail E travel was greater than
Fault Code 780: Rail E Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Possible Causes
All FMIs:

- Contamination
• MTM
- Rail E Fore Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail E Aft Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail E Shift Cylinder – stuck piston or damaged
seals
- Rail E Position Sensor – in range internal failure
- Rail E Shift Rail – broken, detached
- Rail E Shift Yoke – broken, detached
• Rear Housing
- Rail E Detent – binding
- Rail E Shift Rail – binding
- Rail E Bushing – worn
Additional Tools
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 780: Rail E Operation
5
4
3


A C supply line and MTM air inlet port.

• If Fault Code 780 FMI 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 17, supply line at the MTM.
20, 21 is Active or Inactive, go to Step C.
• If Fault Code 780 FMI 16, 18 is Active or Inac- inlet port for contamination, moisture, corrosion
tive, go to Step B. and/or debris.
Purpose: Verify TCM Software.

B
1. Key off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger. • If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-
5. Go to “Programming”. air system. Replace the MTM and Inertia Brake
6. Under “Software Information”, record TCM soft- Assembly. Go to Step V.
ware in table. Note: MTM removal and installation requires
• If TCM software is less than 5516036, update the transmission to be removed from the vehi-
TCM software to latest available version. Go to cle. Reference Endurant HD Service Manual
Step V. TRSM0950, Transmission Removal Service
Procedure.
• If TCM software is 5516036 or greater, go to
Step C. • If no contamination is found, go to Step D.
Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the Rail E Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the Rail E
D Synchronizer. E Range Synchronizer without detent.
1. Key off. 1. Remove the Rail E Detent Plug, Spring and Detent.
2. Remove the MTM. 2. Install the MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1)
transmission to be removed from the vehicle. Ref- 3. Using the Rail E Lever, move Rail E to neutral (if
erence Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950, necessary).
Transmission Removal and MTM Removal Service
Procedures.
3. Install the MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) 5. Shift Rail E into the Low Range (aft) engagement
onto the main housing. position and return to neutral.
Note: Reference Appendix/Manually Actuate Rail E • If the Rail E Detent could not be removed, go
Procedure. to Step F.
4. Using the Rail E Lever, move Rail E to neutral (if • If Rail E shifts between neutral, High and Low
necessary). Range, replace the Rail E Detent Plug, Spring
5. Shift Rail E into the High Range (fore) engagement and Detent and Rear Housing. Go to Step V.
position and return to neutral. • If Rail E does not shift between neutral, High
6. Shift Rail E into the Low Range (aft) engagement and Low Range, go to Step F.
• If Rail E shifts between neutral, High and Low
Range, replace the MTM. Go to Step V.
• If Rail E does not shift between neutral, High
or Low Range, go to Step E.

F Synchronizer and Shift Rail.
1. Remove the Rear Housing.

2. Inspect the Rail E Synchronizer, Shift Rail, Detent
and Rear Housing Detent bore.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 786: Rail B Calibration
Fault Code 786: Rail B Calibration

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5952 FMI 7, 20, 21, 31

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with solenoids to FMI 7, 20, 21, 31: Successful Rail Calibration
direct pneumatic flow to actuate shift rails and sensors to
monitor rail positions. The Transmission Control Module Possible Causes
(TCM) compares the rail command and position to ensure FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:
proper rail operation. A Rail Calibration is performed to
actuate each shift rail through all their positions. The shift • MTM - Rail B
rail positions are stored in memory and used to precisely - Rail B Solenoids
actuate a shift rail during normal operation. The solenoids, - Rail B Cylinder
connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness - Rail B Detent
Connector. - Rail B Yoke
- Rail B Position Sensor
Detection
The TCM monitors the Rail B Calibration. If a system failure • Internal Transmission
is detected, the fault is set active. - Rail B Synchronizer
- Input Shaft Assembly
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail B Posi- Additional Tools
tion Sensor indicated no movement in the Aft direction
during a rail calibration. • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail B Position Sensor indi-
cated insufficient movement in the Aft direction during a rail
calibration.
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail B Position Sensor indi-

cated insufficient movement in the Fore direction during a
rail calibration.
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Rail B Position Sensor indicated

no movement in the Fore direction during a rail calibration.
Fallback
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:
• If Rail B position is known and fully engaged

• If Rail B position is not known or not fully engaged:
- Non-neutral modes prohibited
Fault Code 786: Rail B Calibration | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
5
4
3


Step B.
and/or debris.

Procedure.
Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Prima- Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail B
C ry and Secondary Drive Gears. D Synchronizer and clutching teeth.
1. Key off. 1. Inspect the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve yoke

slot for wear.
2. Remove the MTM.
(RR1088TR).
erence Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950, Note: Reference Appendix, Manually Actuate Rail B
Transmission Removal Service Procedure. Procedure.
3. Inspect the Secondary Drive Gear for excessive 3. Shift the Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into
fore and aft movement. neutral (if necessary).
neutral.
Primary Drive Gear engagement position (aft).
8. Inspect the Secondary Drive Gear and synchronizer
neutral.
V.
4. Inspect the Primary Drive Gear for excessive fore teeth wear is present, replace the Rail B Syn-
and aft movement. chronizer Assembly Primary Drive Gear, Sec-
to Step D.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Fault Code 787: Rail C Calibration | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 787: Rail C Calibration

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5953 FMI 7, 20, 21, 31

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with solenoids to FMI 7, 20, 21, 31: Successful Rail Calibration
actuate each shift rail through all their positions. The shift • MTM - Rail C
rail positions are stored in memory and used to precisely - Rail C Solenoids
actuate a shift rail during normal operation. The solenoids, - Rail C Cylinder
connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness - Rail C Detent
Connector. - Rail C Yoke
- Rail C Position Sensor
Detection
The TCM monitors the Rail C Calibration. If a system failure • Internal Transmission
is detected, the fault is set active. - Rail C Sliding Clutch
- Main Shaft Assembly
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail C Posi- - Primary Drive Gear
tion Sensor indicated no movement in the Aft direction - Secondary Driven Gear
during a rail calibration.
Additional Tools
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail C Position Sensor indi-
cated insufficient movement in the Aft direction during a rail • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
calibration.
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail C Position Sensor indi-

rail calibration.
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Rail C Position Sensor indicated

Fallback
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:
• If Rail C position is known and fully engaged

• If Rail C position is not known or not fully engaged:
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 787: Rail C Calibration
5
4
3


Step B.
and/or debris.

Procedure.

C ry Drive and Secondary Driven Gears.
1. Key off.
2. Remove the MTM.
and aft movement.
4. Inspect the Secondary Driven Gear for excessive

to Step D.

D Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth. 7. Inspect the Rail C Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear.
present, inspect the Main Shaft; replace the
Rail C Sliding Clutch, Primary Drive Gear, Sec-
ondary Driven Gear and MTM. Go to Step V.

V
wear.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 788: Rail D Calibration
Fault Code 788: Rail D Calibration

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5954 FMI 7, 20, 21, 31

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with solenoids to FMI 7, 20, 21, 31: Key cycle and condition no longer exists.
actuate each shift rail through all their positions. The shift • MTM - Rail D
rail positions are stored in memory and used to precisely - Rail D Solenoids
actuate a shift rail during normal operation. The solenoids, - Rail D Cylinder
connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness - Rail D Detent
Connector. - Rail D Yoke
- Rail D Position Sensor
Detection
The TCM monitors the Rail D position during a Rail Calibra- • Internal Transmission
tion. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set active. - Rail D Sliding Clutch
- Main Shaft Assembly
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail D Posi- - Primary Driven Gear
tion Sensor indicated no movement in the Aft direction - Reverse Gear
during a rail calibration.
Additional Tools
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail D Position Sensor indi-
cated insufficient movement in the Aft direction during a rail • Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950
calibration.
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail D Position Sensor indi-

rail calibration.
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Rail D Position Sensor indicated

Fallback
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:
• If Rail D position is known and fully engaged

• If Rail D position is not known or not fully engaged:
Fault Code 788: Rail D Calibration | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
5
4
3


Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Prima-
A B ry Driven Gear and Reverse Gear.
Step B.
and/or debris.

Procedure.

C ry Driven Gear and Reverse Gear.
1. Key off.
2. Remove the MTM.
and aft movement.

movement.
to Step D.

D Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth. 7. Inspect the Rail D Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear.
present, inspect the Main Shaft; replace the
Rail D Sliding Clutch, Primary Driven Gear,
Reverse Gear and MTM. Go to Step V.

V
wear.
go to Step A.
Fault Code 789: Rail E Calibration | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 789: Rail E Calibration

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5955 FMI 7, 20, 21, 31

The Endurant Transmission is equipped with solenoids to FMI 7, 20, 21, 31: Successful rail calibration
actuate each shift rail through all their positions. The shift • MTM - Rail E
rail positions are stored in memory and used to precisely - Rail E Solenoids
actuate a shift rail during normal operation. The solenoids, - Rail E Cylinder
connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness - Rail E Yoke
Connector. - Rail E Position Sensor
• Rear Housing
Detection
The TCM monitors the Rail E Calibration. If a system failure - Rail E Detent
is detected, the fault is set active. • Internal Transmission
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail E Posi- - Range Assembly
tion Sensor indicated no movement in the Aft direction
during a rail calibration. Additional Tools
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail E Position Sensor indi-
cated insufficient movement in the Aft direction during a rail • MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1)
calibration.
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail E Position Sensor indi-

rail calibration.
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Rail E Position Sensor indicated

Fallback
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:
• If Rail E position is known and fully engaged

• If Rail E position is not known or not fully engaged:
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 789: Rail E Calibration
5
4
3


Step B.
and/or debris.

Procedure.
Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the Rail E Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the Rail E
C Synchronizer. D Range Synchronizer without detent.
1. Key off. 1. Remove the Rail E Detent Plug, Spring and Detent.
2. Remove MTM. 2. Install the MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1)
transmission to be removed from the vehicle. Ref- 3. Using the Rail E Lever, move Rail E to neutral (if
erence Endurant HD Service Manual TRSM0950, necessary).
3. Install the MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) position and return to neutral.
onto the main housing. 5. Shift Rail E into the Low Range (aft) engagement
4. Using the Rail E Lever, move Rail E to neutral (if position and return to neutral.
necessary). • If the Rail E Detent could not be removed. go
5. Shift Rail E into the High Range (fore) engagement to Step E.
position and return to neutral. • If Rail E shifts between neutral, High and Low
6. Shift Rail E into the Low Range (aft) engagement Range, replace the Rail E Detent Plug, Spring
position and return to neutral. and Detent and Rear Housing. Go to Step V.
• If Rail E shifts between neutral, High and Low • If Rail E does not shift between neutral, High
Range, replace the MTM. Go to Step V. and Low Range, go to Step E.
• If Rail E does not shift into High or Low Range,

go to Step D.

E Synchronizer and Shift Rail.
1. Key off.
2. Remove the Rear Housing.
3. Inspect the Rail E Synchronizer, Shift Rail, Detent
and Rear Housing Detent bore.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 815: Clutch Temperature
Fault Code 815: Clutch Temperature

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5939 FMI 0, 15, 16

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) monitors clutch All FMIs: The operation that is overheating the clutch is dis-
performance to calculate the operating Clutch Temperature. continued and the Clutch Temperature reports a normal
If the Clutch Temperature is above normal, the TCM will operating range.
adjust transmission operation to prevent clutch damage
and notify the driver that a clutch abuse event is occurring. Possible Causes
All FMIs:
Detection
The TCM monitors the Clutch Temperature. If the calculated • Using the accelerator pedal to hold the vehicle on a
temperature is above the normal operating range, the fault grade
is set active. • Overloading the vehicle
• Abusive or extreme operating conditions
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): The Additional Tools
Clutch Temperature reports above normal, most severe,
and clutch protection is required.

The Clutch Temperature reports above normal, least severe,
and clutch abuse is indicated.

Severe): The Clutch Temperature reports above normal,
moderately severe, and clutch abuse is indicated.
Fallback
FMI 0:
• Red stop lamp on

• Audible warning tone
• CA (Clutch Abuse) indicated in the display
• High Start Gears prohibited
• If the operation being performed causing clutch
over-temp continues:
- Clutch opens
FMI 15:

FMI 16:

• Audible warning tone
• CA (Clutch Abuse) indicated in the display

A
Inactive, the clutch experienced abusive or
extreme operating conditions. Refer to service
bulletin TAIB0876. Go to Step V.

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 900: PTO 1 Request
Fault Code 900: PTO 1 Request

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3452 FMI 3, 9, 13, 19, 20, 21
Overview Fallback
The Endurant Transmission incorporates enhanced controls All FMIs:
for PTO operation. The Transmission Control Module (TCM)
receives a request (input) to actuate the PTO, determines if • Amber warning lamp on
conditions are suitable for PTO operation and supplies an • PTO 1 Mode Prohibited
output to engage the PTO. Once the PTO is engaged the
TCM receives a confirmation (input) that the PTO is Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
engaged to complete the operation. The TCM can be config- FMI 3, 20, 21: PTO 1 Request hardwired signal in range for
ured to control the PTO with messages over the vehicle Pri- 10 seconds.
mary Data Link (J1939 controlled) and/or circuits
hardwired directly to the TCM (Hardwire controlled). The FMI 9, 13, 19: OEM Module configured correctly or PTO 1
PTO J1939 controlled messages are received from an OEM disabled
ECU. The PTO Hardwire controlled signals are contained in
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. PTO and wiring Possible Causes
are installed by the OEM or body builder, reference FMI 3:
TRIG2600 for PTO system installation and wiring diagrams. • PTO 1 Request Wiring
At the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector to the PTO 1 - Wiring shorted to power
request switch, Pin 14 provides a return ground and Pin 15 FMI 9, 13, 19:
provides a 2.5 - 5.5 V reference. When PTO 1 operation is
requested, the request switch is closed completing the cir- • PTO 1 J1939 control message not received or
cuit between Pin 14 return ground and Pin 15 reference incorrect
voltage causing the reference voltage to go low. - OEM Module configuration setting
Detection FMI 20:
The TCM monitors the PTO 1 Request J1939 controlled • PTO 1 Request Wiring
message or the hardwire controlled input signal circuit. If
the PTO 1 Request message or input signal is out of range, - High resistance short to power
the fault is set active. FMI 21:
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • PTO 1 Request Wiring

FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: PTO 1 - High resistance short to ground
Request hardwire controlled signal indicated greater than
5.25 V for 5 seconds.
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: PTO 1 Request J1939

controlled message not received for 5 second.
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: PTO 1 Request J1939 con-

trolled message not available for 5 seconds.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: PTO 1 Request

J1939 controlled message invalid for 5 second.
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: PTO 1 Request hardwire con-

trolled signal indicated 4.00–5.25 V for 5 seconds.
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: PTO 1 Request hardwire con-


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify PTO 1 Hardwire controlled config-
A B uration with ServiceRanger.
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

4. Select “PTO”.
Inactive, go to Step B. 5. Record PTO 1 Current Value.
• If Fault Code 900 FMI 9, 13, 19 is Active, go to • If PTO 1 Current Value indicates “Disabled”
Step C. and PTO 1 is properly installed and wired,
select “Hardwire controlled” and follow
• If Fault Code 900 FMI 9, 13, 19 is Inactive, PTO
on-screen prompts. Go to Step V.
1 is properly configured and communicating
valid PTO messages in the TCM and OEM ECU. • If PTO 1 Current Value indicates “Hardwire
Go to Step V.. controlled” and PTO 1 is properly installed and
wired, refer to OEM or body builder guidelines
for repair or replacement of PTO Request
switch or circuits. Go to Step V.
Note: PTO and wiring are installed by the OEM
or body builder, reference TRIG2600 for PTO
system installation and wiring diagrams.
Purpose: Verify PTO 1 J1939 controlled configura- Purpose: Verify repair.

C tion with ServiceRanger. V
1. Key on. 1. Key off.
5. Record PTO 1 Current Value.
• If PTO 1 Current Value indicates “J1939 con-
trolled” or “J1939 request and enable with 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
hardwire confirmation” and a PTO is not
installed, select “Disabled” and follow
trolled” or “J1939 request and enable with • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
hardwire confirmation” and PTO 1 is properly properly, test complete.
installed and wired, refer to OEM guidelines
regarding OEM ECU PTO configuration set-
tings. Go to Step V. • If a fault code other than 900 sets Active, trou-
Note: PTO and wiring are installed by the OEM dure Index on page 13.
Fault Code 905: PTO 2 Request | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 905: PTO 2 Request

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3453 FMI 9, 13, 19, 20

The Endurant Transmission incorporates enhanced controls FMI 20: PTO 2 Request hardwired signal in range for 10
for PTO operation. The Transmission Control Module (TCM) seconds.
receives a request (input) to actuate the PTO, determines if
conditions are suitable for PTO operation and supplies an FMI 9, 13, 19: OEM Module configured correctly or PTO 2
output to engage the PTO. Once the PTO is engaged, the disabled
TCM receives a confirmation (input) that the PTO is
engaged to complete the operation. The TCM can be config- Possible Causes
ured to control the PTO with messages over the vehicle Pri- FMI 9, 13, 19:
mary Data Link (J1939 controlled) and/or circuits • PTO 2 J1939 control message not received or
hardwired directly to the TCM (Hardwire controlled). The incorrect
PTO J1939 controlled messages are received from an OEM
ECU. The PTO Hardwire controlled signals are contained in - OEM Module configuration setting
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. PTO and wiring FMI 20:
are installed by the OEM or body builder, reference
TRIG2600 for PTO system installation and wiring diagrams. • PTO 2 Request Wiring
- High resistance short to power
At the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector to the PTO 2
request switch, Pin 14 provides a return ground and Pin 15
provides a 2.5 - 5.5 V reference. When PTO 2 operation is
requested, the request switch is closed completing the cir-
cuit between Pin 14 return ground and Pin 15 reference
voltage causing the reference voltage to go low.
Detection
The TCM monitors the PTO 2 Request J1939 controlled
message or the hardwire controlled input signal circuit. If
the PTO 2 Request message or input signal is out of range,

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: PTO 2 Request J1939
controlled message not received for 5 second.
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: PTO 2 Request J1939 con-

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: PTO 2 Request

FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: PTO 2 Request hardwire con-

Fallback
All FMIs:

• PTO 2 Mode Prohibited


go to Step B. 5. Record PTO 2 Current Value.
• If Fault Code 905 FMI 9, 13, 19 is Active, go to • If PTO 2 Current Value indicates “Disabled”
Step C. and PTO 2 is properly installed and wired,
valid PTO messages in the TCM and OEM ECU. • If PTO 2 Current Value indicates “Hardwire
Go to Step V.. controlled” and PTO 2 is properly installed and
for repair or replacement of PTO Request
switch or circuits. Go to Step V.
Purpose: Verify PTO 2 J1939 controlled configura- Purpose: Verify repair.

C tion with ServiceRanger. V
1. Key on. 1. Key off.
trolled” or “J1939 request and enable with 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
hardwire confirmation” and a PTO is not
installed, select “Disabled” and follow
trolled” or “J1939 request and enable with • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
hardwire confirmation” and PTO 2 is properly properly, test complete.
installed and wired, refer to OEM guidelines
regarding OEM ECU PTO configuration set-
tings. Go to Step V. • If a fault code other than 905 sets Active, trou-
Note: PTO and wiring are installed by the OEM dure Index on page 13.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 910: PTO 1 Engage
Fault Code 910: PTO 1 Engage

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3456 FMI 3, 4, 5, 7, 12, 13
Overview Fallback
The Endurant Transmission incorporates enhanced controls All FMIs:
receives a request (input) to actuate the PTO, determines if • Amber warning lamp on
conditions are suitable for PTO operation and supplies an • PTO 1 Mode Prohibited
output to engage the PTO. Once the PTO is engaged, the
TCM receives a confirmation (input) that the PTO is Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
engaged to complete the operation. The TCM can be config- FMI 3: PTO 1 Engage signal not shorted to power.
ured to control the PTO with messages over the vehicle Pri-
mary Data Link (J1939 controlled) and/or circuits FMI 4: PTO 1 Engage signal not shorted to ground.
hardwired directly to the TCM (Hardwire controlled). The FMI 5: PTO 1 Engage circuit not open.
ECU. The PTO Hardwire controlled signals are contained in FMI 7: PTO 1 Confirm circuit corrected.
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. PTO and wiring
are installed by the OEM or body builder, reference FMI 12: Key cycle.
TRIG2600 for PTO system installation and wiring diagrams. FMI 13: PTO 1 Mode configured.
After conditions are met to engage the PTO, the 20-Way
TCM Body Harness Connector Pin 2 supplies 12 V and Pin Possible Causes
5 supplies ground to energize a relay/solenoid to engage FMI 3, 4, 5:
PTO 1. • PTO 1 Engage Wiring
Detection - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground, or
The TCM monitors the PTO 1 Engage hardwire controlled open
output circuits. If the PTO 1 Engage output circuits are out FMI 7:
of range, the fault is set active.
• PTO 1 Confirm Switch Wiring
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Open circuit
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: PTO 1 • PTO 1 Confirm Switch
Engage hardwire controlled output signal indicated short to
power for 5 seconds. - Stuck open
• PTO 1 Engage Relay
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: PTO 1
Engage hardwire controlled output signal indicated short to - Latch failure
ground for 5 seconds. • PTO 1 Mechanical
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: PTO 1 - PTO fails to engage
Engage hardwire controlled output signal indicated open FMI 12:
• TCM
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: PTO 1 com- - Internal failure
manded to engage, but PTO 1 Confirm message or signal
not received. - Software issue
FMI 13:
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Inappropriate PTO 1 con-
sent engagement. • PTO 1 Engage Circuit
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: PTO 1 Engage hardwire con- - PTO 1 Mode not configured and PTO 1 Engage
trolled signal circuit installed but not configured. circuit installed

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Hardwire controlled PTO 1 config-

tive, go to Step B. 5. Record PTO 1 Current Value.
• If Fault Code 910 FMI 7 is Active or Inactive, • If PTO 1 Current Value indicates “Disabled”
go to Step C. and PTO 1 is properly installed and wired,
Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at 800-826-4357 for further • If PTO 1 Current Value indicates “Hardwire
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. controlled” and PTO 1 is properly installed and
• If Fault Code 910 FMI 13 is Inactive, PTO 1 is
for repair or replacement of the PTO 1 Engage
properly configured. Go to Step V..
circuits. Go to Step V.
B.
Purpose: Verify PTO 1 operation and Confirm feed-

C back.
V
2. Select transmission PTO 1 request switch to off (if
1. Key off.
necessary).
4. Go To “Data Monitor”
“Transmission PTO”.
6. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value.
Record reading in table. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Select transmission PTO 1 request switch to on. 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Record reading in table. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
9. Compare reading(s) in table. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
Note: PTO and wiring are installed by the OEM or
body builder, reference TRIG2600 for PTO system • If Fault Code 910 sets Active, go to Step A.
installation and wiring diagrams. • If a fault code other than 910 sets Active, trou-
• If readings are in range, no fault was found. bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
The intermittent nature of the fault makes it dure Index on page 13.
likely that the problem is in the PTO, PTO 1
confirmation switch and/or wiring. Refer to
OEM or body builder guidelines for repair or
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM or
body builder guidelines for repair or replace-
ment of the PTO, PTO 1 confirmation switch
and/or wiring.Go to Step V.
PTO 1 Off
520536 – PTO 4.5–5.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage
PTO 1 On
520536 – PTO 0.0–0.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage
Fault Code 915: PTO 2 Engage | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 915: PTO 2 Engage

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3457 FMI 3, 4, 5, 7

The Endurant Transmission incorporates enhanced controls FMI 3: PTO 2 Engage signal not shorted to power.
receives a request (input) to actuate the PTO, determines if FMI 4: PTO 2 Engage signal not shorted to ground.
conditions are suitable for PTO operation and supplies an FMI 5: PTO 2 Engage circuit not open.
TCM receives a confirmation (input) that the PTO is FMI 7: PTO 2 Confirm circuit corrected.
engaged to complete the operation. The TCM can be config-
ured to control the PTO with messages over the vehicle Pri- Possible Causes
mary Data Link (J1939 controlled) and/or circuits FMI 3, 4, 5:
hardwired directly to the TCM (Hardwire controlled). The
PTO J1939 controlled messages are received from an OEM • PTO 2 Engage Wiring
ECU. The PTO Hardwire controlled signals are contained in - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground, or
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. PTO and wiring open
are installed by the OEM or body builder, reference FMI 7:
TRIG2600 for PTO system installation and wiring diagrams.
• PTO 2 Confirm Switch Wiring
After conditions are met to engage the PTO 2, the 20-Way
TCM Body Harness Connector Pin 2 supplies 12 V and Pin - Open circuit
5 supplies ground to energize a relay/solenoid to engage • PTO 2 Confirm Switch
PTO 2. - Stuck open
Detection • PTO 2 Engage Relay
The TCM monitors the PTO 2 Engage hardwire controlled - Latch failure
output circuits. If the PTO 2 Engage output circuits are out • PTO 2 Mechanical
of range, the fault is set active.
- PTO fails to engage
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: PTO 2
power for 5 seconds.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: PTO 2

ground for 5 seconds.
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: PTO 2

Engage hardwire controlled output signal indicated open
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: PTO 2 com-

manded to engage, but PTO 2 Confirm message or signal
not received.
Fallback
All FMIs:


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Hardwire controlled PTO 2 config-

tive, go to Step B. 5. Record PTO 2 Current Value.
go to Step C. and PTO 2 is properly installed and wired,
• If PTO 2 Current Value indicates “Hardwire
controlled” and PTO 2 is properly installed and
for repair or replacement of the PTO 2 Engage
circuits. Go to Step V.
Purpose: Verify PTO 2 operation and Confirm feed-

C back.
V
2. Select transmission PTO 2 request switch to off (if
1. Key off.
necessary).
Record reading in table. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Select transmission PTO 2 request switch to on. 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Record reading in table. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
9. Compare reading(s) in table. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
Note: PTO and wiring are installed by the OEM or
body builder, reference TRIG2600 for PTO system • If Fault Code 915 sets Active, go to Step A.
installation and wiring diagrams. • If a fault code other than 915 sets Active, trou-
• If readings are in range, no fault was found. bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
The intermittent nature of the fault makes it dure Index on page 13.
PTO 2 Off
520536 – PTO 4.5–5.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage
PTO 2 On
520536 – PTO 0.0–0.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 920: PTO 1 Confirm
Fault Code 920: PTO 1 Confirm

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3460 FMI 3, 7, 9, 13, 19, 20, 21
Overview FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: PTO 1 Confirm hardwire con-

The Endurant Transmission incorporates enhanced controls trolled signal indicated 1.5–2.5 V for 5 seconds.
receives a request (input) to actuate the PTO, determines if Fallback
conditions are suitable for PTO operation and supplies an All FMIs:
TCM receives a confirmation (input) that the PTO is
engaged to complete the operation. The TCM can be config- • PTO 1 Mode Prohibited
ured to control the PTO with messages over the vehicle Pri-
mary Data Link (J1939 controlled) and/or circuits Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
hardwired directly to the TCM (Hardwire controlled). The FMI 3, 20: PTO 1 Confirm signal not shorted to power.
FMI 7: PTO 1 Confirm signal not continuously grounded.
ECU. The PTO Hardwire controlled signals are contained in
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. PTO and wiring FMI 9, 13, 19: OEM Module configured correctly or PTO 1
are installed by the OEM or body builder, reference disabled TCM
TRIG2600 for PTO system installation and wiring diagrams.
FMI 21: PTO 1 Confirm signal not shorted to ground.
At the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector to the PTO 1
confirm switch, Pin 16 provides a 2.5 - 5.5 V reference. Possible Causes
When the PTO is engaged, the confirm switch is closed to FMI 3:
vehicle ground completing the circuit between Pin 16 refer-
ence voltage and ground causing the reference voltage to • PTO 1 Confirm Wiring
go low. - Wiring shorted to power
FMI 7:
Detection
The TCM monitors the PTO 1 Confirm J1939 controlled • PTO 1 Confirm Switch Wiring
message and/or the hardwire controlled input signal circuit.
- Shorted to ground
If the PTO 1 Confirm message or input signal is out of
range, the fault is set active. • PTO 1 Confirm Switch
- Stuck closed
• PTO 1 Mechanical
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: PTO 1
Confirm hardwire controlled signal indicated greater than - PTO always engaged
5.25 V for 5 seconds. FMI 9, 13, 19:
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: PTO 1 • PTO 1 J1939 control message not received or
Engage command not given, but PTO 1 Confirm message incorrect
or signal indicates engaged.
- OEM Module configuration setting
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: PTO 1 Confirm J1939 con- FMI 20:
trolled message not received for 5 second.
• PTO 1 Confirm Wiring
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: PTO 1 Confirm J1939 con-
- High resistance short to power
FMI 21:
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: PTO 1 Confirm
J1939 controlled message invalid for 5 second. • PTO 1 Confirm Wiring
- High resistance short to ground
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: PTO 1 Confirm hardwire con-


go to Step D. and PTO 1 is properly installed and wired,
select “Hardwire controlled” or “J1939 request
• If Fault Code 920 FMI 9, 13, 19 is Active, go to
and engage with hardwire confirmation” and
Step C.
follow on-screen prompts. Go to Step V.
controlled” or “J1939 request and engage with
valid PTO messages in the TCM and OEM ECU.
hardwire confirmation” and PTO 1 is properly
Go to Step V..
installed and wired, refer to OEM or body
builder guidelines for repair or replacement of
the PTO Confirm switch or circuit. Go to Step
V.
Purpose: Verify PTO 1 J1939 controlled configura- Purpose: Verify PTO 1 operation and Confirm feed-
C tion with ServiceRanger. D back.
1. Key on. 1. Key on with engine running.

2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Select transmission PTO 1 request switch to off (if
necessary).
trolled” and a PTO is not installed, select “Dis-
abled” and follow on-screen prompts. Go to 6. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value.
Step V. Record reading in table.
• If PTO 1 Current Value indicates “J1939 con- 7. Select transmission PTO 1 request switch to on.
trolled” and PTO 1 is properly installed and
wired, refer to OEM guidelines regarding OEM
ECU PTO configuration settings. Go to Step V.
or body builder, reference TRIG2600 for PTO Note: PTO and wiring are installed by the OEM or
system installation and wiring diagrams. body builder, reference TRIG2600 for PTO system
installation and wiring diagrams.
replacement.Go to Step V.
PTO 1 Off
520536 – PTO 4.5–5.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage
PTO 1 On
520536 – PTO 0.0–0.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage

V
1. Key off.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 925: PTO 2 Confirm
Fault Code 925: PTO 2 Confirm

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3461 FMI 7, 9, 13, 19

The Endurant Transmission incorporates enhanced controls FMI 7: PTO 2 Confirm signal not continuously grounded.
receives a request (input) to actuate the PTO, determines if FMI 9, 13, 19: OEM Module configured correctly or PTO 2
conditions are suitable for PTO operation and supplies an disabled TCM
TCM receives a confirmation (input) that the PTO is Possible Causes
engaged to complete the operation. The TCM can be config- FMI 7:
ured to control the PTO with messages over the vehicle Pri- • PTO 2 Confirm Switch Wiring
mary Data Link (J1939 controlled) and/or circuits
hardwired directly to the TCM (Hardwire controlled). The - Shorted to ground
PTO J1939 controlled messages are received from an OEM • PTO 2 Confirm Switch
ECU. The PTO Hardwire controlled signals are contained in - Stuck closed
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. PTO and wiring
are installed by the OEM or body builder, reference • PTO 2 Mechanical
TRIG2600 for PTO system installation and wiring diagrams. - PTO always engaged
At the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector to the PTO 2 FMI 9, 13, 19:
confirm switch, Pin 16 provides a 2.5 - 5.5 V reference. • PTO 2 J1939 control message not received or
When the PTO is engaged, the confirm switch is closed to incorrect
vehicle ground completing the circuit between Pin 16 refer-
ence voltage and ground causing the reference voltage to - OEM Module configuration setting
go low.
Detection
The TCM monitors the PTO 2 Confirm J1939 controlled
message and/or the hardwire controlled input signal circuit.
If the PTO 2 Confirm message or input signal is out of
range, the fault is set active.

FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: PTO 2
Engage command not given, but PTO 2 Confirm message
or signal indicates engaged.
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: PTO 2 Confirm J1939 con-

trolled message not received for 5 second.
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: PTO 2 Confirm J1939 con-

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: PTO 2 Confirm

Fallback
All FMIs:



go to Step D. and PTO 2 is properly installed and wired,
select “Hardwire controlled” or “J1939 request
• If Fault Code 925 FMI 9, 13, 19 is Active, go to
and engage with hardwire confirmation” and
Step C.
controlled” or “J1939 request and engage with
valid PTO messages in the TCM and OEM ECU.
hardwire confirmation” and PTO 2 is properly
Go to Step V..
installed and wired, refer to OEM or body
builder guidelines for repair or replacement of
the PTO Confirm switch or circuit. Go to Step
V.
Purpose: Verify PTO 2 J1939 controlled configura- Purpose: Verify PTO 2 operation and Confirm feed-
C tion with ServiceRanger. D back.
1. Key on. 1. Key on with engine running.

2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Select transmission PTO 2 request switch to off (if
necessary).
trolled” and a PTO is not installed, select “Dis-
abled” and follow on-screen prompts. Go to 6. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value.
Step V. Record reading in table.
• If PTO 2 Current Value indicates “J1939 con- 7. Select transmission PTO 2 request switch to on.
trolled” and PTO 2 is properly installed and
wired, refer to OEM guidelines regarding OEM
ECU PTO configuration settings. Go to Step V.
or body builder, reference TRIG2600 for PTO Note: PTO and wiring are installed by the OEM or
system installation and wiring diagrams. body builder, reference TRIG2600 for PTO system
installation and wiring diagrams.
replacement.Go to Step V.
PTO 2 Off
520536 – PTO 4.5–5.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage
PTO 2 On
520536 – PTO 0.0–0.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage

V
1. Key off.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 950: Neutral Status 1
Fault Code 950: Neutral Status 1

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3648 FMI 12
Overview
compares current gear and requested gear to ensure proper
operation.
Detection
The TCM monitors the Neutral Mode request and current
gear, if current gear is invalid, the TCM sets the fault code
Active.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Inappropriate selection of
a Non Neutral Mode when Neutral is requested.
Fallback
FMI 12:


FMI 12: Power down (key cycle)
Possible Causes
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Additional Tools
• None

A
sion Technologies at (800) 826-4357 for fur-

V
1. Key off.
Go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 960: Neutral Status 2
Fault Code 960: Neutral Status 2

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6159 FMI 12
Overview
compares current gear and requested gear to ensure proper
operation.
Detection
The TCM monitors the Neutral Mode request and current
gear, if current gear is invalid, the TCM sets the fault code
Active.

FMI 12 –Bad Intelligent Device: Unable to achieve Neutral
when Neutral is requested.
Fallback
FMI 12:


FMI 12: Power down (key cycle)
Possible Causes
FMI 12:
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Additional Tools
• None

A V
contact Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies at (800) 826-4357 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
V.
Go to Step A.
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 970: Neutral Output
Fault Code 970: Neutral Output

J1939: SA 3 SPN 604 FMI 3, 4, 5

The Endurant Transmission can provide a Neutral Output FMI 3, 4, 5: Neutral Output signal in range for 10 seconds.
signal to other devices on the vehicle. The Transmission
Control Module (TCM) is configurable to provide a 12-volt Possible Causes
hardwire signal to indicate when the transmission is in neu- FMI 3, 4, 5:
tral. The Neutral Output signal is contained in the 20-Way
TCM Body Harness Connector. • Neutral Output wiring
- Neutral Output is configured “Enabled” in the
Detection TCM but wiring is not installed.
The TCM monitors the Neutral Output signal circuits (Pin 3 - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
supplies 12 V when the transmission is in Neutral and Pin 5 open.
provides a return ground). If the Neutral Output signal is
out of range, the fault is set active.

FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Neutral
Output signal shorted to power for 5 seconds.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Neutral

Output signal shorted to ground for 5 seconds.
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Neutral

Output circuit open for 5 seconds.
Fallback
All FMIs:

• Devices requiring Neutral Output signal may not
function

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Neutral Output wiring.
A B
4. Select “Options”.
• If Fault Code 970 is Active or Inactive, go to
Step B. 5. Record the “Neutral Output Signal” “Current Value”
in table.
• If the Neutral Output Signal Current Value indi-
cates “Enabled” and the Neutral Output signal
circuit is not installed, select “Disabled” and
• If the Neutral Output Signal Current Value indi-
cates “Enabled” and the Neutral Output is
properly installed and wired, refer to OEM or
ment of the Neutral Output signal wiring. Go to
Step V.
Note: Neutral Output signal wiring is installed
by the OEM or body builder, reference OEM or
body builder wiring diagrams.
Parameter Value
Neutral Output Signal

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Fault Code 975: Reverse Output | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Fault Code 975: Reverse Output

J1939: SA 3 SPN 767 FMI 3, 4, 5

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) can provide a FMI 3, 4, 5: Reverse Output signal in range for 10 seconds.
Reverse Output signal to other devices on the vehicle. The
TCM is configurable to provide a 12-volt hardwire signal to Possible Causes
indicate when the transmission is in reverse. The Reverse FMI 3, 4, 5:
Output signal is contained in the 20-Way TCM Body Har-
ness Connector. • Reverse Output wiring
- Reverse Output is configured “Enabled” in the
Detection TCM but wiring is not installed.
The TCM monitors the Reverse Output signal circuit (Pin 1 - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
supplies 12 V when the transmission is in Reverse and Pin open.
5 provides a return ground). If the Reverse Output signal is
out of range, the fault is set active.

FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Reverse
Output signal shorted to power for 5 seconds.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Reverse

Output signal shorted to ground for 5 seconds.
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Reverse

Output circuit open for 5 seconds.
Fallback
FMI 3, 4, 5:

• Devices requiring Reverse Output signal may not
function
TRTS0950 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 975: Reverse Output


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Reverse Output Signal configured
A B in the TCM and installed on the vehicle.

• If Fault Code 975 is Active, go to Step B.
5. Go to “Configuration”.
• If Fault Code 975 is Inactive, the intermittent
nature of the fault makes it likely that the prob- 6. Select “Options”.
lem is in the Reverse Output signal wiring.
7. Record the “Reverse Output Signal” "Current Value"
in table.
8. Record the “Reverse Output Signal” installed on
Note: Reverse Output signal wiring is installed
the vehicle in table.
by the OEM, reference OEM wiring diagrams.
Note: The vehicle's Reverse Output Signal (Disable
or Enable) is determined by OEM. Refer to the OEM
regarding the Reverse Output Signal installed on
the vehicle.
• If “Reverse Output Signal” is not configured
correctly, select the correct configuration from
the “New Value” drop down, select “Apply”
and follow on screen prompt. Go to Step V.
• If FC975 is Active and “Reverse Output Signal”
is configured correctly, refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement of the Reverse
Output signal wiring. Go to Step V.
Location Reverse Output Signal
TCM
(ServiceRanger)
Vehicle

V
1. Key off.
go to Step A.
Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Start Enable Relay Contact Test

This symptom-driven test is performed if the engine does • Start Enable Type
not crank with the Driver Interface Device in neutral, the
transmission confirming neutral, and there are no Active or - Mis-configured in the TCM
Inactive fault codes. - J1939 start enable message not received by
vehicle
Detection • Start Enable Relay
• Engine does not crank with the transmission in - Internal failure
park or neutral.
• Start Enable Relay Circuit Wiring
• Engine cranks with the transmission in a non-neu-
tral position. - Bypassed or “jumped” Start Enable Relay circuit
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Note: If the engine was shut off with the transmission
in gear, confirm the vehicle air supply pressure is in - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
range and the vehicle parking brake is set or service open
brake is depressed when attempting to start the
engine.
TRTS0950 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

3 4
Starter 87
14 86
4 85
IGN 30
14 4

4. 5-Way Start Enable Relay

1 + 2 +
ACC ACC
OFF OFF
ON ON
START START
85 86 87 30 87A 85 86 87 30 87A
Starter Starter
4 14 4 14
3 + 4 +
ACC ACC
OFF OFF
ON ON
START START
85 86 87 30 87A 85 86 87 30 87A
Starter Starter
4 14 4 14
Start Enable Relay Circuit States (Normally Open)

1. Open Relay - Key On and Transmission is Unable to Confirm Neutral
2. Open Relay - Key Start and Transmission is Unable to Confirm Neutral
3. Closed Relay - Key On and Transmission Confirmed in Neutral
4. Closed Relay - Key Start and Transmission Confirmed in Neutral

Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Purpose: Confirm Driver Interface Device is in Purpose: Determine if the Start Enable system is a
A Neutral and the Display indicates “N”. C hard-wired relay or a J1939 message.
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Inspect the vehicle to determine if the Start Enable
function is performed through a physically hard-
wired relay or a transmission message broadcast
3. Verify that the Transmission Driver Interface Device over the J1939 Data Link.
is in the
Note: Refer to OEM regarding vehicle Start Enable
Neutral (N) position.
type system.
4. Verify the transmission is in Neutral, indicated by
an “N” in the display. • If a Start Enable message is sent over J1939
by the TCM, go to Step D.
• If the display indicates “N”, go to Step B.
• If a Start Enable Relay is hardwired to the
• If the display does not indicate “N”, contact TCM, go to Step G.
Technologies at 1-800-826-HELP (4357) for
Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle starting and

B charging system.
1. Key off.
2. Inspect vehicle starting/charging/battery system
per OEM guidelines.
• If a fault was found, refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement of the vehicle start-
ing/charging/battery system. Go to Step V.
• If no fault found, go to Step C.
Purpose: Connect ServiceRanger and determine if Purpose: Attempt to crank the engine when the en-
D the “Start Enable Type” is configured E gine should crank.
correctly.
2. Verify that the Transmission Driver Interface Device
2. Connect ServiceRanger. is in Neutral (N).
3. Go To “Configuration”. 3. Verify the transmission is in Neutral, indicated by
4. Select “Vehicle”. an “N” in the display.
5. Record the “Start Enable Type” “Current Value” in 4. Depress and hold the service brake, attempt to
table. crank the engine.
6. Confirm the configuration matches the vehicle’s • If engine cranks, go to Step F.

start enable system. • If the engine does not crank and the display
7. Compare reading(s) in table. indicates “N”, refer to OEM guidelines for
repair or replacement of the vehicle start-
• If readings are in range, go to Step E. ing/charging/battery system. Go to Step V.
• If readings are out of range, select “J1939”
from the “New Value” drop down, select
“Apply” and follow on-screen prompts. Go to
Step V.
Start Enable Type J1939
Purpose: Attempt to crank the engine when the en- Purpose: Connect ServiceRanger and determine if
F gine should not crank. G the “Start Enable Relay Type” is configured
correctly.
2. Place the Transmission Driver Interface Device in a
non-Neutral position. 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Depress and hold the service brake, attempt to 3. Go To “Configuration”.

crank the engine. 4. Select “Vehicle”.
4. Return the Transmission Driver Interface Device to 5. Record the “Start Enable Type” “Current Value” in
Neutral (N). table.
• If the engine cranks, a vehicle system allowed 6. Confirm the configuration matches the vehicle’s
the engine to crank when the transmission start enable system.
system requested cranking disabled. Contact
OEM for further diagnostic instructions. Go to 7. Compare reading(s) in table.
Step V. • If readings are in range, go to Step H.
• If the engine does not crank, no fault was • If readings are out of range, select “Relay”
found. Test Complete. If additional trouble- from the “New Value” drop down, select
shooting is required, contact OEM for addi- “Apply” and follow on-screen prompts. Go to
tional information about this system. Go to
Step V.
Step V.
Start Enable Type Relay
Purpose: Attempt to crank the engine when the Purpose: Remove the Start Enable Relay and at-
H engine should crank. J tempt to crank the engine.
1. Key on with engine off. 1. Key on with engine off.

2. Verify that the Transmission Driver Interface Device 2. Remove the Start Enable Relay.
is in Neutral (N).
an “N” in the display.
non-Neutral position.
4. Depress and hold the service brake, attempt to
crank the engine.
crank the engine.
• If the engine cranks, go to Step I.
6. Return the Transmission Driver Interface Device to
• If the engine does not crank, go to Step L. Neutral (N).
• If the engine cranks, refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement of Start Enable Relay
wiring. Go to Step V.
• If the engine does not crank, replace the Start
Enable Relay. Go to Step V.
Purpose: Attempt to crank the engine when the en-

I gine should not crank.

non-Neutral position.
crank the engine.
4. Return the Transmission Driver Interface Device to
Neutral (N).
• If the engine cranks, go to Step J.
• If the engine does not crank, go to Step K.

Purpose: Verify correct Start Enable Relay wiring.
K • If readings are in range, go to Step L.
1. Key off. Start Enable Relay wiring. Go to Step V.
2. Refer to OEM wiring diagrams and verify the Start
Enable Relay wiring is properly installed.
3. Disconnect the Start Enable Relay from the socket.
4. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle VH 14 to SER 86 0.0–0.3 ohms
Harness Connector Pin 14 and Start Enable Relay
Socket Pin 86. Record reading in table. VH 4 to SER 85 0.0–0.3 ohms
14
86
14 86

Harness Connector Pin 4 and Start Enable Relay
Socket Pin 85. Record reading in table.
85
4 85
Purpose: Verify system will crank with the relay Purpose: Verify repair.
L bypassed. V
2. Key on with engine off. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
3. Verify the Transmission Driver Interface Device is in
the Neutral (N) position. 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Verify the transmission is in Neutral indicated by an 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
“N” in the display.
5. Verify that the Driver Interface Device is in Neutral
5. Key off. (N).
6. Remove the Start Enable Relay. 6. Verify the transmission is in Neutral, indicated by
7. Place a jumper wire between socket Pin 30 and Pin
87. 7. Test the Start Enable system by attempting to crank
the Starter multiple times. Verify that the starting
system operates properly.
87 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no codes set and the engine cranks, test
complete.
• If the engine does not crank and a fault code
sets, troubleshoot per Fault Code Isolation
Procedure Index on page 13.
30
• If the engine does not crank and no fault codes
set, contact OEM for further diagnostic
8. Key on with engine off. instructions.
9. Verify that the Transmission Driver Interface Device

is in Neutral (N) position.
crank the engine.
• If the engine cranks, replace the Start Enable
Relay. Go to Step V.
• If the engine does not crank, contact OEM for
Brake Switch Functionality Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Brake Switch Functionality Test

This procedure does not relate to any specific fault code, • Vehicle Service Brake Switch Input Messages
but verifies that the Transmission Control Module (TCM) is
receiving service brake switch input and park brake switch - Not available, not sent or in error
input from the vehicle. • Service Brake Switch
- Internal failure
Detection
• Park Brake Switch
• Transmission does not engage a gear from Neutral.
- Internal failure
Note: The transmission will not engage a gear from
Neutral if the service brake is not depressed.
TRTS0950 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Brake Switch Functionality Test
Brake Switch Functionality Test

Purpose: Monitor Service Brake Switch signal in
A ServiceRanger.
• If two parameters with values are not indicated
or values did not change with the service brake
depressed, refer to OEM guidelines for repair
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. or replacement of the service brake switch/sig-
nal. Go to Step V.
Note: The transmission requires a minimum of
3. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off. two valid service brake switch input messages
4. Key off. from the vehicle to engage a gear from Neu-
tral.
• If two or more parameters are indicated and
6. Connect ServiceRanger. their values changed with the service brake
7. Go To “Data Monitor”. depressed, no fault was found. Go to Step B.
8. From the Default Parameter Files select “Vehicle
Brake Messages”.
Service Service Brake Value(s)
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value. Brake State Parameters
Indicated
9. Monitor two Vehicle Brake parameters. Record
parameters and their values in table.
1.
10. Depress and hold service brake. Released
11. Monitor the same two Vehicle Brake parameters 2.
and record their values in table.
1.
12. Release service brake.
Depressed
2.
Brake Switch Functionality Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0950

Purpose: Verify Vehicle Parking Brake Switch sig-
B nal with ServiceRanger.
Parking Brake Switch/signal.
1. Key on with engine running. • If readings are in range, contact Eaton Cum-
2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off. mins Automated Transmission Technologies at
3. Key off. instructions.
6. Go To “Data Monitor”. Brake State
“Vehicle Brake Messages”. Set 70-Parking Set
brake switch
8. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status. Record status
reading in table.
9. Depress and hold service brake. Not set 70-Parking Not set
brake switch
10. Release vehicle parking brake. status
Record reading in table. Set 70-Parking Set
brake switch
status
13. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status. Record
reading in table.
TRTS0950 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Transmission Shift Complaint
Transmission Shift Complaint

This symptom-driven test is performed if a shift complaint • Vehicle
exists and there are no fault codes.
- Varies
Detection • Engine
• Transmission may exhibit slow or harsh launch - Varies
from a stop. • Transmission
• Transmission may not be able to complete a shift. - Varies
• Transmission may exhibit slow or harsh shifting.
Transmission Shift Complaint | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0950

TRTS0950 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Transmission Shift Complaint Test
Transmission Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Document the vehicle symptom and Purpose: Operate vehicle and attempt to duplicate
A check for Active or Inactive fault codes. B the vehicle symptom.
1. Document the vehicle symptoms by completing the 1. Drive or operate the vehicle (road test) and attempt
Driver Questionnaire on page 7. to duplicate the vehicle symptom under the condi-
tions reported in the Driver Questionnaire.
2. If the vehicle symptom is duplicated, capture a
driver triggered snapshot of the event by using the
4. Connect ServiceRanger. Transmission Driver Interface Device and perform-
ing the sequence below:
- Select “upshift”, “downshift”, “upshift”, “down-
6. Enter information and select “Start Report”. shift” (up, down, up, down) within 1.5 seconds.
Note: Fault code and transmission information is Note: Recording the driver triggered snapshot is
downloaded into the report. time sensitive; for the best results, perform this
sequence immediately after the symptom occurs.
7. Select “Send to Eaton”.
3. The display indicates “ST” and the vehicle may set
a tone when a snapshot is recorded.
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.
• If a vehicle/engine fault code(s) is Active, con-
• If a transmission fault code(s) is Active, go to
Step D. • If the symptom was duplicated and the display
indicated “ST” and/or “F”, go to Step C.
• If a transmission fault code is not set, go to
Step B. • If the symptom was not duplicated, no prob-
lem was found. Contact Eaton Cummins Auto-
1-800-826-HELP (4357) for further diagnostic
instructions.
Transmission Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Prioritize fault codes for troubleshooting.
C D
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Determine the fault code to troubleshoot first by
2. Key off and allow the TCM to perform a complete
power down.
3. Key on. - Priority 2: Component Fault Codes 200-499
4. Connect ServiceRanger. - Priority 3: System Fault Codes 500-899
5. Select “Service Activity Report”. - Priority 4: Feature Fault Codes 900-999
6. Enter information and select “Start Report”. 2. Go to the Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
page 13 and troubleshoot the fault code with the
Note: Fault code and transmission information is highest priority level.
• If more than one fault code within a level
7. Select “Send to Eaton”. applies, troubleshoot Active fault codes before
Inactive fault codes.
• If only Inactive fault codes are present, trou-
8. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes bleshoot the fault code that has the highest
and FMIs and their occurrences and timestamps. occurrence count or most recent time stamp.
• If a vehicle/engine fault code(s) set during the • If no fault codes are found, match the vehicle
road test, contact OEM for further diagnostic symptom to the appropriate item in the Symp-
instructions. tom-Driven Diagnostics Index on page 9
• If a transmission fault code(s) set during the
road test, go to Step D.
• If a fault code did not set and the symptom
was duplicated during the road test, contact
Technologies at 1-800-826-HELP (4357) for
further diagnostic instructions.
TRTS0950 Symptom Isolation Procedures | J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test
J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test

Overview
This symptom driven test is performed if the J1939 Vehicle
Data Link is failing to function in some way without setting
transmission Fault Code 115. Proper operation of the J1939
Vehicle Data Link is critical for proper transmission opera-
tion.
Detection
• Various communication problems between vehicle
ECUs.
• ServiceRanger or other diagnostic software may
not be able to communicate with TCM or vehicle
ECUs.
• If vehicle is configured for the J1939 Start Enable
feature the engine may not crank.
Possible Causes
• J1939 Vehicle Data Link
open
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
• Various Vehicle ECUs
- Internal Failure
- Loss of Power Supply to ECU
- Poor connection to J1939 Vehicle Data Link
open
J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Identify TCM location on Vehicle Primary
A B Data Link (J1939 A).

2. Key on with engine off. 2. Refer to the OEM and identify the TCM location on
the Vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939A) at the
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.
Pin C and Pin D, go to Step G.
• If a vehicle/engine fault code(s) is Active, con-
Pin F and Pin G, go to Step C.
• If Fault Code 115 is Active or Inactive, trouble-
shoot per “Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index” on page 13.
• If ServiceRanger does not connect to the
Transmission Control Module (TCM), go to
Step B.

Purpose: Verify Vehicle Primary Data Link voltage readings.
C (J1939 A) signal voltage. 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
nector Pin F and Pin A. Record reading in table. Primary Data Link (J1939 A). Go to Step V.
F A Pins Range Reading(s)
F to A N/A
G to A N/A +

F A

nector Pin G and Pin A. Record reading in table.
G A
G A
D Link (J1939 A). E nector condition.

2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic 2. Disconnect the 20-way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
Connector Pin F and Pin G. Record reading in table. nector.
F G
body.
F G
Go to Step V.
Step F.
F to G 50–70 Ohms
Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle Primary Data

F Link (J1939 A) at 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
Connector.
1. Key off.
reading in table.
11 12
11 12
3. Reconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness

Connector
11 to 12 50–70 Ohms

Purpose: Verify Vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939 voltage readings.
G A) signal voltage. 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
nector Pin C and Pin A. Record reading in table. Primary Data Link (J1939 A). Go to Step V.
A C Pins Range Reading(s)
C to A N/A
D to A N/A +

A C

A D
A D
H Link (J1939 A). I nector condition.

2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic 2. Disconnect the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
D C
body.
D C
Go to Step V.
Step J.
C to D 50–70 Ohms
Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle J1939 Data Purpose: Use ServiceRanger to monitor ECU
J Link at 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. K communication on the Primary Data Link (J1939
A).
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
Harness Connector Pin 11 and Pin 12. Record 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
reading in table. nents are properly installed.
11 12 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
6. Select “Components” tab.
7. Monitor the roster of vehicle ECUs currently com-
municating on the Primary Data Link (J1939 A).
8. Compare this list to the roster of vehicle ECUs that
should be communicating on the Primary Data Link
11 12
(J1939 A).
Note: Contact OEM for information about which
3. Reconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness vehicle ECUs should be on the Primary Data Link
Connector. (J1939 A).
4. Compare reading(s) in table. • If no vehicle ECUs are present on the Ser-
viceRanger roster, go to Step L.
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle • If all vehicle ECUs are present on the Ser-
Primary Data Link (J1939 A). Go to Step V. viceRanger roster, no problem was found. Test
complete. Contact OEM for further diagnostic
• If readings are in range, go to Step K.
instructions.
• If a vehicle ECU is missing from the Ser-
Pins Range Reading(s) viceRanger roster, investigate that device to
verify that it is properly powered and wired to
11 to 12 50–70 Ohms the Primary Data Link (J1939 A). Refer to OEM
Step V.
Purpose: Remove vehicle devices from the J1939 Purpose: Verify repair.
L Vehicle Data Link. V
4. Select “Components” tab.
5. Monitor the roster of vehicle ECUs currently com-
municating on the Primary Data Link (J1939 A). 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
6. Individually remove each vehicle ECU from the Pri- 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
mary Data Link (J1939 A).
7. After removing each device, monitor the Ser- or duplicate the previous complaint.
viceRanger ECU roster.
• If the removal of an ECU from the Primary
Data Link (J1939 A) allows Other Vehicle
ECU(s) to appear in the ServiceRanger ECU
roster, the removed ECU may have an internal • If Fault Code 115 sets Active during operation,
failure preventing communication over the Pri- go to Step A.
mary Data Link (J1939 A). Refer to OEM
bleshoot per the “Fault Code Isolation Proce-
Step V.
dure Index” on page 13.
• If no problems are found, Contact OEM for fur-
Manually Actuate Rail B Procedure | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Manually Actuate Rail B Procedure

Special Instructions Special Tools
None • Mechanical Diagnostic Kit (RR2011TR)
1. MTM Cap Screws, Long (x4) - 13 mm

2. MTM Cap Screws, Special (x2) - 15 mm
3. MTM Cap Screws (x14) - 13 mm
5. Main Housing
6. Output Speed Sensor
TRTS0950 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Manually Actuate Rail B Procedure
Procedure – Manually Actuate Rail B

1. Install the Rail B Engagement Tool (RR1088TR) to the
Main Housing and hand tighten with 2 MTM cap
screws.
2. Shift the Rail B Synchronizer to neutral.
3. Return to troubleshooting procedure
Manually Actuate Rail E Procedure | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0950
Manually Actuate Rail E Procedure

Special Instructions Special Tools
None • Mechanical Diagnostic Kit (RR2011TR)
1. MTM Cap Screws, Long (x4) - 13 mm

2. MTM Cap Screws, Special (x2) - 15 mm
3. MTM Cap Screws (x14) - 13 mm
5. Main Housing
6. Output Speed Sensor
TRTS0950 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Manually Actuate Rail E Procedure
Procedure – Manually Actuate Rail E

1. Install the MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) on the
main housing.
2. Using the Rail E Lever, move Rail E to neutral.
3. Return to troubleshooting procedure.
Manually Vent Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Procedure | Appendix TRTS0950
Manually Vent Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Procedure

TRTS0950 Appendix | Manually Vent Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Procedure
Procedure - Manually Vent LCA

2. Loosen (do not remove) the 4 LCA cap screws 1-2
turns with a T45 Torx.
Note: Residual air pressure in the LCA cylinder
exhausts between the LCA and MTM housings when
the cap screws are loosened.
3. Torque the 4 LCA cap screws to 23-27 Nm.
Software Download Process of SW-18187-P | Appendix TRTS0950
Software Download Process of SW-18187-P

Recovery Instructions with Screenshot Step A: Recovering from failed download of
Disconnect ServiceRanger, key off and remove battery 5568408 software:
power to TCM and wait 30 seconds. After 30 seconds,
reconnect battery power to TCM, key on and connect Ser- 1. Key on
viceRanger. 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. When prompted, select “Recover ECU”.
General Instructions 4. From the Product Family dropdown, select
1. Key on. “Endurant” or “PACCAR”.
2. Connect ServiceRanger. 5. From the Model dropdown, select the transmission

model.
3. When prompted, select “Recover ECU”.
6. From the ECU dropdown, select “TCM - Endurant”
4. From the Product Family dropdown, select or “TCM - PACCAR”.
“Endurant” or “PACCAR”.
7. From the Hardware dropdown, select “Gen 4 ECU -
5. From the Model dropdown, select the transmission Gen 4 ECU”.
model.
8. From the Available Updates, select “SW-18187-P”.
6. From the ECU dropdown, select “TCM - Endurant”
or “TCM - PACCAR”. Note: Selecting this option downloads the following
software versions:
7. From the Hardware dropdown, Download Recovery
phases 1 through 3 consecutively until a “Down- Endurant Software Version PACCAR Software Version
load Completed Successfully” prompt appears.
5568408 5568408
Note: Ensure Recover Package “SW-18187-P” is
selected. 5538102 5538104
8. Complete download by updating to newest Soft- 5538103 5538105
ware Version. For PACCAR, reference FSUD4168,
Service Bulletin TAIB-0882. 5516010 5516009
9. Verify engine calibrations in TCM settings are cor- 9. From the Connect to Vehicle prompt, select “Ok.”
rect as Fault Codes 206 & 215 may set active
during this procedure. 10. Go to Programming.
Select the appropriate Step based on the failed Note: Selecting this option downloads the Monitor
software download: software.
Failed Software Download: Go to:
5568408 Step A
5538‘012 Step B
5538103
5538104
5538105
Monitor software 5516501 Step C

Monitor software 5516502
TCM software 5516009 Step D

TCM software 5516010
TRTS0950 Appendix | Software Download Process of SW-18187-P
Step B: Recovering from failed download of Step C: Recovering from failed download of
5538102, 5538102, 5538103, 5538104 or 5516501 or 5516502 Monitor Software:
5538105 software: 1. Key on.
1. Key on. 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
2. Connect ServiceRanger. 3. When prompted, select “Recover ECU.”
3. When prompted, select “Recover ECU”. 4. From the Product Family dropdown, select
4. From the Product Family dropdown, select “Endurant” or “PACCAR”.
“Endurant” or “PACCAR”. 5. From the Model dropdown, select the transmission
5. From the Model dropdown, select the transmission model.
model. 6. From the ECU dropdown, select “Monitor -
6. From the ECU dropdown, select “TCM - Endurant” Endurant” or “Monitor - PACCAR”.
or “TCM-PACCAR”. 7. From the Hardware dropdown, select “Gen 4 ECU
7. From the Hardware dropdown, select “Gen 4 ECU Endurant” or “Gen 4 ECU PACCAR”.
Dev - Gen 4 ECU Dev”. 8. From the Available Updates, select “SW-18187-P”.
8. From the Available Updates, select “SW-18187-P”. Note: Selecting this option downloads the Endurant
Note: Selecting this option downloads the following Monitor software version 5516502 or the PACCAR
software versions: Monitor software version 5516501.
9. After the download completes, download the
Endurant Software Version PACCAR Software Version
Endurant TCM software version 5516010 or the
5538102 5538104 PACCAR TCM software version 5516009, go to
Step D.
5538103 5538105
5516010 5516009
9. From the Connect to Vehicle prompt, select “Ok.”

10. Go to Programing.
Note: Selecting this option downloads the
Monitor software.
Software Download Process of SW-18187-P | Appendix TRTS0950
Step D: Recovering from failed download of Step A: Recovering from failed download of
5516009 or 5516010 TCM software: 5568408 software:
1. Key on. 1. Key on.
2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. When prompted, select “Recover ECU”. 3. When prompted, select “Recover ECU”.
4. From the Product Family dropdown, select 4. From the Product Family dropdown, select
“Endurant” or “PACCAR”. “Endurant” or “PACCAR”.
5. From the Model dropdown, select the transmission 5. From the Model dropdown, select the transmission
model. model.
6. From the ECU dropdown, select “TCM - Endurant” 6. From the ECU dropdown, select “TCM - Endurant”
or “TCM - PACCAR”. or “TCM - PACCAR”.
7. From the Hardware dropdown, select “Gen 4 ECU 7. From the Hardware dropdown, select “Gen 4 ECU -
Endurant” or “Gen 4 ECU PACCAR”. Gen 4 ECU”.
8. From the Available Updates, select “SW-18187-P”. 8. From the Available Updates, select “SW-18187-P”.
Process Complete.
Note: Selecting this option downloads the following
Note: Selecting this option downloads the Endurant software versions:
TCM software version 5516010 or PACCAR TCM soft-
ware version 5516009. Endurant Software Version PACCAR Software Version
5568408 5568408
5538102 5538104
5538103 5538105
5516010 5516009

10. Go To Programming.
- If the Download Completed Successfully,
process complete.
Recovery Instructions without Screenshot - If the Download Failed, 5568408 has already
Disconnect ServiceRanger, key off and remove battery been installed successfully, go to Step B.
power to TCM and wait 30 seconds. After 30 seconds
reconnect battery power to TCM, key on and connect Ser-
viceRanger.
TRTS0950 Appendix | Software Download Process of SW-18187-P
Step B: Recovering from failed download of Step C: Recovering from failed download of
5538102, 5538103, 5538104, or 5538105 5516009 or 5516010 TCM software:
software. 1. Key on.
1. Key on. 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
2. Connect ServiceRanger. 3. When prompted, select “Recover ECU”.
3. When prompted, select “Recover ECU”. 4. From the Product Family dropdown, select
4. From the Product Family dropdown, select “Endurant” or “PACCAR”.
“Endurant” or “PACCAR”. 5. From the Model dropdown, select the transmission
5. From the Model dropdown, select the transmission model.
model. 6. From the ECU dropdown, select “TCM - Endurant”
6. From the ECU dropdown, select “TCM - Endurant” or “TCM - PACCAR”.
or “TCM - PACCAR”. 7. From the Hardware dropdown, select “Gen 4 ECU
7. From the Hardware dropdown, select “Gen 4 ECU Endurant” or “Gen 4 ECU PACCAR”.
Dev - Gen 4 ECU Dev”. 8. From the Available Updates, select “SW-18187-P”.
8. From the Available Updates, select “SW-18187-P”. - If the Download Completes Successfully,
Note: Selecting this option downloads the following process complete.
software versions: - If the Download Failed, replace TCM.
Endurant Software Version PACCAR Software Version Note: Selecting this option downloads the Endurant
TCM software version 5516010 or the PACCAR soft-
5538102 5538104 ware version 5516009.
5538103 5538105
5516010 5516009

10. Go to Programming.
- If the Download Completed Successfully,
process complete.
- If the Download Failed, 5538102, 5538103,
5538104, or 5538105 has already been
installed successfully, go to Step C.
TAIB-0876: Transmission Low Air Pressure and/or Clutch Temperature Display Messages Endurant Transmissions | Appendix
TAIB-0876: Transmission Low Air Pressure and/or Clutch Temperature Display

Messages Endurant Transmissions
Updated: May 11, 2021
Issue Description:
Customers may experience a low transmission air pressure and/or clutch temperature message during low speed maneuvering
or stop and go traffic situations.
• Low Transmission Air Pressure Message: This issue may be induced by a vehicle air system not functioning properly
resulting in the inability to achieve or maintain operating air pressure. Low air pressure may be induced by excessive use
or cycling of the service brake, exhausting the vehicle air supply.
• Clutch Temperature Message: This issue may be induced by “two-footing” the service brake and accelerator pedal
simultaneously causing the clutch not to fully close, inducing a clutch slip and increasing clutch temperature
Fault codes that may set during these events:
• Transmission Air Supply Pressure: FC215 SPN 37 FMI 18

• Clutch Temperature: FC815 SPN5939 FMI 15 and/or 16
Containment/Corrective Action:
Driver Recommendations:
• Ensure the vehicle air system is operating per OEM requirements.

• Allow the vehicle air system to reach the normal operating range, 99 (106 at the Air Brake Tanks for Navistar) to 130 PSI
(6.8 to 9.0 Bar), prior to selecting a gear from neutral.
• Avoid “two-footing” the service brake and accelerator pedal.
• Avoid using the accelerator pedal to hold the vehicle on a hill - depress and hold the service brake until movement is
required.
• During operation on a grade, rely on Hill Start Aid (HSA) when transitioning from the service brake pedal to the accelera-
tor pedal.
• During low-speed maneuvering, select the lowest available start gear (1st or R1) and rely on Urge to Move and Creep
Mode to assist in moving the vehicle at engine idle without having to apply the accelerator pedal.
Note: For additional information on how to operate the transmission refer to Endurant Driver Instructions TRDR0950 and GET 2
KNOW videos (http://videos.eatoncumminsjv.com/category/videos/get-2-know).
TRTS0950 Appendix | TAIB-0876: Transmission Low Air Pressure and/or Clutch Temperature Display Messages Endurant
Recommendations when messages are displayed:
• Low Transmission Air Message: Allow the vehicle air system to reach normal operating range (100 PSI or above / 106
at the Air Brake Tanks for Navistar) and then continue operation. For optimal
performance, the transmission requires 99 to 130 PSI (6.8 to 9.0 Bar).
Note: Transmission software version 5516024 includes enhancements that prevent Fault Code 215 from setting while trans-
mission is in Neutral mode.
• Non-Navistar Chassis: With software version 5516024 and above, if the driver attempts to select a non-neutral
mode before transmission air pressure reaches 80 PSI, the transmission will prevent gear engagement and Fault
Code 215 will set Active.
• Navistar Chassis: At initial key on with software version 5516024 and above, if a driver attempts to select a
non-neutral mode before transmission air pressure reaches 90 PSI, and the air brake tanks reach 106 PSI, the
transmission will prevent gear engagement. The 106 PSI minimum on a Navistar chassis matches the tractor pro-
tection valve (OEM Requirement). If chassis air pressure falls below 106 PSI (Key on normal operation) the trans-
mission will
continue to shift until a minimum of 75 PSI is reached (see item A / Degraded Performance).
Note: Transmission and Air Brake Tanks can be monitored in SR4 / Data Monitor
Link Source Parameter Description Value
J1939 Body Controller 117 Brake Primary Pressure 117
J1939 Body Controller 118 Brake Secondary Pressure 116
J1939 Transmission 520524 Line Pressure Feedback 130.68
• Clutch temperature message - Safely and immediately discontinue the operation that is being
performed which is causing the clutch to overheat. Depress and hold the service brake or set vehicle parking brake and
idle the engine until the message is no longer indicated and then continue normal operation. Ensure the engine is allowed
to idle, shutting off the engine prolongs the condition.
Note: Transmission software version 5516024 includes enhancements that allow the transmission to continue operation
when Fault Code 815 sets. Fallback mode of the Fault Code will still disable some transmission functionality such as launch-
ing in a higher start gear and Urge to Move. The driver will continue to be notified of a Clutch Abuse event via a dash mes-
sage and audible tone. A software update to 5516024 for Fault Code 815 is considered a non-warrantable issue.
NOTICE: In most cases the transmission will recover from the induced events outlined above and towing of the vehicle is not
required. In extreme cases, depending on truck operation, the air system requirement for air consumption may be higher than
the standard compressor (18.7 CFM) can produce. In those cases, a higher CFM (37.4) compressor is available for aftermarket
purchase (customer pay) or as an option in the OEM Databook. See your Navistar representative for details.
Note: If the transmission low air and/or clutch temperature condition no longer exists, some OEM displays may require the driver
to manually clear the message with older cluster software versions. Refer to OEM guidelines regarding the display message reset
procedure.
TAIB-0876: Transmission Low Air Pressure and/or Clutch Temperature Display Messages Endurant Transmissions | Appendix
Navistar is offering a dash cluster software update with 6024 transmission SW update that has changed the warning displays.
Reference Navistar iKnow article (IK0800550)
• Transmission Air Supply Low - Least Severe:

- Requirements to set dash response: Engine Running, Trans Current Gear Neutral, Shift device Neutral, Vehicle Not
Moving, and Transmission Air Pressure < 90 PSI or Brake Tank Pressure < 106 PSI
- Dash response was: “Transmission Air Pressure Low Warning” with driver acknowledgment now “System Air Pres-
sure Low” and does not require the driver to manually clear the message.
• Transmission Air Supply Low - Moderately Severe Level:
- Requirements to set dash response: Vehicle Stopped, Neutral Mode, Shift Device Not Neutral, and Trans Air Pres-
sure < 90 PSI or Brake Tank Pressure < 106 PSI or Vehicle moving and Trans Air Tank Pressure < 85 PSI or Trans
in Non-Neutral mode and Trans Air Pressure < 85 PSI
- New dash response “System Air Pressure Low Gear Change Not Allowed”
• Transmission Air Supply Low - Most Severe Level:
- Requirements to set dash response: Engine Running, Vehicle Moving, and Trans Air Pressure < 75 PSI.
- New dash response: System Air Pressure Low Transmission Disabled
• Clutch Abuse - Moderately Severe Level:
- Requirements to set dash response: clutch plate temperature estimated > 210 C
- Dash response was: “Clutch Temp High - Function Limited” now “Clutch Temp High”
- Clutch Abuse - Most Severe Level:
- Requirements to set dash response: clutch plate temperature estimated > 235 C
- Dash response was: “Clutch Temp Over Limited Allowed” now “Clutch Overheated Allow Clutch to Cool”
Refer to OEM guidelines regarding the display message reset procedure.
Affected Models/Population:
• Endurant Transmissions
Warranty Information:
• Informational Only
TRTS0950 Appendix | TAIB-0876: Transmission Low Air Pressure and/or Clutch Temperature Display Messages Endurant
Item A:
• Endurant Installation Guide, go to Section 6: Pneumatic System Requirements.
Section 6: Pneumatic System Requirements
Supply Pressure
WARNING: This is a safety requirement. To maintain transmission functionality, the vehicle system shall have the aire compres-
! sor OFF set no higher than 130psig (9.0bar). Failure to limit transmission air supply pressure below 130psig (9.0bar) has the
potential to increase vehicle stopping distance due to the transmissions inability to disengage the driveline, which may result in
serious injury or death.
WARNING: This is a safety requirement. To prevent transmission damage the vehicle system shall have a pressure relief valve
! in the supply system set no higher than 150psig (10.3bar). Failure to limit transmission air supply pressure below 150psig
(10.3bar) has the potential to increase vehicle stopping distance due to the transmissions inability to disengage the driveline
which may result in serious injury or death.
For optimal performance, the Eaton Endurant Transmission requires a nominal air supply operating range between 99 PSI (6.8
bar) and 130 PSI (9.0 bar). Air supply outside this range can result in degraded or complete loss of transmission shift
capabilities. The following figure summaries the significant thresholds for various air supply pressures.
NOTICE: Actions taken by the Endurant transmission in response to air supply pressures are not symmetrical and vary
depending on if air supply pressure is increasing or decreasing such as transmission functionality allowed above 90 PSI (5.9 bar)
but not degraded until below 80 PSI (5.5 bar).
Pressure Range Description Bar Ref. PSI Response
Transmission Function Permitted 5.9 90 System Low Air Warning turns off. Gear engagement permitted.
Lower Operating Range 6.8 99
Upper Operating Range 9.0 130
Transmission Low Air 5.5 80 (SPN-37 FMI-18): Transmission low pressure warning turns
Notification ON. Transmission remains functional at degraded performance
(e.g. Non-N modes prohibited and upshifts not allowed;
downshifts will continue).
Transmission Low Air Warning 5.2 75 (SPN-37 FMI-1): Transmission low pressure warning continues,
system will then attempt to disengage driveline when or if it
becomes appropriate.
TAIB-0882: DAVIE4 Required for PACCAR 12-Speed Transmission (PACCAR TX-12) | TAIB0882
TAIB-0882: DAVIE4 Required for PACCAR 12-Speed Transmission (PACCAR

TX-12)
Date: August 10, 2020
Issue Description: software version 6009 which makes it compatible with

DAVIE4.
Effective July 30, 2020, ServiceRanger users with BASIC
and PRO license levels will no longer have the capability to • ServiceRanger will continue to support all
update software, update calibrations or change configura- Eaton/ECJV products including Endurant and Pro-
tions when connected to a PACCAR 12-Speed Transmission cision
(PACCAR TX-12). This directive is part of a contractual
agreement with PACCAR to only utilize DAVIE4 when diag- • Please contact PACCAR for support with DAVIE4
nosing a PACCAR 12-Speed Transmission. All users must Please reference user level chart below for more informa-
utilize the PACCAR DAVIE4 tool to communicate with the tion.
PACCAR 12-Speed Transmission.
Note: The only update capability ServiceRanger4 will still

have for PACCAR AMT is to update the PACCAR AMT to
None
642 © 2022 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved 2022.08.24
TRTS0950 Appendix | TAIB-0885: Endurant and PACCAR Proactive Software and Calibration Update Program
TAIB-0885: Endurant and PACCAR Proactive Software and Calibration Update

Program
Updated: December 21, 2020
Issue Description:
Customers may experience transmission service lamp, no gear engagement from neutral and fault codes due to Linear Clutch
Actuator (LCA) not being able to achieve desired clutch position. This Service Bulletin covers 3 scenarios:
• Scenario 1: FC 511 FMI 7 or 10 is set without the updated software and calibration installed.
• Scenario 2: FC 511 FMI 7 or 10 is set with the updated software and calibration installed.
• Scenario 3: No fault code 511 FMI 7 or 10 is set and the serial number is less than or equal to Z0057102.
Update Transmission Calibration as part of Software 5516023 (PACCAR) or 5516024 (Endurant) on all transmissions with serial
numbers less than or equal to Z0057102.
NOTICE: Calibration Update is REQUIRED to enable this corrective action; the calibration is only available in the following Soft-
ware packages:
• 5516023 PACCAR - software and calibration released through DAVIE4 on November 9, 2020.
• 5516024 Endurant - software and calibration released through ServiceRanger 4 at dealer level (Pro).
Affected Models/Population:
Serial Number less than or equal to Z0057102 for:

• PACCAR Transmissions
TAIB-0885: Endurant and PACCAR Proactive Software and Calibration Update Program | Appendix TRTS0950
Field Strategy:
Step A:
Update Transmission Software as Indicated

Transmission Software Tool Used Date
Available
PACCAR 5516023 DAVIE4 11/09/2020
Endurant 5516024 Service-Ranger4 10/21/2020
Note:
• If transmission software is not 5516023 (PACCAR), update the transmission software from the Programming Navigation
Menu of DAVIE4 (PACCAR OEM Tool).
• If transmission software is not 5516024 (Endurant), update the transmission software utilizing the ServiceRanger 4
Procedure for Endurant (provided after Step B).
Step B:
Update transmission calibration to appropriate REV. Calibrations indicated below:
5516023 PACCAR Transmission Calibrations

Eaton Part OEM Part Description Speed Calibration REV
Number Number
5539965 8888883 PACCAR MX13 Euro 5 12 Speed Cal Rev 8

Standard (Australia)
5539984 2293677 PACCAR MX11 Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 10
5539985 2293679 PACCAR MX11 Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 10
5539986 2293681 PACCAR MX11 Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 10
5539987 2293676 PACCAR MX13 Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 10
5539988 2293678 PACCAR MX13 Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 10
5539989 2293680 PACCAR MX13 Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 10
5516024 Endurant Transmission Calibrations

Number Number
5539999 8888883 PACCAR X15 Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540000 8888883 PACCAR X15 Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540001 8888883 PACCAR X15 Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540002 8888883 PACCAR X15 2020 Efficiency Series Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540003 8888883 PACCAR X15 2020 Efficiency Series Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540004 8888883 PACCAR X15 2020 Efficiency Series Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540005 8888883 PACCAR X15 2020 Productivity Series Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540006 8888883 PACCAR X15 2020 Productivity Series Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540007 8888883 PACCAR X15 2020 Productivity Series Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540008 8888883 Navistar A26 Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540009 8888883 Navistar A26 Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540010 8888883 Navistar A26 Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540011 8888883 Navistar A26 Economy 11 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540012 8888883 Navistar A26 Performance 11 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540013 8888883 Navistar A26 Tanker 11 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540014 8888883 Navistar X15 Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540015 8888883 Navistar X15 Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540016 8888883 Navistar X15 Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540017 8888883 Navistar X15 Economy 11 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540018 8888883 Navistar X15 Performance 11 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540019 8888883 Navistar X15 Tanker 11 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540020 8888883 Navistar X15 Performance Series Standard 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540021 8888883 Navistar X15 2020 Efficiency Series Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540022 8888883 Navistar X15 2020 Efficiency Series Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540023 8888883 Navistar X15 2020 Efficiency Series Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540024 8888883 Navistar X15 2020 Efficiency Series Economy 11 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540025 8888883 Navistar X15 2020 Efficiency Series Performance 11 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540026 8888883 Navistar X15 2020 Efficiency Series Tanker 11 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540027 8888883 Navistar X15 2020 Productivity Series Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 11

Number Number
5540028 8888883 Navistar X15 2020 Productivity Series Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540029 8888883 Navistar X15 2020 Productivity Series Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 11
5540030 8888883 Volvo X15 Economy 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540031 8888883 Volvo X15 Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540032 8888883 Volvo X15 Performance 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540033 8888883 Volvo X15 Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540034 8888883 Volvo X15 Tanker 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540035 8888883 Volvo X15 Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540036 8888883 Volvo X15 2020 Efficiency Series Economy 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540037 8888883 Volvo X15 2020 Efficiency Series Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540038 8888883 Volvo X15 2020 Efficiency Series Performance 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540039 8888883 Volvo X15 2020 Efficiency Series Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540040 8888883 Volvo X15 2020 Efficiency Series Tanker 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540041 8888883 Volvo X15 2020 Efficiency Series Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540042 8888883 Volvo X15 2020 Productivity Series Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540043 8888883 Volvo X15 2020 Productivity Series Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540044 8888883 Volvo X15 2020 Productivity Series Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540047 8888883 Freightliner X15 2020 Efficiency Series Economy 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540048 8888883 Freightliner X15 2020 Efficiency Series Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540049 8888883 Freightliner X15 2020 Efficiency Series Performance 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540050 8888883 Freightliner X15 2020 Efficiency Series Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540051 8888883 Freightliner X15 2020 Efficiency Series Tanker 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540052 8888883 Freightliner X15 2020 Efficiency Series Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540053 8888883 Freightliner X15 2020 Productivity Series Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540054 8888883 Freightliner X15 2020 Productivity Series Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540055 8888883 Frieghtliner X15 2020 Productivity Series Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540056 8888883 PACCAR X15 Euro5 Mexico Standard 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540057 8888883 Freightliner DD13 Economy 11 Speed Cal Rev 15
5540061 8888883 Freightliner DD13 Tanker 11 Speed Cal Rev 15
5540063 8888883 Freightliner X12 Economy 11 Speed Cal Rev 16

Number Number
5540064 8888883 Freightliner X12 Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540065 8888883 Freightliner X12 Performance 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540066 8888883 Freightliner X12 Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540067 8888883 Freightliner X12 Tanker 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540068 8888883 Freightliner X12 Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540069 8888883 Freightliner X12 2021 Economy 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540070 8888883 Freightliner X12 2021 Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540071 8888883 Freightliner X12 2021 Performance 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540072 8888883 Freightliner X12 2021 Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540073 8888883 Freightliner X12 2021 Tanker 11 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540074 8888883 Freightliner X12 2021 Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 13
5540075 8888883 Freightliner DD13 Performance 11 Speed Cal Rev 15
5540077 8888883 Freightliner DD13 Tanker 12 Speed Cal Rev 16
5540078 8888883 Freightliner DD13 Performance 12 Speed Cal Rev 16
5540079 8888883 Freightliner DD13 Economy 12 Speed Cal Rev 16
ServiceRanger 4 Procedure for Endurant:

Ensure ServiceRanger 4 Data base level is updated to: 2010-01-SCB-4209 10/21/2020 or greater.
1. Connect the computer to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using ServiceRanger 4.
2. Go to Programming.
3. Check for Available Updates.
4. Ensure transmission software is 5516024 (Endurant). If not, perform update.

5. Go to Configuration.
6. Select Calibration.
7. Select the appropriate Calibration from the tables in Step B.
8. Click Apply.
9. Turn the key off and let the transmission power down until your computer disconnects from the Transmission Control
Module (TCM).
10. Once disconnected from the TCM, turn the key back on.
11. Select Reconnect and verify the calibration has changed. If the green check mark is displayed with the calibration, the
calibration has been updated.
12. Create Service Activity Reports and Send To Eaton.

A) Go to Service Reports in the Navigation Menu.
B) Create New Service Activity Report.

C) Fill in the Vehicle Information.
D) Click Start - data will begin extraction.
E) After report has finished, select “Send To Eaton” displayed in the screen header.
Fix as Fail:
Scenario 1: FC 511 FMI 7 or 10 is set without the updated software and calibration installed:
Warranty Parts:
No parts needed, software and calibration update only. Reference above software and calibration charts.
Warranty Labor:
• Diagnostics (1.0 Hour)
• Software Update and Calibration (0.5 Hour)
• Test Drive (0.5 Hour)
Repair Item / Claim Text:
• Claim Text - Enter the following:
- Primary Causal Part #: A-10000714
- TAIB-0885
Scenario 2: FC 511 FMI 7 or 10 is set with the above software and calibration installed:
Warranty Parts:
• K-4357 LCA Kit (Endurant)
• K-4357-PAC LCA Kit (PACCAR)
Warranty Labor:
• LCA Replacement
- Diagnostics (1.0 hour)
- LCA R&R (0.5 hour)
- Clutch Calibration (0.5 Hour)
- Test Drive (0.5 Hour)
Repair Order / Claim Text:
• Claim Text – Enter the following:
- TAIB-0885
• Part Return Instructions:
- Claimed parts are to be returned to the Eaton Warranty Return Center (Galesburg MI.) “Collect” per TMIB0129.
Follow packaging instructions per TCWY0600.
Campaign:
Scenario 3: No Fault Code 511 FMI 7 or 10 is set and the serial number is less than or equal to Z0057102:
Warranty Parts:
• No parts to be replaced
Warranty Labor:
• Software download and calibration (OEM SRT up to 0.5 hour)
Repair Order / Claim Text:
• Claim Text – Enter the following:
- Campaign #: LCASWC
- PACCAR Campaign #: 26-035
- Navistar Campaign #: 20905
TAIB-0889: Clutch Release System Wear/Damage - Endurant and PACCAR Transmissions | TAIB-0889
TAIB-0889: Clutch Release System Wear/Damage - Endurant and PACCAR

Transmissions
Updated: July 12, 2021
Issue Description: • If excessive wear is found, inspect the pilot bearing

for wear and/or failure.
Over repair/under repair of the Clutch Release System
(and/or clutch) due to a lack of troubleshooting wear mea- - If pilot bearing wear and/or failure is found,
surement criteria. For scenarios other than customers replace pilot bearing per OEM guidelines.
experiencing an illuminated transmission service lamp and
Fault Code 511 (SPN 5614) or Fault Code 512 (SPN 5615) Note: Pilot bearing replacement is non-warrantable.
with FMI 16 which is covered in TAIB0885. - If Input Shaft Pilot Bearing Wear Sleeve wear
and/or damage is found, replace Input Shaft
Pilot Bearing Wear Sleeve.
Document Clutch Release System and/or Clutch Diaphragm Note: Input Shaft Pilot Bearing Wear Sleeve wear
Spring wear troubleshooting measurement and/or damage is non-warrantable.
criteria and Clutch Release System damage to look for per
- If no excessive wear is found, go to Step 2
this TAIB.
2. Inspect Release Bearing for wear and/or “divots” on wear

Affected Models/Population: pads from rollers. Document the wear measurements in
the warranty claim notes (Reference Image A).
• PACCAR Transmissions • If wear is found, measure wear with a caliper.
- If wear and/or “divot” measurement exceeds
0.5mm in depth, replace the Release Bearing
Field Strategy: assembly and the Release Yoke. Go to Step 5.
If the transmission is removed from the vehicle and the
technician notices wear to the clutch diaphragm spring fin- - If wear and/or “divot” measurement is less
gers and/or clutch release bearing, perform the clutch sys- than 0.5mm, go to Step 3.
tem inspection detailed in the Service Strategy section. • If no wear is found, go to Step 3.
Service Strategy:
Reference Endurant HD Automated Transmission Service
Manual TRSM0950 for all service procedures.
1. Inspect Input Shaft Pilot Bearing Wear Sleeve for exces-

sive wear.
TAIB-0889 | TAIB-0889: Clutch Release System Wear/Damage - Endurant and PACCAR Transmissions
Image A:
Release Bearing “Divot” Example: “Divot” Measurement with Caliper:
3. Inspect Release Bearing assembly face for wear (Reference Image B).
• If wear is found, measure wear with a caliper (Reference Image C). Document the wear
measurements in the warranty claim notes. If the outside chamfered edge is worn off (Reference Image B), then there is
no need to measure the wear, but document “outside chamfered edge is worn off” in the warranty claim notes.
- If wear measurement exceeds 0.75mm or if the outside chamfered edge is worn off (Reference Image B), replace
the Release Bearing Assembly. Go to Step 5.
- If wear measurement is less than 0.75mm, go to Step 4.
- If no wear is found, go to Step 4.
Image B: Release Bearing Assembly Face Inspection

Wear Present Wear Present No Wear Present
Chamfered edge is worn off (“circum- “Trapezoidal” Wear New

ferential” wear)
2022.08.24 © 2021 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved 653
Image C: Release Bearing Face Wear Measurement:

“Circumferential” Wear
4. Rotate the Release Bearing by hand.
• If the Release Bearing is hard to turn (seized or partially seized), or has evidence of lack of
lubrication, replace the Release Bearing Assembly. Go to Step 5.
• If the Release Bearing rotates freely, go to Step 5.
5. Inspect the Clutch Diaphragm Spring for wear. Document the finger thickness measurements in the
warranty claim notes (Reference Image D).
• If wear is found, measure wear with a micrometer.

- If the thinnest finger thickness measurement is less than 4.0mm, replace the clutch assembly, release bearing and
pilot bearing wear sleeve (clutch kit).
- If the thinnest finger thickness measurement is greater than 4.0mm, go to Step 6.
• If no wear is found, go to Step 6.
Image D: Diaphragm Spring Wear

Worn (Less than 4.0mm) No Wear (New)
TAIB-0889 | TAIB-0889: Clutch Release System Wear/Damage - Endurant and PACCAR Transmissions
6. Inspect the Release Yoke Pivot Pin, Release Yoke assembly and the plastic sockets for damage|
(Reference Image E).
• If Release Yoke Pivot Pin and/or Release Yoke and/or plastic sockets are damaged, replace Release Yoke Assembly and
Release Yoke Pivot Pin.
• If no wear is observed, reuse Release Yoke Pivot Pin.
Image E: Release Yoke and Plastic Sockets Inspection
7. If no observed Clutch Release System and/or Clutch Diaphragm Spring damage or wear is within the acceptable limits in this
TAIB-0089, continue with troubleshooting as appropriate.
Warranty Parts (if warrantable):

• K-4379 / K-4379-PAC / K-4488CL Clutch Service Kit (PACCAR X15 / PACCAR MX / Navistar X15 / Navistar A26)
• K-4437 / K-4494CL (Volvo X15)
• K-4496CL (DTNA)
• K-4489CL (DT 12 Aftermarket)
• K-4380 Release Yoke Assembly Kit
• 10001949 Release Yoke Pivot Pin
• 125968 Release Bearing (Volvo X15, DTNA)
• 125969 Release Bearing (PACCAR X15 / PACCAR MX / Navistar X15 / Navistar A26)
2022.08.24 © 2021 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved 655
Warranty Labor (if warrantable):

• Diagnostics (1.0 Hour)
• Software Update (0.5 Hour)
• Clutch R&R - Includes Transmission R&R (OEM SRTs)
• Release Yoke R&R (0.1 Hour)
• Release Yoke Pivot Pin R&R (0.1 Hour)
• Clutch Calibration (0.5 Hour)
• Test Drive (0.5 Hour)
TRTS0950 Appendix | Connector Pin Descriptions
Connector Pin Descriptions

Note: This section is intended as a quick reference.
74-Way Transmission Harness Connector

MTM Part Number:
A-10000715, A-10002594, A-10004202
MTM Type: PS-393
Pin Pin Description
1 Valve A1, Rail B Aft High
2 Valve A1, Rail B Aft Low
3 Not Used (Plug)
4 Not Used (Plug)

1 16 28 38 48 60
2 17 29 39 49 61 5 Valve B3, Rail D Aft High
3 18 30 40 50 62 6 Not Used (Plug)

4 19 31 41 51 63 7 Air Pressure Sensor Supply (5V)
5 20 32 42 52 64
8 Air Pressure Sensor Signal
6 21 53 65
9 Air Pressure Sensor Ground
7 66
10 Not Used (Plug)
8 67
9 68 11 Not Used (Plug)
10 22 54 69 12 Not Used (Plug)

11 23 33 43 55 70 13 Rail C Position Sensor Supply (5V)
12 24 34 44 56 71
14 Rail C Position Sensor Signal
13 25 35 45 57 72
15 Rail C Position Sensor Ground
14 26 36 46 58 73
16 Valve C1, Rail C Fore High
15 27 37 47 59 74
17 Valve C1, Rail C Fore Low
18 Valve C4, LCA Course Exhaust Low
Valve C6, LCA Fine Fill Low
19 Valve C4, LCA Coarse Exhaust High
20 Valve B3, Rail D Aft Low
21 Not Used (Plug)
22 LCA Position Sensor Ground
23 LCA Position Sensor Signal
24 LCA Position Sensor Supply (5V)
Connector Pin Descriptions | Appendix TRTS0950
Pin Pin Description Pin Pin Description
25 Rail D Position Sensor Supply (5V) 51 Valve A5, Rail B Fore High
26 Rail D Position Sensor Signal 52 Output Shaft Speed Sensor Ground
27 Rail D Position Sensor Ground 53 Not Used (Plug)
28 Valve B1, Rail C Aft High 54 Input Shaft Speed Sensor Ground
29 Valve B1, Rail C Aft Low 55 Input Shaft Speed Sensor
30 Valve A6, Rail E Fore Low 56 Not Used (Plug)
31 Valve A6, Rail E Fore High 57 Rail B Position Sensor Supply (5V)
32 Countershaft Speed Sensor Signal 58 Rail B Position Sensor Signal
33 Not Used (Plug): 59 Rail B Position Sensor Ground

A-10000715, A-10002594
Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor: 60 Valve C3, LCA Fine Exhaust High
A-10004202 61 Valve C3, LCA Fine Exhaust Low
34 Not Used (Plug) 62 Valve A4, Rail E Aft Low
35 Not Used (Plug) 63 Valve A4, Rail E Aft High
36 Not Used (Plug) 64 Output Shaft Speed Sensor
37 Not Used (Plug) 65 Not Used (Plug)
38 Valve C2, Rail D Fore High 66 Not Used (Plug)
39 Valve C2, Rail D Fore Low 67 Valve C6, LCA Fine Fill High
40 Valve C5, LCA Coarse Fill Low 68 Not Used (Plug)
41 Valve C5, LCA Coarse Fill High 69 Not Used (Plug)
42 Countershaft Speed Sensor Ground 70 Not Used (Plug)
43 Not Used (Plug): 71 Not Used (Plug)
A-10000715, A-10002594
Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor 72 Rail E Position Sensor Supply (5V)
Ground: A-10004202
73 Rail E Position Sensor Signal
44 Not Used (Plug)
74 Rail E Position Sensor Ground
45 Not Used (Plug)
46 Not Used (Plug)
47 Not Used (Plug)
48 Valve B2, Inertia Brake High
49 Valve B2, Inertia Brake Low
50 Valve A5, Rail B Fore Low
74-Way Transmission Harness Connector MTM Part Number:

A-10004231, A-10004383, A-10004356
MTM Type: PS-496
Pin Pin Description
1 Valve, Rail D Aft High
2 Valve, Rail D Aft Low
3 Valve, Rail B Fore Low
4 Valve, Rail B Fore High
5 Valve, Rail B Aft High

1 16 28 38 48 60
2 17 29 39 49 61 6 Not Used (Plug)
3 18 30 40 50 62 7 Air Pressure Sensor Supply (5V)

4 19 31 41 51 63 8 Air Pressure Sensor Signal
5 20 32 42 52 64
9 Air Pressure Sensor Ground
6 21 53 65
10 Not Used (Plug)
7 66
11 Not Used (Plug)
8 67
9 68 12 Not Used (Plug)
10 22 54 69 13 Rail C Position Sensor Supply (5V)

11 23 33 43 55 70 14 Rail D Position Sensor Signal
12 24 34 44 56 71
15 Rail D Position Sensor Ground
13 25 35 45 57 72
16 Valve, Rail C Fore High
14 26 36 46 58 73
17 Valve, Rail C Fore Low
15 27 37 47 59 74
18 Valve, LCA Fine Exhaust Low
19 Valve, LCA Fine Exhaust High
20 Valve, Rail B Aft Low
21 Not Used (Plug)
22 LCA Position Sensor Ground
23 LCA Position Sensor Signal
24 LCA Position Sensor Supply (5V)
25 Rail D Position Sensor Supply (5V)
26 Rail C Position Sensor Signal
27 Rail C Position Sensor Return
28 Valve, Rail C Aft High
Pin Pin Description Pin Pin Description
29 Valve, Rail C Aft Low 59 Not Used (Plug)
30 Valve, LCA Course Exhaust Low 60 Valve, LCA Fine Fill High
31 Valve, LCA Course Exhaust High 61 Valve, LCA Fine Fill Low
32 Countershaft Speed Sensor 62 Valve, Inertia Brake Low
33 Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor 63 Valve, Inertia Brake High
34 Not Used (Plug) 64 Output Shaft Speed Sensor
35 Rail B Position Sensor Supply (5V) 65 Not Used (Plug)
36 Rail B Position Sensor Signal 66 Not Used (Plug)
37 Rail B Position Sensor Return 67 Not Used (Plug)
38 Valve, Rail E Fore High 68 Not Used (Plug)
39 Valve, Rail E Fore Low 69 Not Used (Plug)
40 Valve, LCA Coarse Fill Low 70 Not Used (Plug)
41 Valve, LCA Coarse Fill High 71 Not Used (Plug)
42 Countershaft Speed Sensor Ground 72 Rail E Position Sensor Supply (5V)
43 Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor Ground 73 Rail E Position Sensor Signal
44 Not Used (Plug) 74 Rail E Position Sensor Ground
45 Not Used (Plug)
46 Not Used (Plug)
47 Not Used (Plug)
48 Valve, Rail E Aft High
49 Valve, Rail E Aft Low
50 Valve, Rail D Fore Low
51 Valve, Rail D Fore High
52 Output Shaft Speed Sensor Ground
53 Not Used (Plug)
54 Input Shaft Speed Sensor Ground
55 Input Shaft Speed Sensor
56 Not Used (Plug)
57 Not Used (Plug)
58 Not Used (Plug)
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector
20 20
10 10
11 11
1 1
Pin Description Pin Description
1 Not Used 1 Reverse Output
2 Not Used 2 PTO Engage Output - Output to enable PTO
3 Not Used 3 Range Output
4 Start Enable Negative 4 Not Used
5 Battery Voltage1 (-) 5 Body I/O (Return) (1)
6 Battery Voltage1 (+) 6 Not Used
7 Fluid Pressure Sensor - Signal 7 J1939 B High
8 Protected Power (Return) 8 J1939 B Low
9 Transmission Driver Interface Device - Mode 9 Not Used

Request
10 Not Used
10 Not Used
11 Service Test Port - Battery Voltage (+)
11 J1939 A High (Input)
12 Service Test Port - Ignition (+)
12 J1939 A Low (Input)
13 Service Test Port - Battery Voltage (-)
13 J1939 A Shield (Input)
14 Body I/O (Return) (2)
14 Start Enable Positive
15 PTO Request - Input from driver to activate
15 Battery Voltage2 (-) PTO function
16 Battery Voltage2 (+) 16 PTO Confirm - Feedback signal from PTO

indicating PTO is engaged
17 Protected Power (Output)
17 Not Used
18 Fluid Pressure Sensor - Ground
18 Not Used
19 Fluid Pressure Sensor - Power
19 J1939 A Low
20 Not Used
20 J1939 A High
3-Way Output Speed Sensor Connector
Pin Description 74-Way Transmission

Harness Connector Pin
1 Not Used Plug
2 Output Speed Sensor Signal 52
3 Output Speed Sensor Supply (5V) 64
TRTS0950 Appendix | Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagrams
Vehicle and Body Harness Connections

Note: Refer to OEM guidelines for wiring details.
PTO 1 87
2 86
5 85
30
7 8
Reverse 87 Neutral (Range) 87

1 86 3 86 SW04
5 85 5 85
30 30 14 SW01
IGN IGN 16
15 SW02
IGN SW03
3 4 5 6 10
1
2
9
23
21 22
11A 11B
9 5
7 J1939 B High C 7 J1939 B High H 8 2
19 1
8 J1939 B Low D 8 J1939 B Low J 17 1
− A
- OR - − A
18
7
2
3
11 3
+ B + B 12 4
11 J1939 A High F 11 J1939 A High C
12 J1939 A Low G 12 J1939 A Low D
19 20
13 14 15 16
17 18
12 10 Starter 87
6 16 14 86
IGN
5 15 4 85
IGN 30
− + − +
1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) 7. Power Take-Off (PTO) Relay Socket 12. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector 18. 10-amp Fuse Ignition
2. 20-Way OEM Body Harness Connector 8. Power Take-Off (PTO) Relay 13. In-line Fuse Holder Battery Voltage1 19. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket
3. 5-Way Reverse Range Output Relay Socket 9. Power Take-Off (PTO) 1 Dashboard Switch 14. 15-amp Fuse Battery Voltage1 20. 5-Way Start Enable Relay
4. 5-Way Reverse Range Output Relay 10. Power Take-Off (PTO) 1 Confirm Switch 15. In-line Fuse Holder Battery Voltage2 21. 3-Way Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector
5. 5-Way Neutral Range Output Relay Socket 11A. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (OEM-Specific Primary Data Link FG) 16. 15-amp Fuse Battery Voltage2 22. Fluid Pressure Sensor
6. 5-Way Neutral Range Output Relay 11B. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (OEM-Specific Primary Data Link CD) 17. In-line Fuse Holder Ignition 23. 9-Way Driver Interface Device Connector

Configure Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) Type | Appendix TRTS0950
Configure Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) Type

1. Key off. 9. Compare MTM Part Number recorded in Step 3 with
MTM Part Number in table and record MTM Type.
3. Record MTM Part Number and MTM Serial Number MTM Part Number MTM Type
installed on transmission. A-10004231
A-10004356 PS-496
A-10004383
A-10000715
A-10002594 PS-393
A-10004202
EATON 1
A-10003241 R-A
V: KA
S: 18S20051163732 2

1. MTM Part Number
2. MTM Serial Number
MTM Part Number MTM Serial Number
14. From “MTM Type” New Value drop down select MTM
Type recorded in Step 9.
4. Key on with engine off. 15. Select “Apply” and follow on-screen prompts.
6. Go To “Programming”. 17. Connect ServiceRanger.
7. Record TCM Software Part Number listed under 18. Go To “Configuration”.
“Software Information”.
19. Select “Identification”.
TCM Software 20. In “Current MTM Serial Number” New Value field enter
MTM Serial Number recorded in Step 3.
21. Select “Apply” and follow on-screen prompts.

8. Compare TCM Software Part Number recorded in Step 7
to table:
If TCM Software is If TCM Software is

5516036 or Less 5516042 or Greater
A. From available updates,

select latest available soft-
ware. Go to Step 9.
B. Select confirm and fol- Note: TCM software is at

low on-screen prompts. appropriate level.
C. Go to Step 9.
Change Log | Appendix TRTS0950
Change Log
Date Description
August 2022 Updated Fault Codes: 250, 320, 514, 706
July 2022 Updated Fault Code 212
April 2022 Added: Fault Code 212
March 2022 Updated Fault Codes: 145, 175, 250, 275, 295, 315, 320, 511, 570, 596, 597, 616, 617, 636, 637, 646,
647, 702, 716, 780, 960
Updated: Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index, Connector Pin Descriptions
Added:
-Fault Codes: 124, 137
-Appendix: Configure Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) Type
January 2022 Updated:

-Fault Codes: 157, 200, 275, 295, 315, 320, 647
-Service Bulletins: TAIB-0876, TAIB-0882, TAIB-0885, TAIB-0889
Added Fault Codes: 127, 128, 129, 140, 141
October 2021 Updated Fault Code 570

Added 4 Service Bulletins
- TAIB-0876, TAIB-0882, TAIB-0885, TAIB-0889
August 2021 Updated Fault Code 370
May 2021 Updated Fault Codes: 135, 145
March 2021 Updated Fault Codes: 511, 706
January 2021 Updated Fault Codes: 120, 706
November 2020 Added Software Download Process of SW-18187-P
October 2020 Updated Fault Codes: 701, 702, 705
September 2020 Updated: Fault Code 511
Augu 2020st Added: Fault Code 706
March 2020 Added: Eaton 20-Way Diagnostic Adapter Procedure
February 2020 Updated:

-Fault Codes 120, 135, 145, 162, 167, 168, 174, 175, 186, 188, 200, 205, 206, 210, 215, 250, 275, 295, 315,
320, 385, 511, 512, 513, 514, 570, 596, 597, 616, 617, 636, 637, 646, 647, 701, 702, 705, 716, 717, 815, 900,
905, 910, 915, 920, 925, 975
-Diagnostic Procedure
-Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index
-Eaton 20-Way Diagnostic Adapter Procedure
-Power-Up Sequence
-Start Enable Relay Contact Test
-Transmission Shift Complaint Test
Added: Fault Code 168
July 2019 Updated Fault Codes: 210, 250, 596, 597, 616, 617, 636, 637, 701, 715, 786, 787
Change Log | Appendix TRTS0950
Date Description
June 2019 Updated all Fault Codes

Updated: Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index, Eaton-Diagnostic Adapter Procedures, Power-Up Sequence,
Added: General Information-Using the 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter, Fault Code 157, Fault Code 158,
Appendix-Manually Actuate Rail B
April 2019 Updated: Required Tools, Transmissions Models, Diagnostic Procedure, Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index,
Power-Up Sequence Test, Start Enable Relay Contact Test, Manually Vent LCA
Updated Fault Codes: 100, 105, 115, 116, 120, 135, 145, 174, 175, 184, 186, 187, 188, 190, 191, 192, 193,
200, 205, 206, 210, 215, 250, 275, 295, 315, 320, 350, 370, 375, 385, 511, 512, 513, 514, 570, 596, 597, 616,
617, 636, 637, 646, 647, 701, 705, 716, 717, 780, 789, 815, 975,
Added: Manually Actuate Rail E
Modified the book with:
-transmission component to TCM
-Eaton to Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies
-RR1086TR to RR1086TR-1)
-Ranges in tables
-MTM removal and installation notes
-test drive to operation
March 2019 Updated Fault Code 511

Added Fault Codes 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 156, 159, 164, 167, 184, 950, & 960
January 2019 Updated Fault Codes 100, 105, 110, 115, 135, 145, 161, 210, 215, 250, 275, 295, 315, 320, 350, 370, 375,
385, 511, 512, 513, and 514
Updated Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index
Updated Diagnostic Procedure
Added Fault Codes 188, 190, 191, 192, 193, 716, 905, 915, and 925
June 2018 Updated Fault Code 210

Updated Fault Code 250
Copyright Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies, 2022.
Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies hereby
grant their customers,
vendors, or distributors permission
to freely copy, reproduce and/or
distribute this document in printed
format. It may be copied only in
its entirety without any changes or
modifications. THIS INFORMATION
IS NOT INTENDED FOR SALE OR
RESALE, AND THIS NOTICE MUST
REMAIN ON ALL COPIES.
Note: Features and specifications

listed in this document are subject to
change without notice and represent
the maximum capabilities of the
software and products with all options
installed. Although every attempt has
been made to ensure the accuracy of
information contained within, Eaton
makes no representation about the
completeness, correctness or accuracy
and assumes no responsibility for
any errors or omissions. Features and
functionality may vary depending on
selected options.
For spec’ing or service assistance, call

1-800-826-HELP (4357) or visit
www.eaton.com/roadranger.
In Mexico, call 001-800-826-4357.
Roadranger: Eaton and trusted partners

providing the best products and services
in the industry, ensuring more time on
the road.
Eaton Cummins Automated

Transmission Technologies
P.O. Box 4013
Kalamazoo, MI 49003 USA
800-826-HELP (4357)
www.eaton.com/roadranger
Printed in USA

TRTS0950 En-Us August 2022 A

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TRTS0950 En-Us August 2022 A

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TRTS0950 En-Us August 2022 A

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Troubleshooting Guide

General Information Fault Code 127 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105

Fault Isolation Procedures (Cont’d) Fault Code 192 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Symptom Isolation Procedures (Cont’d)

Warnings and Cautions

! WARNING: Failure to follow OEM instructions could Vehicle Towing:

Must remove vehicle axle shafts or driveline prior to towing

Diagnostic Tools Volt/Ohm Meter

TRSM0950 Endurant HD Automated Transmission Service Manual

TRDR0950 Endurant HD Automated Transmission Driver Instructions

TCMT0072 ServiceRanger™ User’s Guide

TCMT0073 ServiceRanger™ Quick Start Guide

TCMT0020 Eaton Approved Lubricant Suppliers

TCMT0021 Roadranger Lubricant Products Manual

TRIG0950 Installation Guide

TRIG2600 PTO Installation Guide

TCWY0900 Eaton Warranty Guide

Transmission Service Lamps and Display Descriptions

Overview Display Descriptions

Transmission Service Lamps Flashing “F” in Display

• Under normal conditions, the transmission service

Double Dashes “- -” in Display

Indicates that the gear display has lost communication with

Blank Gear Display

Indicates the display has lost communication over the data

Indicates that the transmission is in Product Diagnostic

Indicates that a clutch abuse event is occurring.

Indicates a driver triggered snapshot was requested and

Indicates that a clutch calibration is required or in process.

Product Diagnostic (PD) Test

Driver Questionnaire Overview

Overview The questionnaire should be completed by a driver that

Dealer: RO # Email to [email protected]

1. Describe what happened (report any observations not captured below):

1-2 4-5 5-6 6-7 7-8 8-9 9-10 10-11 11-12

8. Does the engine start with the key? Yes No Don’t NA

Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index

Power-up Sequence Test Transmission fails to power up at ignition page 30

Isolation Procedures Symptom Page #

J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test No J1939 communication page 619

1. Drive or operate the vehicle (road test), attempt to

Purpose: Prioritize fault codes for troubleshooting.

Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index

Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure

Example Voltage Readings Example Circuit Continuity Readings

Voltage Reading Circuit has Continuity

Pins Range Reading(s)

Open Circuit Example End to End Resistance

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 8 2.0k – 4.5k ohms OL

End to End Resistance is Too High Open Circuit

Pins Range Reading(s) Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 1 0.0 – 0.3 ohms 2.0 ohms 7 to 1 0.0 – 0.3 ohms OL

Short Circuit to Chassis Ground No Short to Ground

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to Ground Open Circuit (OL) OL

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to Ground Open Circuit (OL) 2.0 ohms

Short to Another Circuit Two Circuits Not Shorted Together